United States        National Risk Management    EPA/600/R-97/007
          Environmental Protection    Research Laboratory      February 1997
          Agency          Ada, OK 74820
&EPA     Ground-Water Model
          Testing:  Systematic
          Evaluation and Testing of
          Code Functionality and
          Performance

-------

-------
       GROUND-WATER MODEL TESTING:
 SYSTEMATIC EVALUATION AND TESTING OF
 CODE FUNCTIONALITY AND PERFORMANCE
                         by

                Paul K.M. van der Heijde
                        and
                   David A. Kanzer

                Colorado School of Mines
         International Ground Water Modeling Center
                Golden, Colorado 80401
                     CR-818719
                    Project Officer

                   Joseph R. Williams
        Subsurface Protection and Remediation Division
        National Risk Management Research Laboratory
                 Ada, Oklahoma 74820
NATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT RESEARCH LABORATORY
       OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
      U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
               CINCINNATI, OHIO 45268

-------
                               DISCLAIMER NOTICE

       The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency through its Office of Research and Development
funded and managed the research described here under Cooperative Agreement Number CR-818719
to the Colorado School of Mines in Golden, Colorado. It has been subjected to Agency's peer and
administrative review, and has been approved for publication as an EPA document.

    All research projects making conclusions or recommendations based on environmentally related
measurements and funded by the Environmental Protection Agency are required to participate in the
Agency Quality Assurance Program.   This  project did not involve environmentally related
measurements and did not involve a Quality Assurance Project Plan.

    Mention of trade names or commercial  products  does not  constitute endorsement or
recommendation for use.

-------
                                      FOREWORD

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency is charged by Congress with protecting the Nation's
land, air, and water resources. Under a mandate of national environmental laws, the Agency strives
to formulate and implement actions leading to a compatible balance between human activities and the
ability of natural systems to support and nurture life.  To meet these mandates, EPA's research
program is providing data and technical support for solving environmental problems today and
building a science knowledge base necessary to manage our ecological resources wisely, understand
how pollutants affect our health, and prevent or reduce environmental risks in the future.

    The National Risk Management Research Laboratory is the Agency's center for investigation of
technological and management approaches for reducing risks from threats to human health and the
environment.  The focus of the Laboratory's research program is on methods for the prevention and
control of pollution to air, land, water, and subsurface resources; protection of water quality in public
water systems; remediation of contaminated sites and ground water; and prevention and control of
indoor air pollution. The goal of this research effort is to catalyze development and implementation
of  innovative,  cost-effective  environmental  technologies; develop scientific  and  engineering
information needed by EPA to support regulatory and policy decisions; and provide technical support
and information transfer to ensure effective implementation of environmental regulations and
strategies.

    The use of computer-based models for ground-water model predictions continues to proliferate,
and has become an integral part of most site investigation, management and remedial decision-making
activities. The reliability of these assessments and decisions must be demonstrated through evaluation
of the correctness of the conceptual model, the availability and  quality of model data, and the
adequateness of the predictive tools, or computer-based models. This report presents issues and
approaches related to the testing of computer codes utilized in predicting ground-water responses.
It is the intent of this report to provide the ground-water modeling community with a useful tool for
the evaluation of computer codes during both the development and acceptance stages of model
application.  The report also includes three MathCAD worksheets  containing analytical solutions
discussed in the testing procedures.
                                         Clinton W. Hall
                                         Subsurface Protection and Remediation Division
                                         National Risk Management Research Laboratory
                                            m

-------
                                       ABSTRACT
    Effective use of ground-water simulation codes as management decision tools requires the
establishment of their functionality, performance characteristics, and applicability to the problem at
hand.  This is accomplished through application of a systematic code-testing protocol and  code
selection strategy.  This report describes a code testing protocol, containing two main elements:
functionality analysis and performance evaluation. Functionality analysis is the  description and
measurement of the capabilities of a simulation code.  Performance evaluation concerns the appraisal
of a code's operational characteristics (e.g.,  computational accuracy  and efficiency, sensitivity for
problem design and model parameters,  and reproducibility).  Furthermore,  this report discusses
applicability assessment, i.e., providing information on a code's capabilities in simulating complex,
real-world  ground-water problems.

    The protocol for testing and evaluation of a code's functionality and performance consists of a
series of steps and procedures.  First, the code is analyzed with respect to its simulation functions and
operational characteristics. This is followed by the design or selection  of relevant test problems, the
so-called test strategy.  The set of test problems is chosen such that all code functions and features
are addressed.  Results of the testing are documented in tables and matrices, which provide a quick
overview of the completeness of the testing, in various types of informative graphs, and with a set
of statistical measures indicative of the test results. The actual testing may take the form of: (1)
benchmarking using known, independently derived solutions; (2) intracomparison using different code
functions inciting the same system responses; (3) intercomparison with comparable simulation codes;
or (4) comparison with field or laboratory experiments.  The results of the various tests are analyzed
to identify performance strengths and weaknesses  of code and testing procedures. The final step
consists of documenting the results in report form, archiving the baselined code  and test files, and
communicating the results to the different audiences in an appropriate format. The results of code
testing are analyzed using standardized statistical  and graphical techniques,  and presented using
informative tables, tabular matrices, and graphs.

    The protocol is demonstrated and evaluated using the three-dimensional finite difference flow and
solute transport simulation code, FTWORK.
                                             IV

-------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
Disclaimer	ii
Foreword 	  iii
Abstract	  iv
Appendices  	vii
List of Figures	  viii
List of Tables	x
Acknowledgments	  xi
Executive Summary	xii

1.  INTRODUCTION	1
   1.1.    Background	1
   1.2.    Code Testing Issues	2
   1.3.    Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol	3
   1.4.    Report Organization	4
   1.5.    Terminology	5
       1.5.1. The Term "Validation"	7
       1.5.2. The Term "Verification"	9
       1.5.3. Closure	10

2.  GROUND-WATER CODE TESTING PRACTICES  	11
   2.1.    Historic Development	11
      2.1.1. Test Approaches	11
      2.1.2. Test Evaluation Techniques  	16
      2.1.3. Test Strategies	16
   2.2.    Code Testing Issues	17
      2.2.1. Discretization Issues	17
      2.2.2. Numerical Algorithm and Computer Accuracy Problems	18
   2.3.    Code Test Cases	27
   2.4.    Discussion  	35

3.  CODE TESTING AND EVALUATION PROTOCOL 	41
   3.1.    Overview	41
   3.2.    Protocol Audience	47
   3.3.    Some Protocol Design Issues	48
   3.4.    The Test Method	49
      3.4.1. Functionality Analysis	49
          3.4.1.1.    Functionality Description 	50
          3.4.1.2.   Identification of Potential Performance Issues	52
          3.4.1.3.    Functionality Tables and Matrices	52
      3.4.2. Performance Evaluation	53

-------
          3.4.2.1.   Performance Evaluation Elements	56
          3.4.2.2.   Code Accuracy	57
          3.4.2.3.   Efficiency Evaluation 	58
          3.4.2.4.   Sensitivity Analysis	61
          3.4.2.5.   Reliability Evaluation 	64
          3.4.2.6.   Performance Evaluation Factors	65
          3.4.2.7.   Performance Evaluation Tables	67
       3.4.3.  Applicability Assessment  	67
       3.4.4.  Code Testing Strategy  	75
          3.4.4.1.   Test Types 	77
          3.4.4.2.   Potential Problems in Code Testing	81
       3.4.5.  Test Evaluation Tools	82
          3.4.5.1.   Statistical Evaluation Measures	84
          3.4.5.2.   Graphical Evaluation Techniques 	90
          3.4.5.3.   Notes on the Use of Evaluation Tools	97
       3.4.6.  Documentation of Test Results	102

4.  APPLICATION OF THE CODE TESTING PROTOCOL TO THREE-DIMENSIONAL
   FLOW AND TRANSPORT CODES	107
   4.1.    General Comments	107
          4.1.1.  Analysis of Functions and Features	108
          4.1.2.  Performance Issues	109
          4.1.3.  Applicability Issues	109
   4.2.    Example Testing and Evaluation Using the Code "FTWORK"	109
          4.2.1.  Code Description  	110
          4.2.2.  Test Issues  	114
          4.2.3.  Tests Discussed in Documentation	114
          4.2.4.  Additional Tests Performed by IGWMC	122

5.  DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSION  	139

6.  REFERENCES 	143

7.  GROUND-WATER MODELING TERMINOLOGY	155
                                         VI

-------
                                   APPENDICES




Appendix A. Functionality Descriptors	A-l




Appendix B. Ground-Water Simulation Code Functionality Check Lists	B-l




Appendix C. Generic Functionality Tables  	C-l




Appendix D. Completed Functionality Checklist for FTWORK Version 2.8	D-l




Appendix E. FTWORK Version 2.8: Evaluation of Documented Tests	E-l




Appendix F. Selected Analytical Solutions Programmed with MathCad®	F-l
                                         VII

-------
                                  LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1-1.    Code development and testing concepts	7
Figure 2-1.    Examples of comparison of numerical and analytical solutions  	12
Figure 2-2.    Example of comparison of numerical and laboratory analog solutions 	12
Figure 2-3.    Comparison of the analytical and CFEST numerical solution of the radial
                 Avdonin problem for heat transport for various time discretizations  ... 19
Figure 2-4.    Comparison of the analytical and CFEST numerical solution of the linear
                 Avdonin heat transport problem for various spatial discretizations	20
Figure 2-5.    Numerical solution of the advective-dispersive solute transport equation
                 exhibiting instability 	21
Figure 2-6a.   Various types of converging solutions: a) high convergence rate;
                 b) moderate convergence rate; c) oscillatory convergence	22
Figure 2-6b.   Two types of non-converging solutions:  a) uncontrolled oscillations;
                 b) limited oscillations	23
Figure 2-7a.   HYDROCOIN, level 1, case 1: relative  hydraulic head distribution
                 computed by various simulation codes	26
Figure 2-7b.   HYDROCOIN, level 1, case 2: pathline trajectories computed by various
                 simulation codes using a coarse mesh	26
Figure 2-8.    Schematic picture of level 2  test problem 1: transport in a cross-section
                 of an unconfmed aquifer  system  	30
Figure 2-9.    Schematic of level 2 test problem 2: areal transport in a confined aquifer
                 subject to pumping	31
Figure 3-1.    Code testing and evaluation protocol  	42
Figure 3-2.    Overview of functionality analysis procedure  	51
Figure 3-3.    Generic functionality matrix	55
Figure 3-4.    Overview of the performance evaluation procedure  	56
Figure 3-5.    Overview of applicability assessment procedure	72
Figure 3-6.    Example of conceptual test problem: temperature distribution in a
                 homogeneous aquifer  	80
Figure 3-7.    Visual inspection of goodness-of-fit between benchmark and tested codes .... 83
Figure 3-8a.   Representative sets of spatially-defined data pairs for intercomparison:
                 one-dimensional, uniform flow case  	85
Figure 3-8b.   Representative sets of spatially-defined data pairs for intercomparison:
                 radial, confined flow case	86
Figure 3-9.    X-Y plot of dependent variable computed by tested code and benchmark	93
Figure 3-10.   Combination plot of X-Y graph of dependent variable and column  plot of
                 residuals	94
Figure 3-11.   Example of an isometric column plot or three-dimensional histogram	95
Figure 3-12.   Surface plot of hydraulic head showing wire mesh and contour lines	96
Figure 3-13.   Combination plot of solid surface and projected contours	97
                                          Vlll

-------
Figure 3-14.   Contour plots of hydraulic head showing effects of smoothing of
                 interpolation grid  	98
Figure 3-15.   Contour maps of drawdowns caused by injection-pumping well pair
                 showing effect of grid interpolation algorithm	99
Figure 3-16.   The use of statistical measures and graphical techniques to illustrate
                 consistent overprediction of the simulation code	100
Figure 3-17.   The use of statistical measures and graphical techniques to illustrate trends in
                 over- and underprediction of the simulation code  	101
Figure 3-18.   The use of statistical measures and graphical techniques to illustrate
                 spatial distribution of over- and underprediction of the simulation code ... 102
Figure 3-19.   Illustration of test problem situation and model grid used in test problem  ....  104
Figure 4-la.   Functionality matrix of testing performed by FTWORK developers	120
Figure 4-lb.   Functionality matrix of testing performed by FTWORK developers	121
Figure 4-2.    Problem definition and model setup for the constant grid areal recharge
                 functionality test	123
Figure 4-3.    Combination plot of heads and residuals versus distance from center of recharge
                 area, measured along one of the grid axis	125
Figure 4-4.    Combination plot of heads and residuals versus distance from center of recharge
                 area for all cells in a one-eighth section of the model domain	126
Figure 4-5.    Problem definition and model setup for the variable-spaced grid areal
                 recharge functionality test	127
Figure 4-6.    Combination plot of heads and residuals versus distance from center of recharge
                 area for variably spaced points along centerline of grid using Warner et al.
                 (1989) solution	128
Figure 4-7.    Combination plot of heads and residuals versus distance from center of recharge
                 area for variably spaced points along centerline of grid using Glover (1960)
                 solution  	129
Figure 4-8.    Oblique grid configuration used in anisotropy test	133
Figure 4-9.    Comparison between parallel and oblique grid orientation for isotropic hydraulic
                 conductivity 	134
Figure 4-10.   Comparison between parallel and oblique grid orientation for anisotropic
                 hydraulic conductivity	135
Figure 4-11.   Distribution of hydraulic heads for oblique grid orientation and anisotropy .  . . 136
Figure 4-12.   Grid design  and orientation used in "forced" anisotropy test	137
Figure 4-13.   Distribution of hydraulic heads for oblique grid and anisotropy using banded
                 heterogeneity  	138
                                            IX

-------
                                   LIST OF TABLES
Table 2-1.  Values of physical parameters for level 2, case 1	31
Table 2-2.  Values of physical parameters for level 2, case 2	32
Table 2-3.  List of MODFLOW packages	34
Table 2-4.  MODFLOW test problems and type of testing 	36
Table 2-5.  MODFLOW test problems and packages used in tests  	38
Table 3-1.  Functions and features of a typical three-dimensional saturated porous medium
                 finite difference flow and transport model	43
Table 3-2.  Generic model functionality matrix; checked cells indicate that objective of test
                 problem corresponds with a code function  	45
Table 3-3.  Example performance evaluation table	46
Table 3-4.  Functionality Analysis as a four-step procedure	50
Table 3-5.  Performance Evaluation as a four-step procedure	57
Table 3-6.  Generic matrix of sample efficiency measures	62
Table 3-7.  Generic table of accuracy analysis results for a specific test problem	67
Table 3-8.  Generic table of effort analysis results for a specific test problem 	69
Table 3-9.  Generic table of sensitivity analysis results for a specific test problem	70
Table 3-10. Applicability assessment as a four-step procedure	73
Table 3-11. Generic applicability assessment table	74
Table 3-12. Example test scenario for three-dimensional  solute transport codes	81
Table 3-13. Overview of graphical code testing evaluation techniques	91
Table 3-14. Use of graphical evaluation techniques	92
Table 3-15. Elements of a test report	103
Table 3-16. Test details to be discussed in test report 	105
Table 3-17. Elements of the executive summary of the test report	105
Table 4-1.  Major test issues for three-dimensional finite-difference saturated ground-water
                 flow and solute transport codes	115
Table 4-2.  List of code  tests and example applications presented in FTWORK
                 documentation  	116
Table 4-3.  Comparison of concentrations for node 10,6 (source) of FTWORK (v.2.8B)
                 test 4.2.3 using time steps of 100 days and 200 days	130
Table 4-4.  Comparison of concentrations for node 10,10  (along plume centerline,
                 downstream from source) of FTWORK (v.2.8B) test 4.2.3 using time
                 steps of 100 days and 200 days	131

-------
                               ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

   The mission of the International Ground Water Modeling Center (IGWMC) is to advance and
improve the use of modeling methodologies in the development and implementation of effective
ground-water management procedures by regulatory and planning agencies, and by industry.  The
study, reported on in this document, was conceived as a major initiative in support of the Center's
mission by developing a set of systematic ground-water code testing procedures and code testing
tools, brought together in a comprehensive protocol. Major funding for the study and related efforts
in disseminating the study results and gaining acceptance of the protocol has been provided by the
Robert  S. Kerr Environmental  Research Center, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Ada,
Oklahoma. Among others, the code testing and evaluation protocol described in this report is being
adapted by the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) as a Standard Guide; the
functionality description part of the protocol forms the basis for an ASTM Standard Guide, under
development, for the description of the functionality and the classification of ground-water modeling
codes.

   Many elements of the protocol development and code testing exercises presented in this report
are based  on the unpublished M.Sc. thesis  "The  Design and Evaluation of Testing Protocols for
Rectangularly Discretized Ground-Water Simulation  Models" by David Kanzer, defended at the
Colorado School of Mines (CSM) in January 1995.  Additional valuable contributions to the research
were made by Suzanne Paschke and Don Meyer, graduate students at CSM.  The authors are grateful
for the extensive administrative support provided by IGWMC  Staff Assistants Mary Pigman and Mary
Vigil, and for the constructive advice from Dr. Keith Turner, Professor of Geology and Geological
Engineering at the Colorado School of Mines.
Paul K.M. van der Heijde
Golden, Colorado
                                           XI

-------
                               EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

INTRODUCTION

   Reliability of ground-water model predictions typically depends on the correctness of the
conceptual model, the availability and quality of model data, and the adequateness of the predictive
tools. In ground-water modeling, the predictive tools consist of one or more computer codes for data
analysis, system simulation, and presentation of results. This report focuses on the testing of the
computer codes used in predicting ground-water responses.  The importance of this aspect of ground-
water modeling is illustrated by the  efforts  currently underway within the American Society for
Testing and Materials (ASTM) to codify the systematic description and the testing of the capabilities
of ground-water modeling codes, and within the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) to
provide guidance on this issue.

   The development of a ground-water modeling code typically consists of: 1) definition of design
criteria  and determination of applicable software standards and practices; 2) the development of
algorithms and program structure; 3) computer programming; 4) preparation  of documentation; 5)
code testing; and 6) independent review of scientific principles, mathematical framework, software
and documentation.  Proper Quality Assurance (QA) requires that when the development of  a
ground-water modeling code is initiated, procedures are formulated to ensure  that the final product
conforms with the design objectives and specifications, and that it correctly performs the incorporated
functions.  These procedures cover the formulation and evaluation of the code's  theoretical
foundation and code  design criteria, the application  of coding standards and practices, and the
establishment of the code's credentials through review, systematic testing of its functional design, and
evaluation of its performance characteristics.  The two major approaches to achieve acceptance of
a ground-water modeling code are: 1) the evaluation or (peer) review process covering all phases of
the code development; and 2) quantitative comparison with independently  obtained data for the
reference ground-water system.

CODE TESTING

   A systematic approach to code testing combines elements of error-detection, evaluation of the
operational characteristics of the code, and assessment of its suitability to solve certain types of
management  problems,  with dedicated test problems, relevant test data sets, and informative

                                            xii

-------
performance measures. The results of code testing are expressed in terms of correctness (e.g., in
comparison with a benchmark), reliability (e.g., reproducibility of results, convergence and stability
of solution algorithms, and absence of terminal failures), efficiency of coded algorithms (in terms of
numerical accuracy versus code execution time, and memory and mass storage requirements), and
resources required for model setup and analysis  (e.g., input preparation time, effort needed to make
output ready for graphic analysis).

    The code-testing protocol described in this report is applied in a step-wise fashion.  First, the code
is analyzed with respect to its simulation functions and operational characteristics.  Potential code
performance issues are identified, based on analysis of simulated processes, mathematical solution
methods, computer limitations and execution environment.  This is followed by the formulation of
a test strategy, consisting of design or selection of relevant test problems.  The set of test problems
is chosen such that all code functions and features of concern are addressed. Results of the testing
are  documented in tables and matrices providing an overview of the completeness of the testing, in
various types of informative graphs, and with a set of statistical  measures. The actual testing may
take the form of benchmarking using known, independently derived solutions, intra-comparison using
different code  functions inciting the same system responses, inter-comparison with comparable
simulation codes, or comparison with field or laboratory experiments. It is important that each test
is documented with respect to test objectives, model setup for both the tested code and the
benchmark, if applicable (structure, discretization, parameters), and results for each  test (for both the
tested code and the benchmark).

    Functionality^ a ground-water modeling code is defined as the set of functions and features the
code offers the user in terms of model framework geometry,  simulated processes, boundary
conditions, and analytical and operational capabilities.  The code's functionality needs to be defined
in sufficient detail for  potential users to  assess the code's utility, as well as to enable the  code
developer to  design a meaningful code  testing  strategy.  Functionality analysis involves the
identification and description of the code's functions, and the  subsequent  qualitative evaluation of
each code function or group of functions for conceptual correctness and error-free operation. The
information generated by functionality analysis is organized into a  summary  structure, or matrix, that
brings together the description of code  functionality, code-evaluation status, and appropriate test
problems, ^^functionality matrix is formulated by combining a complete description of the code
functions and features with the objectives of the test cases. The  functionality matrix illustrates the
extent of the performed functionality analysis.

                                            xiii

-------
           CODE TESTING AND EVALUATION PROTOCOL
     step 1

     step 2

     step 3


     step 4

     step 5

     step 6

     step 7

     step 8
analyze the code documentation with respect to simulation functions, operational features,
mathematical framework, and software implementation;

identify code performance issues based on understanding of simulated processes, mathematical
methods, computer limitations, and software environment;

develop testing strategy that addresses relevant code functionality and performance issues,
including selection and/or design of test problems and determination of appropriate evaluation
measures;

execute test problems and analyze results using selected graphic and statistical evaluation
techniques;

collect code performance issues and code test problems in overview tables and display
matrices reflecting correctness, accuracy, efficiency, and field applicability;

identify performance strengths and weaknesses of code and testing procedure;

document each test setup and results in report form and as electronic files (text, data, results,
graphics); and

communicate results (e.g., executive summary, overview report, etc.).
    Performance evaluation is aimed at quantitatively characterizing the operational characteristics
of the code in terms of:

    •    computational accuracy and efficiency;
    •    operational reliability;
    •    sensitivity for problem design and model parameters; and
    •    level of effort and resources required for model setup and  simulation analysis.

    Results of the performance evaluation are expressed both in checklists and in tabular form.
Reporting on performance evaluation should provide potential users information on the performance
as a function of problem complexity and setup, selection of simulation control parameters, and spatial
and temporal discretization.  The functionality  matrix  and performance tables, together with the
supporting test results and comments, should provide the information needed to select a code for a
site-specific application and to evaluate the appropriateness of a code used at a particular site.
                                               xiv

-------
TESTING STRATEGY

    Comprehensive testing of a code's functionality and performance is accomplished through a
variety of test methods.  Determining the importance of the tested functions and the ratio of tested
versus non-tested functions provides an indication of the completeness of the testing. Based on the
analysis of functionality and performance issues, a code testing strategy is developed. An effective
code testing strategy consists of:

    •   formulation of test objectives (as related to code functionality and performance issues), and
       of test priori ties;
    •   selection and/or design of test problems and determination of type and extent of testing for
       selected code functions;
    •   determination of level of effort to be spent on sensitivity analysis for each test problem;
    •   selection of the  qualitative and quantitative measures to be used in the evaluation of the
       code's performance; and
    •   determination of the level of detail to be included in the test report and the format of
       reporting.

In developing the code testing strategy, code applicability issues should be considered in terms of the
types of ground-water management problems the code is particularly suitable to handle. Specifically,
attention is given in the design of test problems to representative hydrogeology, engineering designs,
and management scenarios.

    The test procedure includes three levels of testing.  At Level I, a code is tested for correctness
of coded algorithms, code logic and programming errors by: 1) conducting step-by-step numerical
walk-throughs of the complete code or through selected parts of the code; 2) performing simple,
conceptual or intuitive tests aimed at specific code functions; and 3) comparing with independent,
accurate benchmarks (e.g., analytical solutions). If the benchmark computations themselves have been
made using a computer code, this computer code should in turn be subjected to rigorous testing by
comparing computed results with independently derived and published data.

    At Level II, a code is tested to: 1) evaluate functions not addressed at Level I; and 2) evaluate
potentially problematic combinations  of functions.  At this level, code testing is performed by
intracomparison (i.e.,  comparison between  runs with the same code using different functions to

                                            xv

-------
represent a particular feature), and intercomparison (i.e., comparison between different codes
simulating the same problem).  Typically, synthetic data sets are used representing hypothetical, often
simplified ground-water systems.

    At Level III, a code (and its underlying theoretical framework) is tested to determine how well
a model's theoretical foundation and computer implementation describe actual system behavior, and
to demonstrate  a code's applicability to representative field problems.  At this level, testing is
performed by simulating a field or laboratory experiment and comparing the  calculated and
independently observed cause-and-effect responses.  Because measured values of model input, system
parameters  and system responses  are  samples of the  real  system,  they inherently incorporate
measurement errors, are subject to uncertainty, and may suffer from interpretive bias.  Therefore, this
type of testing will always retain an  element of incompleteness and subjectivity.

    The test strategy requires that first Level I testing is conducted (often during code development),
and, if successfully completed, this is followed by Level 2 testing.   The code may gain further
credibility and user confidence by subjecting it to Level 3 testing (i.e., field or laboratory testing).
Although, ideally, code testing should be performed for the full range of parameters and stresses the
code is designed to simulate, in practice this is often not feasible due to budget and time constraints.
Therefore, prospective code users need to assess whether the documented tests adequately address
the conditions expected in the target application(s).  If previous testing has not been sufficient in this
respect, additional code testing may be necessary.

EVALUATION MEASURES

    Evaluation of code testing results  should be based on: 1) visual inspection of the graphical
representation of variables computed with the numerical model and its benchmark; and 2) quantitative
measures of the goodness-of-fit.  Such quantitative measures, or evaluation or performance criteria
characterize the differences between the results derived with the simulation code and the benchmark,
or between the results obtained with two comparable simulation codes.

    Graphical measures are especially significant to obtain a first, qualitative impression of test results,
and to evaluate test results that do not lend themselves to statistical analysis. For example, graphical
representation of solution convergence characteristics may indbate numerical  oscillations and
instabilities in the iteration process. Practical considerations may prevent the use of all data-pairs in

                                            xvi

-------
the generation of  graphical measures.   The  conclusions  from visual  inspection  of graphic
representations of testing results are described qualitatively (and subjectively).

   Useful quantitative evaluation measures for code testing: \)Mean Error (ME), defined as the
mean difference (i.e., deviation) between the dependent variable calculated by the numerical model
and the benchmark value of the dependent variable; 2)Mean Absolute Error (MAE), defined as the
average of the absolute values of the deviations; 3) Positive Mean Error (PME) and Negative Mean
Error (NME), defined as the ME for the positive deviations and negative deviations, respectively;
4) Mean Error Ratio (MER),  a  composite measure indicating systematic  overpredicting or
underpredicting by the code; 5) Maximum Positive Error (MPR) and Maximum Negative Error
(MNE), defined as the maximum positive and negative deviation, respectively, indicating potential
inconsistencies or sensitive model behavior; and 6}RootMean Squared Error (RMSE), defined as
the square root of the average of the squared differences between the dependent variable calculated
by the numerical model and its benchmark equivalent.

   Various computed variables may be the  focus of graphic or statistical comparison, including
hydraulic heads (in space and time), head  gradients, global water balance, internal and boundary
fluxes, velocities (direction and magnitude), flow path lines, capture zones, travel times, and location
of free surfaces and seepage surfaces, concentrations, mass fluxes, and breakthrough curves at
observation points and sinks (wells, streams).

DISCUSSION

   The functionality analysis and performance evaluation protocol presented in this report provides
a comprehensive framework for systematic and in-depth evaluation of a variety of ground-water
simulation  codes.   While  allowing  flexibility in  implementation, it secures, if properly applied,
addressing all potential  coding problems.  It should be noted that the protocol does not replace
scientific review nor the use of sound programming principles. Most effectively, the code testing
under the protocol should be performed as part of the code development process.  Additional testing
in accordance with the protocol may be performed under direction of regulatory agencies, or by end-
users.  If properly documented, code testing in accordance with the protocol  supports  effective
independent review and assessment for application suitability. As such, the protocol contributes
significantly to improved quality assurance in code development and use in ground-water modeling.
                                           xvn

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Introduction

                                  1. INTRODUCTION

1.1.  BACKGROUND

   Ground-water modeling has become an important methodology in support of the planning and
decision-making processes involved in ground-water management. Ground-water models provide
an analytical framework for obtaining an understanding of the mechanisms and controls of ground-
water systems and the processes that influence their quality, especially those caused by human
intervention in  such systems.  For managers of water resources, models may provide essential
support for planning and screening of alternative policies, regulations,  and engineering designs
affecting ground-water.   This is particularly  evident with respect to  ground-water resources
development, ground-water protection, and aquifer restoration.

   Assessment of the validity of modeling-based projections is difficult and often controversial
(e.g., van der Heijde and Park, 1986; Tsang, 1987; Tsang,  1991; Konikow and Bredehoeft, 1992;
Bredehoeft and Konikow, 1993).  The four major components contributing to the success or failure
of a modeling exercise are:

   •   the availability of field information (i.e., quality and completeness of data);
   •   the correctness of the conceptual site model and the level of detail in the model
       schematization;
   •   the type and quality of the analytical tools  (e.g., geostatistical and hydrogeological
       software), and
   •   the competence of the team of experts involved in the preparation of the modeling-based
       advice.

   As computer codes are essential building blocks of modeling-supported management, it is crucial
that  before such codes are used as planning  and decision-making tools,  their credentials are
established and their suitability  determined through systematic  evaluation of their correctness,
performance, sensitivity to input uncertainty, and applicability to typical field problems. Such a
systematic approach, in this report referred to as code testing and evaluation protocol, should consist
of evaluation or review of the underlying physical concepts and mathematical model formulations,

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Introduction

a rather qualitative process, and extensive code evaluation and testing, a more quantitative process.
Without subjecting a ground-water simulation code to systematic testing and evaluation, results
obtained with the code may suffer from low levels of confidence (van der Heijde and Elnawawy,
1992).

   Code  testing (or model  testing if the underlying  principles are explicitly evaluated)  is
significantly more than determining that "the code works" (i.e., the modeler's aim to minimize errors
that cause  the model not to work), or that "the code does not work" (i.e.., the user's aim to minimize
accepting an incorrect model) (Burns, 1983). It might prove very difficult to come up with objective
criteria to  make such judgment, specifically as ground-water modeling codes are always based on
approximative and simplified concepts. Therefore, acceptance of a modeling code depends not only
on a series of successful tests, but also  on a history of successful applications to a variety of site
conditions and management problems,  especially if one  or more of such successful applications
reflect the conditions present at the project site.

1.2.  CODE TESTING IS SUES

   To date, most ground-water model evaluations have been limited to rather qualitative peer review
of model theory, while code testing has been restricted to partial and ad-hoc testing (van der Heijde
and Elnawawy, 1992).  Often, published test results do not provide insight in the completeness of
the testing procedure,  are difficult to  reproduce, and only partially analyzed.   In most cases,
objectives of test problems  are  absent,  poorly formulated,  or when  present, not  evaluated.
Furthermore, specification of code functions and operational characteristics, needed by a user to
make  educated  decisions regarding code  selection  and implementation,  is often incomplete,
inaccurate, or dispersed throughout the documentation. In many cases, determining if a simulation
code includes a particular, desired function can require significant effort on the side of a reviewer
or potential user.

   Inconsistent and incomplete code testing by code developers can be attributed to the lack of a
standard code testing and evaluation protocol. In the absence of such a framework they may find it
difficult to determine when a code (and its underlying mathematical model) has been adequately

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Introduction

tested. Consequently, there are wide variations in the level of code testing performed, as well as in
the documentation of test results.

   Taking a systematic, well-defined and controlled approach to the development of ground-water
simulation codes is an essential part of Quality Assurance (QA). Van der Heijde and Elnawawy
(1992) describe the QA in code development and application in detail. An important element of such
QA is code testing and performance evaluation.

1.3.  CODE TESTING AND EVALUATION PROTOCOL

   When the development of a ground-water modeling code is initiated, procedures are formulated
to ensure that the final product conforms with the design objectives and specifications, and that it
correctly performs the incorporated functions.  These procedures  cover  the formulation and
evaluation of the code's theoretical foundation and code design criteria, the application of coding
standards and practices, and the establishment of the code's credentials through review and testing
of its functional design and evaluation of its performance characteristics. To evaluate  ground-water
modeling software in a systematic and consistent manner, the International Ground Water Modeling
Center (IGWMC) has formulated a quality assurance framework for code development that includes
scientific and technical reviews, a three-level code testing strategy, and code baseline documentation
(van der Heijde and Elnawawy,  1992).

   In this report, the code testing part of the quality assurance framework has been expanded with
a systematic functionality analysis and performance evaluation protocol. The protocol provides a
framework of procedures and test problems to quantitatively and qualitatively characterize various
types of ground-water simulation codes. It includes strategies for design of test problems and
evaluating test results.  The application of the protocol is illustrated using the block-centered finite
difference model for simulation of three-dimensional ground-water flow and solute transport in
saturated media, FTWORK  (Faust et  a/.,1990).

   It should be noted that quality assurance in  the development of ground-water modeling  codes
cannot guarantee acceptable  quality of the code or a ground-water modeling study in which the code
has been used.  However, adequate quality assurance can provide safeguards against the use in a

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Introduction

modeling study  of faulty  codes  or  incorrect  theoretical  considerations and assumptions.
Furthermore, there is no way to guarantee that modeling-based advice is entirely correct, nor that the
ground-water model used in the preparation of the advice (or any scientific model or theory, for that
matter) can ever be proven to be entirely correct. Rather, a model can only be invalidated by
disagreement of its predictions with independently derived observations of the studied system
because of incorrect application of the selected code, the selection of an inappropriate code, the use
of an inadequately tested code, or invalidity of or errors in the underlying theoretical framework.

   Although the protocol has been developed using a numerical simulation code for site-specific
saturated zone flow and transport, it has been designed to be applicable to codes for simulation of
other systems. Such codes would include those for flow and transport in the vadose zone, and other
type  codes, such as those representing analytical  solutions, or have been designed for programmatic
assessments.

   Complete adherence to this protocol  may not always be feasible.  If this protocol is not integrally
followed, the elements of non-compliance should be clearly identified and the reasons for the partial
compliance should be given. For example, partial compliance might result from lack of benchmark
solutions, or is, by design, focused on only those code functions relevant to the user.

1.4.  REPORT ORGANIZATION

   The report begins with a review of existing code testing literature to evaluate past code testing
programs, determine key elements  of a comprehensive code testing protocol, formulate efficient
qualitative test assessment methods, and compile effective test problems. This is followed by the
formulation of a comprehensive code testing protocol and discussion of testing strategies. Methods
for the development of code-evaluation problem sets are presented followed by a discussion of
various graphical and statistical tools for evaluation of code testing results.  This protocol is then
applied to the category of codes designed to simulate three-dimensional flow and solute transport
in the  saturated zone  of the subsurface. Finally,  an example of the protocol's use is presented
featuring the FTWORK code, followed by  a discussion of the protocol's utility.

1.5.  TERMINOLOGY

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Introduction

   The terminology used in ground-water modeling often leads to confusion and heated discussions.
For example, the term "ground-water model" may refer to the generalized computer code designed
for application to many different  sites, or to the use  of such  code at a  particular site as an
"operational model." Therefore, a  glossary of terms is provided at the end of the report. Where
possible, the description of these terms follows the definitions agreed upon in Subcommittee D18.21
of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).

   There are two terms in describing ground-water model evaluation procedures that have recently
become rather controversial: "verification" and "validation."  Konikow and Bredehoeft (1992)
suggest that a ground-water model  "cannot be proven or validated, only tested and invalidated."
They argue that ground-water models are only conceptual approximations of real world systems and
due to the random nature of many parameters and uncertainty in their measurement simulation codes
render non-unique solutions.  They conclude that  "the terms  verification and validation are
misleading and their use in ground-water science should be abandoned in favor of more meaningful
model-assessment descriptors."  This statement makes sense in the context of a site-specific ground-
water model application, but does not agree with common software engineering practices (Adrion
et a/., 1986). Van der Heijde and Elnawawy (1992) note that in software testing literature the terms
program or code "verification" and "validation" are well-defined and widely used. In converting the
use of these software engineering terms to ground-water modeling, they suggest that most types of
ground-water modeling codes cannot be truly verified or validated in a quantitative sense, rather that
such codes can only be analyzed for  deviation from some reference or  benchmark and characterized
with respect to other performance issues. In this report, the latter approach to code testing is referred
to as functionality analysis and performance evaluation of the software.

   The use of  various  code  development and testing terms  is directly  related to  the  code
development process as illustrated in Figure 1-1.  The object for model research in ground water is
a subset of the hydrologic system, called the  reference system. It  contains selected subsurface and
sometimes surface elements of the global hydrologic system. The  selection of a particular reference
system is influenced by regulatory and management priorities, and by the nature of the hydrologic
system. The conceptual model of the selected reference system forms the basis for quantifying the
causal  relationships among various components of this  system, and between this system and its
environment. These relationships are defined mathematically, resulting in a mathematical model.

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
                                       Introduction
If the solution of the mathematical equations is complex or when many repetitious calculations are
required, this solution is implemented on a computer system, resulting in a computer code.  The
conceptual formulations, mathematical descriptions, and computer coding constitute the (generic)
mode.  Attributing the parameters and stresses in the generic model (i.e., parameterization) resulting
from characterization of the reference system, provides an operational model of the reference system.
          management
            problem
  global
hydro logic
 system
    system
characterization
    applicability
    assessment
                                                                A
                                                                V
                                 A  A
reference system



generic mode
representative subset of
hydrologic system
e.g., ground-water system


1



conceptual
model
1
mathematical
model
4
r
computer code

^








examination
verification
(functionality &
performance)
i i
! i
i
i
; i
i
I i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
parameterization < - - - - J
1
operational model


                                                                            validation
                    Figure 1-1.  Code development and testing concepts.
1.5.1. The Term "Validation"
   Historically, validation studies in ground-water modeling are based on the use of well-monitored
laboratory experiments and field studies.   Sometimes such studies include post-audits.  This

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Introduction

approach is used to increase the confidence in the ability of simulation codes to represent the real
world problems for which they have been  designed, as well  as the credibility  of code-based
predictions.  Such studies require large amounts of data and can be very expensive.  Furthermore,
the measured field data, used as input parameters or system response benchmarks, are only small
samples of the modeled domain and are subject to measurement error, which reduces the value of
this "validation" approach in code testing.  Because of the inherent problems to "code validation,"
this process is considered rather subjective (National Research Council, 1990).

   During the HYDROCOIN code testing project (see Section 2) the meaning of the term "model
validation" has  been extensively discussed. In the context of that project, validation is performed
by comparing modeling results with experimental results (HYDROCOIN,  1987). A framework for
model  validation was  formulated, aimed at showing that a model correctly predicts physical
phenomena.  In the context of the performance assessment of radioactive waste repositories, this
involves calibration, comparison between calculations and experimental data, and convincing the
scientific  community,  decision makers and  the  general  public.  The framework includes the
following  elements:
       •   description of the physical system and model calibration;
       •   prediction of a  performance measure that is independent of the data used for model
           calibration;
       •   comparison with the results of alternative models;
       •   analysis of the discrepancies between different models and between the models and the
           experimental data; and
       •   presentation of the results to the scientific community, decision makers and the general
           public.

       The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission considers validation in the context of code
application as a process that is concerned  with providing assurance that the model reflects reality
(Davis etal., 1991). If a model is considered "not invalid," it does not constitute "validity."  It only
provides a means  for the modeler to demonstrate that the model (i.e..,  code application) is not
incorrect.  This helps in building confidence in the model's predictions, especially as perfection (i.e.,
determining if a model  is "valid") is not possible.

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Introduction

       In this report, code validation  in ground-water modeling is defined  as the process of
determining how well a ground-water modeling  code's theoretical foundation and computer
implementation describe actual system behavior in terms of the degree of correlation between
calculated and independently observed  cause-and-effect responses of the reference ground-water
system for which the code has been developed. Code validation, as defined above, is by nature a
subjective and open-ended process; the result of the code validation process is a level of confidence
in the code's ability to simulate the reference system, or the determination of the code's inability to
simulate such a system. As there is no practical way to determine that a ground-water code correctly
simulates all variants of the reference system, the code can never be considered "validated."

1.5.2. The Term "Verification"

       In ground-water modeling, the term "verification" has been used in two different ways: 1)
evaluating the correctness of a computer program; and 2) evaluating the correctness of a calibrated
model of a regional or site-specific ground-water system (Anderson and Woesnner, 1992; National
Research Council, 1990).  ASTM (1984) lists the purposes of model verification as: 1) establishing
the correctness and accuracy of the computational algorithms used to solve the governing equations;
and 2) ensuring that the computer code is fully operational and that there are no problems in
obtaining a solution.  Due to the practical limitations of code validation in ground-water modeling,
most  of the documented code testing has been limited to what is defined in this report as "code
verification," not to be confused with the terms "model verification" or "application verification"
(ASTM,  1993).

       In this report, code verification in ground-water modeling is defined as the process of
demonstrating the consistency, completeness, correctness and accuracy of a ground-water modeling
code with respect to its design criteria by evaluating the functionality and operational characteristics
of the code and testing embedded algorithms and internal data transfers through  execution of
problems for which independent benchmarks are available.  A code can be considered "verified"
when all its functions and operational characteristics have been tested and have  met specific
performance criteria, established at the beginning of the verification procedure. Considering a code
verified does not imply that a ground-water model application constructed with the code is verified.

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Introduction

1.5.3. Closure

       Although verification and validation are two commonly used terms describing components
of code evaluation in ground-water modeling, in this report they are only referred to for cross-
referencing purposes. Three new terms, directly related to specific objectives of code evaluation
processes,  are  defined and  discussed: functionality  analysis, performance  evaluation,  and
applicability assessment.

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Introduction
                                          10

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Ground-Water Code Testing Practices

                 2. GROUND-WATER CODE TESTING PRACTICES

2.1. HISTORIC DEVELOPMENT

2.1.1. Test Approaches

   Since the late 1960s, when ground-water modeling became a focus of research and field
application, code developers and users have been concerned with the utility and performance of
ground-water modeling codes.  The major approach to address these concerns has proven to becode
testing. Codes representing an analytical model were typically tested by comparison with published
results of the analytical solution involved, or by comparison with manual calculations. Initially,
testing of codes based on a numerical solution to the governing equations took place in three forms:

   1)  benchmarking using independently derived solutions to the simulation test problem, often
       in the form of analytical solutions (e.g., Finder and Bredehoeft,  1968; Witherspoon, et al,
       1968; Prickett and Lonnquist, 1971; Cooley, 1972; Ward etal,  1984) (see Fig.  2-1);

   2)  simulation of and comparison with well-characterized laboratory experiments or analogs
       (e.g., Prickett and Lonnquist, 1971; Sa Da Costa and Wilson, 1979; Aral and Tang, 1988)
       (see Fig. 2-2); and

   3)  field demonstration (sometimes called  "field comparison") and example application (e.g.,
       Finder and Bredehoeft, 1968; Frind and Finder, 1973; Konikow and Bredehoeft, 1978;
       Voss, 1984; Ward etal., 1984).

   When more complex numerical modeling codes became available, which could not be fully
tested using these three approaches, attention focused on two additional test methods:

   4)  simulation of well-characterized and monitored field experiments (also called "field
       validation") (e.g., Frind and Hokkanen, 1987; Molson etal, 1992; Hills et al., 1994); and
                                          11

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
               Ground-Water Code Testing Practices
   0.1
                            TTPt OMTC Htmiml
     . Sm Fijur. 11 for othir <>plt 
                                                         > rant • l.o ft  (
                                                       — A tun* • so.o ft j
                                                       - a nan • iw.o ft)
            TINE * M Myl

            InltUl KLM *
                  » for MMr 1i«yt <
             I  III IJJ
           Figure 2-1.  Examples of comparison of numerical and analytical solutions
                               (from Prickett and Lonnquist,  1971)
         . WOEi OEPUUKT1BM
      •um ----- Awirtft Hiifi«
       t—*™-0.0 AJB O.Oi FffT
       *•- ---- C.Ot  HI t
              ** "
     BlilTAL  »ESULTS
                                     ELECTI1C »»*LOS IESULTS
       Figure 2-2. Example of comparison of numerical and laboratory analog solutions
                               (from Prickett and Lonnquist, 1971)
                                                 12

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Ground-Water Code Testing Practices

    5)  code-intercomparison using hypothetical problems with synthetic data sets (e.g., Burnett and
       Frind, 1987; Park and Liggett, 1991).

    Many of the test problems developed in the 1970s and early  1980s have become "classical"
problems, used by other researchers to demonstrate the correctness of their modeling codes.  Segol
(1994) describes many of such test problems, as well as sample applications of these problems in the
testing of computer codes (and their underlying mathematical models).  It should be noted that
analytical models in turn have been compared with laboratory experiments and field studies to
demonstrate their correctness and to understand their limitations (e.g., Hoopes and Harleman, 1967;
Chandler and McWhorter, 1975; Simmons and McKeon, 1984).

    Early numerical modeling efforts focused on two-and three-dimensional saturated zone flow
systems.  There is a relative abundance of analytical solutions available for saturated flow problems,
specifically with respect to well and drain hydraulics (e.g., Bear, 1979; DeWiest, 1966; Edelman,
1972; Huisman, 1972; Marino and Luthin, 1982). A recent compilation of analytical drain solutions
has been  prepared by Beljin and Murdoch (1994). Many of these analytical solutions pertain to one-
dimensional or radial-symmetric flow problems with different flow conditions, including steady-state
and transient flow, single and multiple aquifers, confined, leaky-confined, and unconfined aquifers,
anisotropy, partial penetration of production and observation wells and drains, and time-varying
boundary conditions or aquifer stresses.  Appropriate use of the principle of superposition enhances
the utility of these solutions. As a result, the variety of saturated situations described by the available
analytical solutions supports their widespread use for testing two- and three-dimensional numerical
flow models. Although analytical solutions are, in general, highly simplified representations of real-
world conditions, they are very valuable in code testing as they provide an independent check on the
correctness and accuracy of numerical models, and insight in the sensitivity of the results  to key
parameters (Burns, 1983).

    The five-point approach to code evaluation has also been used for more complex problems, such
as flow in the unsaturated zone, solute and heat transport in the saturated and unsaturated zone, flow
and transport processes in fractured rock, and salt-water intrusion problems.  Where available,
analytical models are preferred benchmarks for codes designed to simulate such problems (e.g.,
Ward et  a/., 1984; Essaid, 1990). However, the use of analytical solutions in testing is severely
                                            13

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Ground-Water Code Testing Practices

restricted by limitations resulting from the assumptions made in deriving the solutions to the
governing equations, as well by the lesser extent of their availability. For example, the application
of analytical solutions in the testing of numerical solute transport codes has been limited by the
rather generally used assumption of uniform ground-water flow in these solutions (e.g., Bear, 1979;
Beljin, 1992; Cleary and Ungs, 1978; Fried, 1975;  Javandele^a/., 1984; van Genuchten and Alves,
1982; Walton, 1984). There are relatively few analytical transport solutions dealing with nonuniform
flow conditions (e.g., Chen,  1985; Hoopes and Harleman, 1967; Lenau, 1973).   Still, initial testing
of transport codes is often performed by comparing with one or more analytical solutions to explore
a code's ability to simulate transport conditions known for the challenge they provide to numerical
techniques.

   Due to the lack of analytical solutions for testing of complex simulation codes, testing of these
codes has focused on: 1) intercomparison of computational results derived by codes designed to
handle similar types of problems (e.g., Beljin, 1988; INTRACOIN 1984, 1986; HYDROCOIN, 1988,
1990; Lobo Ferreira, 1988); 2) field comparison (e.g., Ward etal., 1984); and 3) example application
to either real field problems (e.g., Faust et al, 1993) or hypothetical situations (e.g., idealized field
problems; Kaluarachchi and Parker, 1989).

   The mathematical descriptions of the physical processes represented in the models has frequently
been compared with or directly derived from well-controlled laboratory experiments as part of a
research project leading to model formulation (Warrick et al, 1971; Haverkamp et al., 1977).
Typically, these mathematical formulations are subject to peer review before being accepted as the
base for an  operational computer code.  Comparison with these experimental results allows the
researcher to discriminate between alternative mathematical formulations, to determine the level of
mechanistic detail needed in a reasonably accurate model representation, and to analyze model
sensitivity for physical parameters  and numerical formulations  (Burns,  1983).  An important
advantage of laboratory experiments for code testing is that they are performed in a well-controlled
environment that minimizes uncertainty in  initial and boundary conditions (Davis et al., 1991).
However, the fact that the experiments are performed on samples  that exhibit relatively little
geometric variability often proves to be both an advantage (assessment of processes is not confused
by other effects) and limitation in code testing (codes are not tested for natural heterogeneity). This
type of testing does not allow  evaluation of numerical techniques  and coding with  respect to
                                            14

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Ground-Water Code Testing Practices

geometric features present in the real world.

    Some users prefer to rely on comparison with field experiments for establishing code credibility.
These experiments may be specifically designed for research purposes (e.g., Mackay et a/., 1986),
or consist of a well-characterized existing system.  Examples of the second approach are found,
among others, in the efforts of Huyakorn et al. (1984a) and Frind and Hokkanen (1987) to simulate
the movement  of a well-monitored chloride plume  in an aquifer subjected to highly-detailed
investigations.  Being  able to simulate accurately  phenomena observed in the field provides a
convincing argument for the correctness of the code. However, poor results may not be indicative
of code problems.  Field experiments are often  subject to  significant uncertainty in  parameter
distribution, and initial and boundary conditions (Daviset a/., 1991).  Furthermore, comparison with
field experiments is subject to possible conceptual  misunderstanding of field conditions.  Also,
published, well-controlled and monitored field experiments cover only a limited subset of the variety
of conditions typically encountered in the field.

    Hypothetical problems are often used to test certain computational features  which are not
represented in simple, analytical models (van der Heijde and Elnawawy, 1992).  Such features may
include irregular boundaries, time varying stresses (sources/sinks), heterogeneity and anisotropy in
aquifer properties, and grid orientation and geometry. The synthetic or hypothetical system used for
such a test is defined by synthetic system parameters, initial  and boundary conditions and system
stresses. As no independently observed system responses are available, testing takes place either by
evaluating individual code behavior with respect to  numerical consistency and stability, or by
comparing the simulations made with the various  codes, so-called "code-intercomparison." An
example of code intercomparison using  synthetic data sets is given by Kinzelbach (1987a).  He
compared four two-dimensional solute  transport codes based on  different numerical solution
techniques to a number  of test cases  using equal discretization of the  space and time. The test cases
were selected on basis of expected numerical problems with one or more of the numerical solution
techniques.
                                           15

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Ground-Water Code Testing Practices

2.1.2. Test Evaluation Techniques

   Almost all code-evaluation studies, performed both by code developers and users, have utilized
rather qualitative evaluation techniques that do not include a systematic approach to test problem
design, test strategy, or evaluation procedures and measures (Beljin; 1988). It is often not clear from
the code documentation if the performed tests stress or (inadvertently) hide unexpected problems or
faulty code.  In general, test objectives and evaluation criteria are absent. Presentation of test results
is  often limited to  a graph showing a  small number of control points in the space domain, often
arranged along principle coordinate axes and using non-optimal graphing scales. In some cases, test
problems are not presented as such but described as "example problems" (e.g., Contractor,  1981;
Voss, 1984). This  situation is very confusing to the users of code testing results.

2.1.3. Test Strategies

   An important criterion, sometimes used to evaluate code testing efforts, is whether or not the
tests address the major aspects, conditions and processes relevant for the intended use of the model
(Davis etal., 1991). To address the inadequateness and inconsistency of many code testing efforts,
van der Heijde and  Elnawawy (1992) recommended a systematic analysis of the code testing process
and the development of a code testing  and evaluation protocol.

   In the mid 1980s the International Ground Water Modeling Center (IGWMC) developed a code
testing strategy for  ground-water models. Early versions of this strategy have been presented in van
der Heijde et al.  (1985), and applied by Huyakorn et al. (1984a)  and Beljin  (1988)  to two-
dimensional flow and solute transport codes. The objective of the IGWMC test strategy was to
provide a framework for evaluation of a code using analytical solutions, hypothetical test problems,
and field experiments. Special attention was given to the formulation of test objectives. However,
as is the case with most test programs for ground-water modeling codes, the early version of the
IGWMC code testing strategy did not address the completeness and effectiveness of the testing
performed. To address this concern, van der Heijde et al. (1993) presented an expanded version of
the IGWMC testing strategy.  In this new  version, three different code testing objectives are
recognized: 1) functionality analysis; 2) performance evaluation; and 3) applicability assessment.
                                            16

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Ground-Water Code Testing Practices

2.2. CODE TESTING ISSUES

   Code testing in case of analytical models is a rather straightforward process. In general, code
testing issues for this type of codes focus on the correct coding of the closed form solution and the
input and output handling, and in case of a series approximation, also on the accuracy of the included
terms and the domain for which the series has been defined.  Code testing in case of numerical
models is more complicated.  Numerical modeling is based on finding approximate solutions for the
governing equations. These approximations generally require discretization of the modeled space
and time domains.  The numerical solutions are given in the form of tables of numbers representing
values of the dependent variable in the discretized domains.

2.2.1.  Discretization Issues

   The accuracy of the numerical solution is influenced by the resolution of spatial discretization
(i.e., grid  size), the time discretization (i.e., time-stepping), and the geometry  of the discretized
spatial elements or cells. If stability and convergence issues have been addressed, accurate numerical
solutions can be generated using high resolution numerical grids,  and  small  time steps.  This
approach is based on the principle that the smaller the discretization is in space and time, the better
the approximate numerical solution will represent the real (unknown) solution of the governing
partial differential equation (Huyakorn and Finder, 1983).

   Using simplified test problems provides modelers the opportunity to design and adjust the spatial
and temporal discretization to optimally match a target analytical solution, if available. However,
for test problems for which no analytical solution exist, the design of optimal discretization may
require performing a sensitivity analysis of discretization resolution, refining grid and time-stepping
till the simulation  results are independent of cell sizes  and time steps (Gupta et a/.,  1987).  The
importance of discretization considerations in code testing is illustrated by Gupta et al. (1987) for
various test problems (see Fig. 2-3 and Fig. 2-4).
                                            17

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Ground-Water Code Testing Practices

2.2.2. Numerical Algorithm and Computer Accuracy Problems

   There are various possible sources of error in a computer code implementation of a numerical
solution method. These errors are related to the approximation method, the solution algorithm, or
the computer platform for which the code is compiled.  For example, numerical problems are well-
known in solving the advective-dispersive solute transport equation (Huyakorn and Finder, 1983).
They may also occur when modeling non-linear flow problems. The following section discusses
some of these problems to highlight code performance test  issues  and to provide background
information for the development of an effective code testing strategy.

   Round-off error is  the difference between the "true"  representation  and the machine
representation of the dependent variable (Jain, 1984).  The true representation refers to the complete
mathematical  description  in  the  approximate formula.   Roundoff errors in  computer-based
calculations occurs when using floating-point (real) numbers to represent parameters and variables
(Press etal., 1992).

   Truncation error is the difference between the true representation and the  exact value of the
variable  (Jain, 1984).  Truncation errors are considered algorithm  errors and occur frequently
because often the distribution of the unknown variable is represented by a truncated polynomial
expansion.  This error can be controlled by increasing the number of polynomial elements used to
represent the distribution of the variable. However, such an approach often results in a significant
increase in  the complexity of the numerical  solution.

   The inherited error is a cumulative error promulgated through a sequence of computational steps.
These errors not only influence the accuracy of the computations, but might also be the cause of
stability or convergence problems.  A method is stable if the effect of any single fixed round-off
error is bounded, independent of the number of (discretization) mesh points (Jain, 1984).  This
means that both the truncation error is controlled and that the inherited error is not growing
unchecked.
                                           18

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
        Ground-Water Code Testing Practices
                                                       ANALYTICAL
                                                 FINITE
                                                 ELEMENT DAYS
                                                   o    40
                                                        80
                                                        120
                                                        160
                                                        200
   o.
30

90


80


70


60


50


40


30
FINITE
ELEMENT

  o
  A
• ANALYTICAL

    DAYS

    100
    200
                       20
                                      40              60
                                         LENGTH (METERS)
                                                                                        (C)
                                                                           At • 100 DAYS :
                     80
                                     100
 Figure 2-3. Comparison of the analytical and CFEST numerical solution of the radial Avdonin
      problem for heat transport for various time discretizations (from Gupta et a/., 1987).
                                              19

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Ground-Water Code Testing Practices
         ANALYTICAL
   FINITE
  ELEMENT  om
     o     ion
     A     2170
     +     3255
     X
                                                                           - (i)
                                                               ANALYTICAL
                                                        FINITE
                                                        ELEMENT  DAYS
                                                           o     ion
                                                                 217D
                                                           •»•     T3K
                                                           x
                      .           .
               t I 1 I I I 1 I 1 1  t 1 1 I 1 I t I I 1 1 I 1 [ 1 I .t L J I i 1 i 1 1 ] ! I I 1 1 i 1 t 1 I I I 1 i 1 i 1 t ! t
                   -  (a)
                                                               ANALYTICAL
                                                         FINITE
                                                        ELEMENT BAYS
                                                            o    ion
                                                                 2170
                                                            •*•    JZ?5
                                                            X    (MO
                                «0         MO

                                      LENGTH (ICTIRS)
 Figure 2-4. Comparison of the analytical and CFEST numerical solution of the linear Avdonin
      heat transport problem for various spatial discretizations (from Gupta et a/., 1987).
                                            20

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Ground-Water Code Testing Practices
   A numerical solution is said to converge if the differences between the analytical solution and
the numerical solution decrease when the spatial and temporal discretization is refined (Jain, 1984).
This assumes that a closed-form (analytical) solution to the governing partial differential equation
exists, and the numerical solution approximates the analytical solution for the specific boundary
conditions. If an analytical solution is not available, a numerical solution is considered converging
if the differences between successive iterations decrease in a continuous manner.

   Stability problems specifically occur in solving transient problems due to cumulative effects of
the round-off error. An example of an unstable numerical solution is given in Figure 2-5.  Stability
analysis of the  employed time-stepping scheme may provide an analytical representation of the
stability constraint or stability condition.  However, in many complex problems a simple criterion
is not available (Huyakorn and Finder, 1983). A typical ground-water situation, prone to stability
problems, is the computation of a free surface using an explicit solution scheme which often leads
to uncontrolled oscillations unless the time step is very small; another example is the simulation of
fluid flow in dry soils (Huyakorn and Finder, 1983). Furthermore, potential numerical instability
can be encountered  in the simulation  of regions characterized  by large contrasts in hydraulic
conductivity in  conjunction with high recharge rates (HYDROCOIN, 1988).
1.5-
0> i ^^
dependent variabl
> o -
) in c
\ \ \ ;
_A •<— 	 numerical solution
/ \
,*, / \
' V ^V
\ \ ___^—-~ exact solution
\
v\
\\
\x
«Ov.
<^-A_^~>
-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Ground-Water Code Testing Practices
    Convergence is directly related to stability of the solution scheme (Jain, 1984). Often, the issue
for ground-water modeling is not convergence versus non-convergence, but the rate of convergence,
as this entity determines the computational time required to solve a particular problem (see Fig. 2-6).
Some modeled systems are particular convergence-sensitive to parameter and discretization choices,
such as the computation of a free surface in a water-table aquifer, leakage in an aquifer-aquitard
system, the position of the interface between salt and fresh water in a coastal aquifer, and flow under
highly  nonlinear unsaturated  conditions  (Huyakorn  and Finder,  1983).   For  example, the
HYDROCOIN code  intercomparison study concluded (HYDROCOIN, 1988)  that  for  some
combinations of numerical method, matrix solver and discretization, large permeability contrasts in
vadose zone flow modeling can result in a discontinuous moisture content distribution in the model
domain, causing instability and non-convergence.
                   1.60—1
                   1.20 —
                 •B 0.80 —
                 S
                   0.40 —
                   0.00-
       iteration cut-off
           values

          value 3
                                       10       15
                                    number of iterations
                                                       20
                                                               25
           Figure 2-6a. Various types of converging solutions: a) high convergence
                rate; b) moderate convergence rate; c) oscillatory convergence.
   It should be noted that in the case of oscillatory non-convergence behavior the iteration cutoff
criterion can still be met (see Fig. 2-6b, both curve a and curve b).  However, if the criterion is too
strict, convergence might not be reached due to roundoff errors (see Fig. 2-6a, curve b and cutoff
value 2), at least not within the specified maximum number of iterations. During code testing the
                                            22

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Ground-Water Code Testing Practices
iteration behavior should be analyzed for optimal accuracy. Figure 2-6a shows that curve 'a' reaches
iteration criterion 3 very rapidly.  However, this curve still steeply descends.  It is better to choose
a cutoff value in the less steep segment of the iteration curve, for example value 2. This might force
the code tester to rerun the test problem a few times if the initial cutoff value is too high.  Also, quite
often the first few iterations result in an increase of iteration error, or in rapid variations between
positive and negative errors as is illustrated in Fig. 6a, curve 'c' (e.g., Andersen, 1993, p. 13-9 &13-
10).
                   2.00^
                   1.60 —
                   1.20 —
                   0.40 —
                   0.00-
                                                                  iteration
                                                                  cut-off
                                                                  values
                                                                  value 3
                                                                  value 2
                                                                  value 1
                                       10    .15
                                    number of iterations
                                                        20
                                                                25
                    Figure 2-6b. Two types of non-converging solutions:
                      a) uncontrolled oscillations; b) limited oscillations.

    Another problem is that although a stable solution might be achieved by using a specific solution
method, that solution might be less accurate.  An example is the use of a "consistent" mass matrix
versus a "lumped"  mass matrix  in solving  the  flow equations in a system of saturated and
unsaturated soils (Huyakorn and Finder, 1983). Although theoretical evaluation of convergence and
stability  is often possible (Jain, 1984; Milne,  1970),  such  an analysis might be complex and
impractical.  Trial runs  for a range of parameter combinations  provide an effective alternative
method of testing for such numerical problems.
                                             23

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Ground-Water Code Testing Practices

   As mentioned before, transport simulation models  are prone  to  some specific algorithm
problems: numerical dispersion and oscillations, specifically in advection-dominated problems
where the transport equation is hyperbolic.  Numerical dispersion is an artificial front-smearing
effect of the computational scheme which resembles and may be indistinguishable from the effect
of the actual physical dispersion mechanism (Huyakorn and Finder 1983).  Spatial oscillations
(overshoot and undershoot) occur often near a concentration front, especially under advection-
dominated transport conditions. Overshoot occurs when upstream of the moving front erroneous
high values of concentrations are computed, while undershoot  describes the analog phenomenon
downstream of the front, sometimes resulting in negative concentrations. These oscillations are
typically controlled by the Peclet number (Pe=V*As/D with V=velocity, As=characteristic length,
and D=dispersion coefficient) and the Courant number (Cr=V*At/As, where At is the time step size).
   Because of the difficulties encountered in the numerical solution of the advection-dominated
transport equation, it is important to use the mass balance as a check on the acceptability of the
numerical solution. The mass balance for both the flow and transport solution of the transport
problem should be evaluated for each test simulation run. As mass balance errors are a function of
discretization and the iteration cut-off value, among others, each numerical simulation code should
include the option to calculate such global mass balances.

   As many solute transport problems in ground water  are convection dominated, numerical
methods specifically developed for hyperbolic partial differential equations are popular, such as the
method of characteristics and the random walk method (Kinzelbach, 1987b).  To use these particle
tracking methods, specific application requirements need to be satisfied. For example, it is important
to limit the distance traveled by individual particles to a fraction of the cell spacing to fulfill the
Courant criterion.  The random walk method is based on the theorem that, in the limit of large
particle numbers and assuming that the dispersivities are space independent, the random walk analog
represents the advective and dispersive components of the transport equation (Kinzelbach,  1987b).
A relatively large number of particles are needed in this method to  obtain reasonable results.
Furthermore, many simulation codes based on random walk method assume a gradually changing
flow field. If this is not appropriate, for example at stagnation points, the dispersion derivatives in
the convection term of the transport equation should be included.  If in layered aquifers the particles
                                           24

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Ground-Water Code Testing Practices

are transported close to or across layers, other techniques need to be incorporated such as boundary
reflection, or buffering (Kinzelbach, 1987b). Another issue with particle tracking methods is the
manner in which particles are considered captured by a pumping well. Often this is done by defining
a circular capture zone around the well with a user-specified or hard-wired radius.  The combination
of capture radius and maximum time-step travel distance has a major influence on the accuracy of
the breakthrough curve.

   Underlying particle tracking methods is the notion that if the time-varying flow field is known,
unique pathlines exist between (almost) any two points in the model domain (except for pathlines
starting in a singularity).  In practice, exact determination of pathlines is only possible in a limited
number of simplified situations.  Therefore, pathlines determination requires numerical integration
of the velocity-based pathline equations with respect to time, so-called forwards pathline tracking
(Kinzelbach, 1987b). Inversion of the pathline equations results in backwards pathline tracking.
Travel times can be determined by integration along the pathline.  Particle tracking methods use this
approximate approach to simulate advective transport or the advective part of advective-dispersive
transport.

   The numerical integration of the pathline equation  provides a  source for inaccuracies in
modeling. The velocity at the particle location is obtained through interpolation. Various methods
exist, among others, dependent on the use of the finite element or finite difference method in
determining the head distribution (e.g., Konikow and Bredehoeft, 1978; Prickett et al., 1981; Shafer,
1987; Pollock, 1989; Zheng, 1989; Franz and Guiguer, 1990; Goode,  1990).  As particle tracking
is widely used in the study of ground-water protection and contamination problems, testing the coded
integration and interpolation algorithms is an essential part of code development quality assurance.
In general, testing of particle tracking simulation codes requires finer grids than the grids required
by codes which calculate hydraulic heads, velocities or contaminant concentrations directly from the
governing equations (HYDROCOIN, 1988).  The HYDROCOIN study (1988) concluded that vector
quantities (fluxes, velocity field and trajectory pathlines) show larger  discrepancies than scalar
quantities (pressures, heads) when compared to reference solutions when calculated by integrating
velocities with post-head-simulation algorithms  (Nicholson^a/.,  1987)(see Figure 2-7a and 2-7b).
Testing pathline algorithms  in numerical simulation code is often performed by comparing the
results with analytical expressions for the stream function (e.g.., HYDROCOIN level  3, test case 7).
                                            25

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
                                    Ground-Water Code Testing Practices
                                                       A USGSAN
                                                       S3 NAMAER
                                                       YMTRRIV
                                                       * SWITUB
                                                       • MOTAEC
                                                       * 3DSJAE
                                                       * ANGOKU
                                                       S STOOCR
                                                       m CFEONW
                                                       OMETEDM
                                                       QGWHKTH
                                                       S UNFUOK
                                                       RCYLBGS
                                                       £ GMFCRI
               10
      Figure 2-7a. HYDROCOIN, level 1, case 1: relative hydraulic head computed by

                 various simulation codes (from HYDROCOIN, 1986).
 ••

a*
i*
                                                       O SW2SAN
                                                       * USGSAN
                                                       + FEMNRC
                                                       E NAMAER
                                                       O UNSHAZ
                                                       • 2DSJAE
                                                       O FE2VTT
                                                       D GWHKTH
                                                       A FREMCI
                                                       D FEMBGS
                                                       3 FEMBGS
                                                       E FEMBGS
             I.M   !•».«•  >W.M
                          I-OIICCTIOM (Ht
                                              IIM.M  1IM M
       Figure 2-7b. HYDROCOIN, level 1, case 2: pathline trajectories computed by

         various simulation codes using a coarse mesh (from HYDROCOIN, 1986).



2.3. CODE TEST CASES
                                      26

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Ground-Water Code Testing Practices

   Two of the most elaborate ground-water simulation code testing projects were conducted in the
1980s (INTRACOIN, 1984; HYDROCOIN, 1988,1990).  The test problems, designed during these
studies, can be divided in three groups: 1) physical processes-oriented tests; 2) field characteristics-
oriented tests; and 3) code feature(s)-oriented tests (e.g., efficiency and accuracy of particle tracking
algorithms).  In the INTRACOIN study (1984), participating code-testing teams were asked to
provide five computed items to facilitate accuracy and performance intercomparison: 1) constituent
concentrations at the end of the migration path with respect to time (i.e., breakthrough curves); 2)
the maximum constituent concentration and the time at which this maximum concentration is
reached; 3) determination of the value of half of the maximum constituent concentration and the time
at which this value is reached; 4) the total CPU time required when executed on a standard computer;
and 5) the time required for one-single precision floating point multiplication to be completed when
executed on a standard reference computer.  It should be noted that there were no requirements with
respect to spatial or temporal distribution of results nor calculation of quantitative measures for
intercomparison.   In other  comparison studies,  spatial  distribution of  computed  variables,
breakthrough curves, and mass balances were the focus of the intercomparison (e.g., Kinzelbach,
1987b; Beljin, 1988).  Lobo Ferreira (1988) specifically included problem set up, CPU time, and
computer resource use.

   In a follow-up project to INTRACOIN, various simulation codes were tested for a variety of
geological conditions (HYDROCOIN, 1988). Dependent  on the test problem, intercomparison
variables included: 1) hydraulic heads and pressures; 2) salt concentrations; 3) temperatures; 4) flow
velocities; 5) flow pathlines; 6) travel times; 7) flow rates (fluxes); and 8) location of the water-table.
Furthermore, mass balance errors and flux distributions were computed  and compared.  It was
concluded that to be able to perform code intercomparison, test problems should be well-defined and
bounded, and provided level  of detail of the problem description should restrict the ability of the
different code  testing teams  to provide their own interpretation  for  model  setup.   Input
parameterization,  discretization of space and time, and implementation of boundary conditions
should be consistent, specifically in testing against field data sets and complex hypothetical test
problems.

   Another issue is that often the analytical solution of a test problem requires assumptions with
respect to the modeled processes, geometry of the model domain, and boundary conditions which
                                           27

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Ground-Water Code Testing Practices

cannot be exactly met in the numerical solution.  In some cases, this issue can be addressed by
careful selection of the boundary of the model domain and the spatial and temporal discretization
for the numerical solution. An example is the requirement of an infinite aquifer extent in the Theis
solution (Theis, 1935). This requirement is replaced in the numerical simulation by a boundary at
a large  distance from the well and  ensuring that the time domain does not allow significant
drawdown at the boundary  (e.g., Gupta et a/.,  1987).  In other  cases, differences between the
analytical and numerical solution result which cannot be removed completely. An example is the
inability of some codes to  accept zero values  for transverse dispersion when simulating one-
dimensional solute transport test cases.

   As mentioned earlier, the International Ground Water Modeling Center (IGWMC) has developed
a three-level  simulation code testing approach (van der Heijde et a/., 1985; van der Heijde and
Elnawawy, 1992).  At Level 1, the  code is tested by comparing simulation results against an
analytical solution. At Level 2, synthetic data sets are used as the basis for code intercomparison.
These data sets are developed using hypothetical problems for which no independent benchmark
exists.  At Level 3, the code is used to simulate well-characterized and monitored laboratory or field
experiments.  One of the first applications of the IGWMC code testing approach was performed by
Huyakorn etal. (1984b). They implemented the IGWMC procedure in testing the two-dimensional
finite-element flow  and transport code, SEFTRAN (Huyakorn et a/., 1984b).  Six Level  1 test
problems were used to evaluate the transport simulation capabilities of this finite-element code. A
realistic range of flow and transport parameters was chosen to analyze the numerical behavior of the
code under various potential application conditions. The six Level 1 problems ranged in complexity
from simple one-dimensional transport in a uniform flow field to transport in a nonuniform two-
dimensional flow field created by a recharging-discharging well pair. Each of the problems was
defined by detailed problem statements which included input specifications, spatial and temporal
discretization procedures,  and simulation results. The problem statement included test objectives,
a discussion of field situations for which the simplified analytical solutions may be applicable, and
the analytical  solution.

   The Huyakorn et al.  (1984a) study also presented two  Level  2 test problems,  based on
hypothetical field situations.  They were characterized by irregular geometry, complex boundary
conditions and heterogeneous, anisotropic aquifer conditions.  The first Level 2 test problem
                                          28

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Ground-Water Code Testing Practices

involved a cross-sectional analysis of contaminant transport in an unconfined aquifer with steady-
state flow and sharply contrasting physical properties, located underneath a landfill (see Figure 2-8
and  table 2-1).   Evaluation  of the  results, in the absence of  a  second simulation  code for
intercomparison, was  limited to a qualitative discussion of the appropriateness  of the  head and
concentration distributions.  The second case involved areal analysis of contaminant transport
released from a constant-head disposal pit into a confined aquifer subject to pumping (see Figure 2-9
and table 2-2). In each case, realistic physical conditions and practical values of aquifer parameters
were used in order to develop a meaningful interpretation of the behavior of the hypothetical system.
This, in turn, provided the basis for qualitatively assessing the behavior of the simulation code.

   Huyakorn etal. (1984a) also performed a partial Level 3 benchmark test by using the field data
set that describes the movement of a chloride plume at a landfill located at the Canadian Forces Base
Borden in Ontario, Canada. At the time of the code testing study  by Huyakorn et al. this site had
been studied extensively and detailed information regarding hydrogeological characteristics and
plume movement had been published.  Furthermore,  various modeling studies had been performed
previously and their results were available for intercomparison.  As this field problem is three-
dimensional in nature, Huyakorn et al. (1984a) used the two-dimensional SEFTRAN code in both
the profile mode and the areal (planar) mode. Due to differences  in saturated thickness, effective
transmissivity in the horizontal simulations was divided in a number of zones. The report is not clear
regarding the results  of the  flow  and transport simulations.  Qualitative  statements, such as
"Predicted chloride concentrations are generally in good agreement with observed concentrations
presented in Figure...., although downgradient concentrations are slightly high." are not supported
by tables or comparative line graphs.  This test problem is often referred to as the "Waterloo field
verification problem." Due to the three-dimensional nature of the  hydrogeology and the plume
movement, it is not well-suited for testing models in a two-dimensional profile simulation mode.
However, it provides an excellent test case for three-dimensional saturated flow and transport codes.
It should be noted that the chloride plume movement at the Borden landfill has been the  prototype
for the two- and three-dimensional versions of the "Waterloo Test Problem,"a synthetic test data set
with the same geometry and comparable boundary conditions as encountered at the Borden site. This
test is often used to evaluate a code's capability to simulate solute transport from  a source on the top
boundary through an aquifer with various types of discontinuities and parameter distributions (Segol,
1994).
                                            29

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Ground-Water Code Testing Practices
           LANDFILL
                                          GROUND  SURFACE
                         GROUNDKATER  FLOW
                                    -2000  ft.
       Figure 2-8.  Schematic depiction of Level 2, case 1 (after Huyakorn et al., 1984a)


       The IGWMC evaluation approach was also applied by Beljin (1988) using three simulation
codes: SEFTRAN (Huyakorn etal, 1984b), USGS-2D-MOC (Konikow and Bredehoeft, 1978) and
RANDOM WALK (Prickett et al., 1981). The numerical accuracies of the various algorithms were
measured by comparing the simulation results to the results of five analytical solute transport
solutions (Level 1 benchmark solutions). Code sensitivities to various parameters and to time and
space discretization schemes were also evaluated.  Five of the six Level 1 test problems formulated
by Huyakorn et al. (1984a) were  used. The agreement between the simulated and benchmark
analytical solutions were assessed qualitatively and quantitatively. The report described the results
using five qualitative categories: "poor," "reasonable," "acceptable," "good," and "very good."
Quantitatively, the results were expressed by the root-mean-squared error between the values of
contaminant concentration calculated by the code and by the analytical model.
                                           30

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
                         Ground-Water Code Testing Practices
                  Table 2-1. Values of physical parameters for Level 2, case 1
                                  (from Huyakorn et al., 1984a)
                      Parameter
                      Value
               Aquifer properties
                      Hydraulic conductivity, K,,,,
                      Hydraulic conductivity, Kw
                      Hydraulic conductivity, K^
                      Porosity
                      Longitudinal dispersivity
                      Transverse dispersivity
                      lOft/d
                      5ft/d
                      2ft/d
                      0,25
                      200ft
                      50ft
               Clay lens properties
                      Hydraulic conductivity
                      Porosity
                      Longitudinal dispersivity
                      Transverse dispersivity
                      0.002 ft/d
                      0.45
                      100ft
                      20ft
                                                      8h/»n «  jc/sn » 0
              INFLOW
             BOUNDARY
              h-40 •
               C-0
DUposil Pit
     D
 c " 100 g/ra3
  ZONE 1
                                        ih/in
                                              0    200   400 Mtirs
                                              i     i     i
                                            Horizontal  Suits
        Figure 2-9. Schematic depiction of Level 2, case 2 (after Huyakorn et al., 1994a)
                                               31

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Ground-Water Code Testing Practices


                  Table 2-2.  Values of physical parameters for Level 2, case 2
                                 (from Huyakorn et al., 1984a)
                      Parameter                        Value

               Aquifer zone 1 properties
                      Transmissivity, T^                 100 nf/d
                      Transmissivity, Tw                 50 nf/d
                      Storage coefficient                 0.02
                      Porosity                         0,25
                      Aquifer thickness                  8 m
                      Longitudinal dispersivity            50 m
                      Transverse dispersivity              15m

               Aquifer zone 2 properties
                      Transmissivity, T^                 200 nf/d
                      Transmissivity, Tw                 100 nf/d
                      Storage coefficient                 0.01
                      Porosity                         0,20
                      Aquifer thickness                  78.75m
                      Longitudinal dispersivity            75 m
                      Transverse dispersivity              30 m

               Aquifer zone 3 properties
                      Transmissivity, T^                 400 nf/d
                      Transmissivity, Tw                 250 nf/d
                      Storage coefficient                 0.04
                      Porosity                         0,20
                      Aquifer thickness                  40 m
                      Longitudinal dispersivity            40 m
                      Transverse dispersivity              10 m
    Another perspective to code testing can be found in following the verification history of the U.S.
Geological Survey Modular Three-Dimensional Finite Difference Ground-Water Flow Model
(MODFLOW).  MODFLOW was first published in  1984 documenting the  FORTRAN 66
implementation (McDonald and Harbaugh,  1984), and is based on the theoretical framework of
                                              32

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Ground-Water Code Testing Practices

earlier, well-established and verified finite difference flow models (Trescott, 1975; Trescott and
Larson,  1976; Trescott et a/., 1976). In 1988, a new version of the MODFLOW was published
(McDonald and Harbaugh, 1988), documenting the FORTRAN 77 implementation of the code.
Although many test problems have been used during the development of the MODFLOW code, none
of these problems were discussed in the published documentation, which only provides a single
sample application (McDonald and Harbaugh, 1988, Appendix D). Despite the lack in formal
verification, MODFLOW has become a widely-used and accepted simulation code, to the extent that
verification of other codes often includes intercomparison with MODFLOW results. In part, this
might be the result of the acceptance by the ground-water community of the simulation codes  from
which MODFLOW originated. Also, the many successful applications to practical problems have
contributed to its credibility.  See for example the many applications cited by Anderson and
Woessner (1992) and the USGS Regional Aquifer System Analysis studies (Weeks and Sun, 1987).
   MODFLOW is  a  finite difference code for steady-state  and transient  simulation of two-
dimensional, quasi-three-dimensional, and fully three-dimensional saturated, constant density flow
problems  in  combinations of confined and  unconfmed aquifer-aquitard  systems above  an
impermeable base (McDonald and Harbaugh, 1988). The simulated flow processes are described
by the governing partial differential equation which includes anisotropy, but does not include cross-
terms for hydraulic conductivity.  Porous media heterogeneity is introduced during the formulation
of the finite difference equations, as are the various source and sink terms,  and flow and head
boundary  conditions.   Additional  capabilities  are handled by specifically designed  solution
algorithms, such as time varying  stresses using stress periods, preparation of conductance terms,
mass balance calculations, and dewatering/rewetting of cells. Other features are  simulated by careful
manipulation of boundary conditions and code functions (e.g., water table position and seepage face
position; Anderson and Woessner, 1992).

   The MODFLOW  program consists of a main program  (MAIN) and  a large number of
subroutines, called  modules.  These modules  are grouped into "packages."   The "standard"
MODFLOW program (McDonald and Harbaugh, 1988) includes 10 packages (see Table 2-3).
                                          33

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Ground-Water Code Testing Practices
       Table 2-3.  List of MODFLOW packages (from McDonald and Harbaugh, 1988).
Package
abbreviation
BAS
BCF
WEL
RCH
RIV
DRN
EVT
GHB
SIP
SOR
Package name
Basic
Block-Centered Flow
Well
Recharge
River
Drain
Evapotranspiration
General-Head Boundary
Strongly Implicit Procedure
Slice-Successive Overrelaxation
Description
Handles those tasks that are part of the model as a
whole. Among those tasks are specification of
boundaries, determination of time-step length,
establishment of initial conditions, and printing of
results.
Calculates terms of finite difference equations which
represents flow within porous medium; specifically
flow from cell to cell and flow into storage
Adds terms representing flow to wells to the finite
difference equations
Adds terms representing areally distributed recharge
to the finite difference equations
Adds terms representing flow to rivers to the finite
difference equations
Adds terms representing flow to drains to the finite
difference equations
Adds terms representing evapotranspiration to the
finite difference equations
Adds terms representing general-head boundaries to
the finite difference equations
Iteratively solves the system of finite difference
equations using the Strongly Implicit procedure
Iteratively solves the system of finite difference
equations using the Slice-Successive Overrelaxation
technique
   Testing of the many features of a code with the complexity of MODFLOW requires a carefully
designed testing strategy. Andersen (1993) presented a comprehensive set of problems designed for
self-study in ground-water modeling using the MODFLOW code.  In addition to its educational
objective, the author intended the problems to serve in the verification of the code. To this purpose,
where possible, MODFLOW results were compared to analytical solutions (benchmarking), results
of other models (intercomparison), or to itself using alternative input functions to represent the same
problem feature (intracomparison).  The set of twenty instructional  and verification problems has
                                           34

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Ground-Water Code Testing Practices

been used to verify the operation of other codes (e.g., Larson and Esling,  1993; Dendrou and
Dendrou, 1994), as well as the correct installation and compilation of the MODFLOW code on
computer platforms different  from the platform where  these test  problems were developed.
Andersen (1993) presents two tables summarizing the performed tests.  In the first table an overview
is given of the test problems and the type of verification that the tests represent (see Table 2-4). The
second table shows which MODFLOW packages have been used in each tests (see Table 2-5). From
this latter overview it appears that each program package is used at least twice in the series of tests.
   The manual by Andersen (1993) does not provide an overview of the code functions which have
been used in the testing. However, review of the problem descriptions shows that most code features
have been addressed (see Table 2-4).  Furthermore, the results of the verification exercises are highly
dependent on grid design, time-stepping, representation of boundary conditions, choice of numerical
parameters, and selection of appropriate code options.  A table, comparable with table 2-5, listing
features versus test problem would be highly useful for verification analysis purposes.

2.4.  DISCUSSION

   In 1992, van der Heijde and Elnawawy (1992) identified the need to complement the three-level
code testing approach with a systematic procedure for the design and use of test problems allowing
code testers and reviewers to judge the completeness of the performed testing in terms of: 1) code
"reliability" (e.g., stability and reproducibility of solution algorithms); 2) the efficiency of coded
algorithms and input/output data transfers (e.g., code performance in terms of numerical accuracy
versus time of computation, memory use and storage requirements); 3) the amount of required
preparation resources (e.g., data preparation and output data reduction and analysis time); and 4) the
sensitivity of the simulation  code to grid design, simulation processes, boundary conditions, and to
a wide variety of input parameter values. Such a testing procedure should alleviate the problem that
in most code testing exercises conducted in the past, only a very limited number of code functions
and operational conditions  have actually  been addressed.  It should contain elements of earlier
studies which  were judged  to be useful as well as new components addressing code-evaluation
deficiencies. Issues which should be addressed in the protocol include:
                                           35

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Ground-Water Code Testing Practices
       Table 2-4. MODFLOW test problems and type of testing (after Andersen, 1993).
Problem
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Description
Transient radial flow to a well (Theis, 1935)
Transient radial flow to a well with horizontal
anisotropy (Papadopulos, 1965)
Transient radial flow to a well with confined-
unconfined condition conversion (Moench and
Prickett, 1972)
Steady-state flow in a square, single layer, model
domain with fixed-head and no-flow boundaries and
a pumping well; calculation of head
Steady-state flow in a square, single layer, model
domain with fixed-head and no-flow boundaries and
a pumping well; calculation of mass balance
Steady-state flow in a square, single layer, model
domain with fixed-head and no-flow boundaries with
uniform recharge; similarity solutions in model
calibration for transmissivity and recharge
Steady-state flow in a square, single layer, model
domain with fixed-head and no-flow boundaries;
with or without uniform recharge and/or a pumping
well
Steady-state flow in a square, single layer, model
domain with fixed-head and no-flow boundaries and
a pumping well; grid and time stepping
considerations (Rushton and Tomlinson, 1977)
Steady-state flow in a square, single layer, model
domain with an internal stream (leaky boundary
nodes) and no-flow lateral boundaries; stresses
include uniform recharge and a pumping well;
calibration and prediction exercise
Transient, one-dimensional horizontal flow resulting
from variations in areal recharge; model domain
bounded by a constant head and a no-flow boundary;
transient calibration of recharge
Analytical
or semi-
analytical
solution
X
X
X




X


Inter-
comparison
with another
numerical
model







X
FE method


Alternate
boundary
condition or
model
configuration



X1
X

X



                                         36

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Ground-Water Code Testing Practices
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Transient flow in a one-dimensional vertical model
of two aquifers separated by an aquitard;
representation of aquitards implicitly as a leakage
term or implicitly as a separate model layer.
Transient flow in a aquifer-aquitard system with a
fully -penetrating well in the aquifer (Hantush, 1960)
Steady state flow in a three-layer, heterogeneous,
single aquifer system with square model domain,
partially recharge in top layer, fixed head at one
boundary and no-flow at other boundaries; solution
technique (SIP/SSOR) and convergence
Steady state flow in a single-layer, unconfined
aquifer with square model domain, pumping from a
well, internal head-dependent flux nodes and no-
flow at all boundaries; internal third-type boundary
represented using river package, as a general-head
boundary, as a drain, as a line of ET nodes, and as a
two-layer system
Steady-state, one-dimensional flow system resulting
from two fixed-head boundaries, intersected by a
drain
Steady state flow in a homogeneous aquifer with
sloping base and rectangular model domain; uniform
areal recharge and spatially varying ET; fixed head
at one boundary and no-flow at other boundaries
Transient radial flow to partially penetrating and
multi-layer screened wells in a stratified aquifer
represented by a multi-layer model
Steady-state cross-sectional simulation of steep head
gradients in stratified, uniformly recharged,
unconfined aquifer with highly variable thickness,
layer pinchout, and sloping beddings; model domain
is laterally bounded by a no flow boundary and a
specified head boundary.
Transient flow in a real world, single aquifer system
(Musquodoboit Harbor Aquifer, Nova Scotia)
subject to various planned pumping regimes
Transient flow in a real world, single aquifer system
(Lipari Landfill, New Jersey) subject to various
hydrologic control options in remedial design

X









X
FE method



X
FD method


X
FEandFD
methods
X
FD method



X
(5 different
implemen-
tations of 3rd
type b.c.
X





    1) This problem can be approximated using the Thiem (1906) solution and image theory to represent the boundaries.
                                              37

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Ground-Water Code Testing Practices
    Table 2-5. MODFLOW test problems and packages used in tests (after Andersen, 1993).
Problem
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
BAS
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
BCF
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
WEL
X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X


X

X

X
X

X

RCH



X
X
X
X

X
X


X


X

X

X
RIV








X




X




X

DRN













X
X




X
EVT













X

X




GHB







X





X






SIP
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
SOR









X


X




X


       address complex problem descriptions and modeling issues (e.g., heterogeneity, anisotropy,
       irregular boundary conditions);
       incorporate successful, previously defined test cases;
       use test cases which are not subject to ambiguous or unstable boundary conditions and/or
       ambiguous numerical implementations;
       use test cases that are clearly designed to meet specific objectives;
                                           38

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Ground-Water Code Testing Practices

    •   develop standard, unbiased, accuracy and evaluation measures;
    •   avoid the use of secondary quantities (e.g., trajectory pathlines that may be calculated by a
       post-processor) in simulation code-evaluation;
    •   be able to address problems encountered in previous studies, specifically as related to spatial
       and temporal discretization issues; and
    •   establish and incorporate test cases that represent realistic scenarios, rather than hypothetical
       cases that have no bearing on real-world conditions.

    The development of a standardized, unbiased,  systematic code-testing and evaluation program
that incorporates these measures and approaches should significantly increase the  QA of results
generated by simulation  codes. The availability of standard code-evaluation results should help
remove ambiguity regarding their performance and operation and increase their acceptance by project
managers and regulators.

    Extensive code testing is typically based on one or more of six test approaches: 1) benchmarking;
2) comparison with controlled laboratory experiments or analogs; 3) comparison with controlled
field experiments; 4) code intercomparison; 5) code intracomparison;  and 6) field comparison or
field demonstration. A comprehensive test strategy should include these approaches.

    Almost all previous code-evaluation studies have utilized rather qualitative evaluation techniques
that lack a systematic approach to formulation of a test strategy, test problem design, and evaluation
procedures and measures.  Test objectives and evaluation criteria (i.e., performance targets)  are
often absent. As this situation is very confusing to users of test results, the new protocol should
address this problem.

    The potential problems in solving the flow and transport equations numerically make it necessary
to allow for a flexible, code-type specific test strategy that needs to address such issues as stability,
accuracy, convergence, and roundoff errors. Evaluation techniques should be both quantitatively  and
qualitatively in nature, and should include  an assessment of the dependent variable in space and time
as well as indirectly derived entities such as the global mass balance for flow and transport, flux
distributions, pathlines, and travel times.
                                            39

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Ground-Water Code Testing Practices
                                          40

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

                 3. CODE TESTING AND EVALUATION PROTOCOL

3.1. OVERVIEW

   A systematic approach to code testing combines elements of error-detection, evaluation of the
operational characteristics of the code, and assessment of its suitability to solve certain types of
management problems, with well-designed test problems, carefully selected  test data sets, and
informative performance measures. Such a systematic approach is represented by thefunctionality
analysis, performance evaluation and  applicability assessment protocol,  developed by the
International Ground Water Modeling Center (van der Heijde et al,  1993).   In this protocol,
systematic development of test objectives is combined with a comprehensive code testing strategy.
Test results are expressed in terms of correctness (e.g., in comparison with a benchmark), reliability
(e.g., reproducibility of results, convergence  and stability of solution algorithms, and absence of
terminal failures), efficiency of coded algorithms (in terms of achieved numerical accuracy versus
memory requirements and code execution time), and resources required for model setup (e.g.,  input
preparation time).  The protocol consists of a number of sequential steps (see Fig. 3-1): 1) analyze
the code's functionality; 2) identify potential problem areas; 3) develop  a code testing strategy; 4)
execute tests and analyze results;  5) prepare  overview tables of results; 6) identify performance
problems; 7) document findings; and 8) communicate results. In the following sections, each of these
steps will be discussed in detail.

   The main issue in reviewing previous code testing studies appears to be the lack in systematically
addressing code features and providing insight in the completeness and effectiveness of the performed
testing. Another major issue is the inconsistency and incompleteness  of code  documentation in
describing  the  code's functions and features.   The new code testing protocol addresses  these
deficiencies by defining three code testing components, systematically addressing these components
in a test strategy, and reporting the test  results using test matrices and tables.  The three main
components of this protocol are: 1) functionality analysis; 2) performance  evaluation; and 3)
applicability assessment.  Functionality  analysis is a rather qualitative  process in contrast to
performance evaluation, which is a quantitative process. While evaluating the  functionality and
performance of a code, its usefulness in addressing field problems is assessed in a qualitative manner.
                                            41

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
                                          Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
   Functionality analysis involves the identification and description of the functions of a simulation
code in terms of model framework geometry, simulated processes, boundary conditions, and
analytical capabilities (see Table 3-1 for an example of code functions), and the subsequent evaluation
of each code function or group of functions for conceptual and computational correctness and
consistency.   The information generated by functionality analysis is organized into a summary
structure, or matrix, that brings together the description of code functionality, code-evaluation status,
and  appropriate test problems.  This functionality matrix is formulated combining a complete
description of the code functions and features with the objectives of carefully selected test problems
(see Table 3-2). The functionality matrix provides a quick way to illustrate or check the extent of the
performed functionality analysis.
          CODE TESTING AND EVALUATION PROTOCOL
     step 1

     step 2

     step 3


     step 4

     step 5

     step 6

     step 7

     step 8
analyze the code documentation with respect to simulation functions, operational
features, mathematical framework, and software implementation;

identify potential code performance issues based on understanding of simulated
processes, mathematical methods, computer limitations, and software environment;

develop testing strategy and test problems which addresses relevant code performance
issues as they are viewed by stakeholders (e.g., researchers, code developers, code
users, fund managers, regulatory decision makers, project decision makers);

execute test problems and analyze results using standard graphic and statistical
techniques;

collect code performance issues and code test problems in overview tables and matrix
displays reflecting correctness, accuracy, efficiency, and field applicability;

identify performance strengths and weaknesses of code and testing procedure;

document each test setup and results in report form and as electronic files (text, data,
results, graphics); and

communicate results (e.g., executive summary, overview report, etc.).
                       Figure 3.1.  Code testing and evaluation protocol
                                             42

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
        Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
             Table 3-1.  Functions and features of a typical three-dimensional saturated
                     porous medium finite-difference flow and transport model.
General Model Capabilities
   •    uncoupled Darcian ground-water flow and non-
        conservative single-component solute transport
        in saturated porous medium
   •    distributed parameter discretization

Spatial Orientation
   •    1 -D horizontal
   •    1 -D vertical
   •    2-D horizontal
        2-D vertical
   •    quasi 3-D (layered)
        fully 3-D

Grid Design
        1-D,  2-D,  or  3-D  block-centered  finite
        difference grid with constant or variable cell
        size

Time Discretization
   •    steady state flow
   •    transient flow
   •    transient transport
   •    variable time step size
   •    multiple transport time steps per flow time step
   •    multiple flow time steps per stress period
   •    variable stress periods

Matrix Solvers
        SOR
        ADI
        PCG
Aquifer Conditions
    •    confined
    •    leaky-confined
    •    unconfined

Aquifer Systems
    •    single aquifer
    •    single aquifer/aquitard
    •    multiple aquifers/aquitards

Variable Aquifer Conditions in Space
    •    variable layer thickness
    •    confined and unconfined conditions in  same
        aquifer
    •    aquitard pinch out
    •    aquifer pinch out

Changing Aquifer Conditions in Time
    •    desaturation of cells at water table
    •    resaturation of cells at water table
    •    confined/unconfined conversion

Parameter Representations
    •    hydraulic conductivity: heterogeneous (variable
        in space), anisotropic
    •    storage coefficient: heterogeneous
    •    longitudinal dispersivity: heterogeneous
    •    transverse dispersivity: heterogeneous
    •    sorption coefficient: homogeneous (single value
        for total model area)
    •    decay coefficient: homogeneous

Fluid Conditions
    •    density constant in time and space
    •    viscosity constant in time and space
                                      continued	
                                                    43

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
       Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
Table 3-1 - continued.
Boundary Conditions for Flow
   •    fixed head
   •    prescribed time-varying head
   •    zero flow
   •    fixed boundary flux
   •    prescribed time-varying boundary flux
   •    areal recharge - variable in space and time
   •    induced recharge from or discharge to stream;
        stream may not be directly connected to ground
        water
   •    drains
   •    evapotranspiration  dependent   on distance
        surface to water table
   •    free surface, seepage surface

Solute Transport Processes
   •    advection
   •    hydrodynamic dispersion
   •    molecular diffusion
   •    linear equilibrium sorption
   •    first-order radioactive decay
   •    first-order chemical/microbial decay
Boundary Conditions for Solute Transport
   •    fixed concentration
   •    prescribed time-varying concentration
   •    zero solute flux
   •    specified constant or time-varying solute flux
   •    areal recharge of  given (constant or  time-
        varying) concentration
   •    induced infiltration of given (constant or time-
        varying) concentration
   •    concentration dependent solute flux

Sources/sinks
   •    injection/production well with constant or time-
        varying flow rate
   •    injection  well with  constant  or time-vary ing
        concentration
   •    injection  well with  constant  or time-varying
        solute flux
   •    production  well with aquifer concentration-
        dependent solute outflux
   •    springs with head-dependent flow rate and
        aquifer concentration-dependent solute flux
   Performance evaluation is aimed at characterizing the operational characteristics of the code in
terms of:  1)  computational accuracy; 2) limitations with respect to numerical convergence and
stability; 3) sensitivity for grid orientation and resolution, and for time discretization; 4) sensitivity
for model parameters; 5) efficiency of coded algorithms (including bandwidth, rate of convergence,
memory usage, disk I/O intensity, etc.); and 6) resources required for model setup and simulation
analysis. Tests are analyzed using various quantitative, often statistical evaluation techniques, as well
as qualitatively using ranking and graphical techniques.  Results of the performance evaluation are
reported in checklists and in tabular form (see for example Tables 3-3a and 3-3b).  Reporting on
performance evaluation should provide potential users information on the performance as a function
of problem complexity and setup, selection of simulation control parameters, and spatial and temporal
discretization.
                                                44

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
    Table 3-2. Generic model functionality matrix; checked cells indicate that objective of test
                         problem corresponds with a code function.

test problem
objective
test 1
test 2
tests
test 4
tests
test 6
functions
function 1

X




function 2
X

X

X

function 3






function 4



X
X
X
function 5
X


X


   Applicability assessment focuses on determining for which types of management problems the
code is particularly suitable.  In addressing this component of the protocol when the test strategy is
formulated, attention is given to representative hydrogeology, engineering designs, and management
strategies. Results of this assessment are primarily expressed qualitatively, inapplicability matrix
is used to document the extent of the applicability assessment, comparable to the functionality matrix.
Reporting on applicability  assessment  includes  information  on how  the test problems were
implemented in terms of model setup and parameter allocation, providing users insight in the optimal
use of the code for the particular type of applications.

   The code testing protocol is implemented using a three-level code testing strategy, incorporating
six types of test  problems:  1) conceptual  or  intuitive tests; 2) analytical solutions and hand
calculations; 3)  hypothetical test problems  with  code intercomparison and intracomparison; 4)
laboratory experiments; 5) field experiments; and 6)  field applications.  Reporting of test activities
and results takes three forms: 1) documentation of individual tests; 2) analysis of completeness of
test strategy and implications of test results; and 3) communication of test results to stakeholders.
                                            45

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
                    Table 3-3a.  Example performance evaluation table — part 1
test
case
1
2
3
4
5a
5b
5c
number of
nodes
500
500
500
500
500
5000
500
number of
time steps
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
time step
(days)
10
10
10
10
10
10
1
convergence
(number of
iterations)
5
50 (maximum)
11
22
7
9
21
CPU use
(sec)
11
205
34
55
21
309
80
RAM
allocation
(Kbytes)
550
550
550
550
550
3880
550
                    Table 3-3b.  Example performance evaluation table — part 2
test
case
1
2
o
J
4
5a
5b
5c
sensitivity to
grid sizea)
.1
.02
.03
.001
.3
.25
.21
sensitivity to grid
orientationb)
.01
.007
.02
.008
.04
.05
.045
sensitivity to time
discretization0-1
.1
2
.1
o
.J
o
.J
.25
.1
stability*
satisfactory
unsatisfactory
satisfactory
satisfactory
satisfactory
satisfactory
satisfactory
reprodu-
cibilitye)
0
15
0
0
0
0
0
a)  Sensitivity to grid size is determined by comparing the sum of absolute values of the differences in computed nodal
    values with the sum of computed nodal values divided by 2, employing two grid designs differing a factor 10 in
    number of active nodes.
b)  Sensitivity to grid orientation is determined by comparing the sum of absolute values of the differences in computed
    nodal values with the sum of computed values divided by 2, using two identical grid designs rotated 45" with
    respect to each other.
c)  Sensitivity to time discretization is determined by comparing the sum of absolute values of the differences in
    computed nodal values with the sum of computed values divided by 2, using for a constant period two time
    discretizations differing a factor 10.
d)  Stability is rated "unsatisfactory" if in one or more runs stability problems are encountered; otherwise stability is
    rated "satisfactory."
e)  Reproducibility is given in terms of a standard deviation for 10 runs using the same input data set.
                                                   46

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

3.2.  PROTOCOL AUDIENCE

   One of the problems with earlier code testing approaches was that they implicitly adopted a single
often knowledgeable code testing audience. This target audience was assumed to understand typical
functionality or performance problems related to specific types of codes. Communication of the test
results to other than the target audience often led to misinterpretation of the test results, for instance,
due to different interpretation of qualitative result descriptors. For the development of the protocol
presented in  this report, six audiences (or stakeholders) are identified: 1) researchers and  peer
reviewers focussed on the theoretical framework underlying the simulation code; 2) code developers
and their programmers focused on the coding of algorithms,  data structures and user interfaces; 3)
code users focussed on addressing real world problems; 4) independent code testers providing expert
advice on the functionality, correctness and efficiency of the code; 5) program managers, clients and
other fund managers; and 6)  regulatory decision makers.   The needs and  concerns of these
stakeholders often vary substantially.

   The primary interest of researchers is to improve the  understanding  of the physical world
qualitatively  by formulating governing principles  and concepts and quantitatively by describing
mathematical  relationships. Simulation codes are  often a tool in the scientific process to better
understand complex natural phenomena.  In general, code development is not the primary goal of
such research. For this audience, model testing equates with establishing in the eyes of their peers
that  process descriptions,  formulation of boundary conditions,  and mathematical equations and
solution methods are correct.

   Code developers are primarily  interested in determining  and demonstrating that their code
operates according to its intended objectives and yields accurate  results.  Code testing involves such
issues as correct and efficient implementation of algorithms and code structures, numerical precision,
and correct input and output handling, and efficient code operation.

   Code users are, in general, interested in obtaining  information  concerning the code's functionality
and applicability to the problem at hand, ease-of-use, efficiency in the use of resources,  and sensitivity
for parameter uncertainty.  The relative benefits of one simulation code versus another are often
                                            47

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

determined by objective evaluation of what the code can do and how fast it can do it.

   Project Managers/Fund Providers are primarily interested in knowing if a code is applicable and
suitable for the specific project, the use of a particular code is the most cost-effective approach to
solve the problem, and the results obtained with the code acceptable for involved regulatory agencies.

   Finally, regulatory decision makers are focused on the credibility and accuracy of the simulation
results.  This credibility is based on the use of an adequate and reliable code (i.e., the tool), a well-
conceptualized site, good data, and well-executed problem analysis.

   The proposed functionality analysis, performance evaluation and applicability assessment protocol
aims to provide key information elements for regulators, fund providers and managers and code users,
and instruction for systematic testing and documentation for model researchers  and code developers.

3.3.  SOME PROTOCOL DESIGN IS SUES

   The protocol is meant to be used in testing a wide range of subsurface fluid flow and transport
codes.  These simulation codes employ  a variety of mathematical process descriptions and solution
techniques and various operational features to accommodate the complexity of real world problems
and the management strategies and engineering approaches in addressing these problems. Therefore,
the protocol is designed to handle:

   •   a large variety of process descriptions, boundary conditions and system stresses;
   •   a wide range of code applications (e.g., situations, parameter ranges);
   •   different spatial (i.e.,  grid discretization / nodal distributions)  and temporal discretization
       schemes;
   •   different mathematical solution techniques; and
   •   different computer languages, hardware platforms and software environments.

   The code testing evaluation criteria consist of a series of statistical and graphical measures which
describe the test results in either absolute or relative terms.  The measures included in the protocol
                                            48

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

were selected based on the following considerations:
    •   well-defined, meaningful, and objective;
    •   easy to use, either manual or by using standard computer software;
    •   quantitative descriptor of accuracy and performance; and
    •   qualitative illustrator differences between code results and the benchmark solution.

3.4. THE TEST METHOD

3.4.1. Functionality Analysis

    Ground-water simulation codes typically include a variety of simulation functions and operational
features.  Furthermore, such codes are characterized by their mathematical framework and computer
implementation issues. Thus, before systematic testing can take place, these code characteristics need
to be identified, defining the code's functionality.  Functionality description defines, in qualitative
terms, the available functions of the simulation code. It should be noted that using the functionality
description element of the protocol in a consistent, comprehensive manner while developing a code's
documentation will provide necessary, easy-accessible information for code selection.

    Based on the  resulting functionality description, a functionality test strategy is  developed
consisting of: 1) designing or selecting test problems, targeted at all of the identified characteristics;
2) test running the  code for meaningful and challenging  parameter selections;  3) standardized
qualitative and  quantitative analysis  of the  test results; and 4)  documenting the results in a
comprehensive and informative manner. The execution  of such a test strategy is calledfunctionality
testing. Functionality testing is a part of the protocol's test strategy discussed later in this chapter;
in the test strategy functionality testing is  combined with performance testing and applicability
assessment  aspects.  In the protocol, the combined procedures of functionality  description and
functionality testing is defined ^functionality analysis.

    The objectives of functionality analysis are:
    •   to identify and describe functions and features  of a simulation code;
                                            49

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

   •   to test and evaluate the code for conceptual and numerical correctness,  and efficient and
       error-free operation; and
   •   to document code description and test results in a consistent, intercomparable, comprehensive
       and informative manner.

   The functionality analysis procedure is illustrated in Figure 3-2 and Table 3-4.  They show the
order in which the various steps are taken.

                  Table 3-4. Functionality Analysis as a four-step procedure.

   Step 1:   Analysis and description of the code's functionality;

   Step 2:   Determination of test issues and design of functionality aspects of test strategy;

   Step 3:   Execution of test problems, producing standardized test evaluation data; and

   Step 4:   Evaluation of produced test information using established graphical and statistical
             measures, and production of functionality matrix.

3.4.1.1. Functionality Description

   Functionality description is the qualitative analysis of the capabilities of a simulation code. The
available functions are grouped and systematically described using a set of standard descriptors.
These  descriptors have been developed as part of an earlier ground-water model information
management project (van der Heijde,  1994) and are presented in tabular form in Appendix A.  If
necessary, the list of descriptors may be adapted or expanded to cover features resulting from new
research or software development progress. Based on these tables of descriptors, a checklist has been
developed to present a quick overview of functions and features of the code (see Appendix B).

   The standard format is designed to be applicable to any ground-water simulation model  code. It
includes a brief overview description of the simulation code (i.e.,code authors, contact address,
                                            50

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

Functionality Analysis
Functionality Description:
Identification and Qualitative Description
of Individual Code Functions
1
Functionality Testing:
Comparison with Benchmarks
and Intercomparison
Level 1A
conceptual benchmarks
1
Level IB
analytical benchmarks
1
Level 2
synthetic test problems

V
Results:
Correctness
(conceptual, mathematical, physical, representational)




                   Figure 3-2. Overview of functionality analysis procedure.

required computer platforms, etc.). This is followed by a section that is divided into functionality
categories corresponding to sets of specific code functions. This approach facilitates the selection,
by potential users, of the most suitable code for a given application, based on review of the standard
                                            51

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

code description. It also defines, for code developers, testers and reviewers, the simulation code
functions that must be documented and tested.

3.4.1.2. Identification of Potential Performance Issues

   The code functionality description forms the basis for the identification of issues and concerns
related to code correctness and performance.  The issues can be grouped in five broad categories: 1)
conceptual problems in theoretical framework; 2) mathematical  (non-coding)  issues related to
formulation of equations, solution techniques, etc.; 3) implementation of algorithms in code logic and
code structures; 4) I/O handling (e.g., file interaction, keyboard/screen interaction); and 5) internal
data handling (e.g., argument handling in subroutines, common blocks, equivalencies, etc..  Issues
listed in categories 1 and 2 are dependent on the type of simulation code being tested. For example,
numerical dispersion and oscillations in the simulation of sharp concentration fronts may occur in
solute transport models.  Non-convergence or exorbitant computation times may occur in unsaturated
zone flow models or multi-phase flow models due to strong non-linear behavior or poorly-chosen
initial conditions.

   Based on the analysis of potential correctness and performance problems  a test strategy is
formulated which matches test issues with test problems in a comprehensive manner. Test problems
are chosen to address specific functions of the code or to emphasize specific performance issues.
Typically, test problems are  based on  the availability of adequate  benchmarks,  representative
hypothetical situations, or independently observed physical  systems (see section on test strategy later
in this chapter).  A detailed discussion of the elements of the test strategy is provided later in this
chapter.

3.4.1.3. Functionality Tables and Matrices

   Full evaluation of a ground-water simulation code requires taking a systematic approach to the
design and reporting of test issues and performed tests. An adequate testing strategy addresses all
functions and features of the code and related performance issues by formulating test objectives for
each test and describing how the test will meet these objectives. Performance issues addressed in the
                                            52

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

functionality testing, test objectives for each test, and the benchmark solution (if available) should be
included in functionality tables.  Appendix C lists example functionality tables for three-dimensional
saturated flow and solute transport codes.

    To simplify the functionality analysis procedure, the two components of functionality analysis,
functionality description and functionality testing, are combined in ^functionality matrix (see Figure
3-4).  The left column of the functionality matrix represents the functionality description by listing the
code  functions which are  to be tested.   The top row  of the functionality matrix represents the
functionality testing by listing benchmark solutions which are used to address the code functions.
These two elements define a two-dimensional matrix that is used to provide a quick overview of
tested functions. The matrix can also be used to determine the availability of benchmark solutions.

    Each cell within the center of the matrix actually represents a series of specific questions and/or
issues which must be evaluated before a simulation code is  fully functionality tested.  These questions
and issues  are summarized in a series  of functionality tables presented in Appendix  C.  The
functionality tables can be considered as a third dimension extension of the functionality matrix. This
concept is illustrated in Figure 3-4;  an example application of the functionality matrix is presented
in section 4 of this report.  The functionality matrix is shown as the basis of the chart with  the
corresponding background information overlain on it.   The  resulting three-dimensional figure
integrates the functionality issues, test objectives, and benchmark solutions into a single illustrative
figure.  For practical reasons, the use of the functionality matrix is limited to the two-dimensional
primary level shown in Figure 3-4.  Each cell of the matrix is marked off when the function has been
evaluated in accordance with the protocol  and the  associated issues have been addressed. The
completed functionality matrix provides a kind of summary report  structure showing in a glance
deficiencies in the testing of a particular code.

3.4.2. Performance Evaluation

    Performance evaluation is designed to characterize code behavior in terms of numerical accuracy,
efficiency, sensitivity and reliability.  This is accomplished by measuring the results of comparative
testing  and analyzing operational  code characteristics during the execution  of test problems.
                                             53

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

Specifically, code  responses  are  monitored for a  realistic range of parameters  and model
configurations.   The  main modeling  variables  influencing code  performance are:  1)  spatial
discretization and grid orientation; 2) time-stepping scheme; and  3) solution technique and related
numerical parameters.   Figure 3-4  shows the relationship between the main components  of
Fig.  3-3.
                                           54

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
                       Figure 3-3: Generic Functionality Matrix



                                         55

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
                            Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
 performance evaluation. The results of performance evaluation are expressed in terms useful for

code selection, modeling resource allocation, and overall modeling project management. Table 3-5.

shows the major steps in Performance Evaluation.
                            Performance Evaluation
                                 Identification of Issues
        Efficiency Analysis

        Accuracy     Effort
      Efficiency =Accuracy / Effort
         Sensitivity Analysis
                                 Sensitivity
                                 Index
                   Sensitivity
                   Coefficient
                                      Physical
                                      Parameters
  Reliability Analysis
Stability
Reproducibility
                     Conducting Performance Evaluation Tests
    Spatial
    Discretization
Temporal
Discretization
Solution Techniques 1
and Parameters 1
Grid Orientation 1
    Code Users
Results:

  Identification of Performance Characteristics:
   Potential flaws, errors
   Cost of implementation
   Advantages / Disadvantages
                Regulators
                Figure 3-4.  Overview of the performance evaluation procedure.
3.4.2.1. Performance Evaluation Elements


   The main elements of performance evaluation are code accuracy, code efficiency in terms of code

use resources required to achieve a specific accuracy, code sensitivity to input variations, and code
                                           56

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

reliability in terms of solution stability and reproducibility of results (van der Heijde and Elnawawy,
1992). Each of these elements is discussed in detail in the following section.

                 Table 3-5. Performance Evaluation as a four-step procedure.

    Step  1:   Definition of the performance issues for the specific code;

    Step 2:   Selection of appropriate test problems;

    Step 3:   Producing performance evaluation measures while running the test problems; and

    Step 4:   Evaluation of results using  established graphical  and  statistical measures,  and
             preparation of performance evaluation report.

3.4.2.2. Code Accuracy

    One of the main objectives of the performance evaluation procedure is the determination of the
accuracy, which may be obtained with a simulation code.  Code accuracy is a quantitative measure
for the correctness of the calculations made with the computer code. It is measured by comparing
the result of a code based computation with an independently derived value for the calculated entity,
assuming that this second value is the correct result of the calculation (i.e., the benchmark). Code
accuracy may quantitatively be expressed using statistical type measures. In the testing of analytical
models, such quantitative evaluation of code accuracy is rather straightforward.  However, in the
testing of numerical modeling codes, evaluation of code accuracy is often more complicated, among
others because  an independent benchmark  may  not  be available, and because the  code based
computations are inherently subject to schematization and discretization errors. Code accuracy can
be measured for different discretization densities, time-stepping schemes,  grid orientations and
numerical parameters using the benchmarks and  intercomparison tests  developed as part of the
functionality analysis. Alternative approaches to assess code accuracy under these latter conditions
are discussed in the section on code testing strategy.  Results are summarized in tables to provide the
code users with relevant information and utilization the subsequent efficiency analysis.
                                            57

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

3.4.2.3. Efficiency Evaluation

   The efficiency of a simulation code is defined as the level of effort and computer resources
required to obtain a user-specified code accuracy as given in equation 3.1.

                     Code Efficiency = Code Accuracy /Level of Effort                 (3.1.)

   The level-of-effort required to set up a model problem using a particular simulation code is an
important and often unreported aspect of performance evaluation. This level-of-effort  is primarily
determined by the manpower, and thus cost, required for the simulation study.  The major difficulty
in determining the level-of-effort is where the distinction is made between field characterization and
model preparation.  In the terms of this protocol, site characterization and model conceptualization
are basically independent of the selected code and therefore not included in the determination of the
level-of-effort.

   One of the main labor-intensive components of model preparation is the creation and editing of
input files, reflecting the spatial and temporal variability of the modeled system.  It  is here that
specifically spatial and temporal discretization play an important role.

   The amount of effort required to use any simulation code includes two major components: human
resources and  computer resources.  Each of these is made up of sub-components.  The human
resources component includes all human effort required to translate a conceptual model into a
finished, interpreted simulation model; this includes the time and effort involved in data preparation
and input, as well as the time and effort required for data reduction and analysis. It is assumed that
the effort needed to understand code documentation, assess the code's capabilities,  and install the
code on user's platform is the same for all simulation codes.  The protocol addresses only the effort
involved in the actual set-up and execution of the test cases using standard measures and assuming
an expert modeling team.

   To quantify the level-of-effort, a new parameter has been developed, called the "Human Effort
Parameter" (HEP).  HEP consists of four major components:
                                           58

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing _ Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

   HEPj  =   effort involved in model grid design (both manually or automatically);
   HEP2  =   effort involved in spatial parameter allocation (both manually or automatically);
   HEP3  =   effort involved in setting up time-varying parameters and stresses; and
   HEP4  =   effort involved in the manipulation and analysis of results.
Each of these parameters can be defined by a semi-quantitative expression. The sum of these
parameters is equal to the total required human effort.

   The effort involved in model grid design, HEPj,  is directly related to the total number of grid
cells or elements in the model. A code-specific factor, Cl3 is used to characterize the ability of the
code (or related peripheral software) to automate grid design (see equation 3.2).
                                 HEP,  = i*i*k*C,
                                                                                    <3-2>
where / is number of nodes in x-direction,y is number of nodes in y-direction, and k is number of
nodes in z-direction. If the code contains an automatic grid generation algorithms, together with
bandwidth optimizers, Q is small and therefore HEPj is small.

    Similarly, the    effdart/olved in parameter allocation, HEP2,  is related to the total number of
spatially varying parameters in a code (see equation 3.3).  Again, a code-specific factor, Q, is used
to characterize the level of automation of a code in parameter allocation or its ability to use parameter
zoning.  If the code contains a parameter allocation algorithm or preprocessor, that automates or
reduces the effort required in spatial parameterization, HEP2 can be significantly reduced.  The
greater the automation ability, the closer Q and, therefore, HEP2  approach zero.

                                     HEP, = p*C,
                                                                                   i'^3 ^ \
                                         0
-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

   The effort involved in allocating time-varying parameters and stresses, HEP3, is related to the
total number of temporally varying parameters in the model (see equation 3.4). Note, that in steady-
state simulations, none of the parameters vary in time, thus HEP3 is equal to zero.  As before, HEP3
can be modified by a code-specific factor, C3, which is used to characterize the temporal automation
ability of the simulation code. If the code is embedded in an interface which automatically uses time
series information stored in a data base, or has a preprocessor to perform this function, HEP3 can be
reduced. The  greater the automation ability, the smaller Q and HEP3.

                                      HEP3 = t*C3
                                         0
where / is number of nodes in x-directionj is number of nodes in y-direction, k is number of nodes
in z-direction, Tis number of time  steps of interest, and C4 is a factor comparable to the factors Q-
C3 in the previous equations. It should be noted that Q -Q are empirical factors, chosen based on
experience in pre- and postprocessing with the particular simulation code.

   The total amount of effort required (HEPtotal) to create and analyze a simulation model is defined
as the sum of all the components previously described. This follows in Equation 3.6.
                                           60

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
                        HEPtotal = HEPV  + HEP2 + HEP3 + HEP4                  (3.6)

   Another element that defines efficiency is computer resources utilization.  Computer resources
utilization is determined by the required platform (and its intrinsic cost), problem simulation time (cpu
use and I/O time), random access memory (RAM) required to successfully run a data set, and mass
storage requirements for data sets and result files. Objective comparison of computer resource needs
of various  simulation codes requires the use of a standard computer configuration.  Computer
hardware magazines regularly publish performance comparisons for various hardware platforms,
which  can  be used to determine a code's computer resource utilization requirements on a user-
specified platform. One way to present this type of information is given in Table 3-3a.

   Using these  calculated parameters for accuracy and effort,  the code tester can  define code
efficiency in several ways. A derived measure of efficiency is computed by dividing the measured
accuracy parameter of interest (using the statistical measures described later in this chapter) by the
measured effort parameter of interest or their cost equivalent (see Table 3-6). Each separate efficiency
measure provides a different type of code performance information. Using the defined efficiency
measures, the performance of a code can now be evaluated by comparing its efficiency for various
spatial and temporal discretizations, grid orientations, and solution algorithm parameters.  For
example, efficiency analysis, performed using the proposed procedure, can provide information on
the cost-benefit ratio for different discretization or parameterization schemes and determine optimum
grid densities, or time-stepping schemes.

   3.4.2.4. Sensitivity Analysis

   Sensitivity analysis is a significant component of code performance evaluation. Intera (1983)
stated that it is important to quantitatively or semi-quantitatively define the dependence of a selected
code performance assessment measure on a specific parameter or set of parameters.  Sensitivity
analysis is  used  to identify the  most influential parameters,  or code issues,  that  may affect the
accuracy and precision of code results. This information is important for the code user because it
allows the  establishment of required code accuracy and precision standards as a function of data
                                            61

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
quantity and quality (Hern, et al. 1985).  Sensitivity analysis can be used by code developers to
improve code simplicity and, therefore, efficiency, and results may increase the understanding of the
code by the user.

                   Table 3-6. Generic matrix of sample efficiency measures
Accuracy
Measures1
RMS
MAE
ME
Effort
RAM CPU time
(CPUT)
RMS/RAM RMS/CPUT
MAE/RAM MAE/CPUT
ME/RAM ME/CPUT
measures
Number of
iterations
(NITER)
RMS/NITER
MAE/NITER
ME/NITER

Human Effort
Parameter (HEP)
RMS/HEP
MAE/HEP
ME/HEP
   Identification of the change in simulation model results caused by a known change in a specific
input parameter provides the user with an understanding of the importance of that parameter.  If a
modest change in an input parameter causes a large change in output results, the code is considered
to be sensitive to that parameter.

   There are various ways to assess the sensitivity of model results for changes in model parameters,
including the calculation of sensitivity coefficients or sensitivities (e.g., Cooley et al., 1986), the use
of joint sensitivity equations (e.g., Sykes etal, 1985), and the application of stochastic modeling, for
example using monte carlo analysis (Clifton and Neuman,  1982;  Smith and Freeze, 1979;  and
Thompson et al., 1989). Typical measures of this phenomenon is the sensitivity index, S^ defined by
Fjeld et al. (1987) and the relative sensitivity Sr used by Nofziger et al., (1994).

   To determine the sensitivity index, nominal, minimum, and maximum values for the selected input
parameter are specified by the code evaluator. The values of the dependent variable are determined
for these three values of the input parameter. The resulting values of the dependent variable are:
        hi
                 for the nominal input parameter value;
                                            62

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

                 for the minimum input parameter value; and
        hf
                 for the maximum input parameter value.
        ht
This approach yields the upper and lower bounds for the values of the dependent variable based upon
the upper and lower values of the input parameters. This information is used in the calculation of the
sensitivity index St, which is defined as

                                        ht - h"°m
                                   St  =  ~	—                                 (3.7)
                                           /,max
                                            nom

where
   ht     = value of the dependent variable for either the minimum or maximum value of a given
             input parameter
   h"om   = value of dependent variable determined for some nominal value
   h™0™    = maximum instantaneous value of the dependent variable

The maximum instantaneous value of the dependent variable,  h ™*  (/'. e., the nominal value of the
dependent variable at the maximum time), is based upon nominal values of the parameter.  The
sensitivity index is most useful for evaluating the impact of individual input parameters on local
variables, or for evaluating parameters that describe the overall simulation model configuration.
These parameters can include: 1) Peclet and Courant numbers for spatial and temporal discretization;
2) solution parameters; and 3) global input parameters, such as dispersivity and degree of anisotropy,
or spatially defined parameters in a homogeneous system. The sensitivity index cannot be used
effectively for sensitivity  analysis of input parameters  that vary in space.  To apply the sensitivity
index approach within the performance evaluation procedure, the code is run against benchmarks
selected for the functionality analysis procedure of the code testing and evaluation protocol.

   The relative sensitivity is defined as  Sr = S*x/f where S is the sensitivity coefficient, / is the
value of the model output, and x is the value of the model input parameter (Nofziger et a/., 1994).
The sensitivity coefficient can be obtained fromS=Af/Ax where Afis the change in output/due to
                                           63

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing _ Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

a change Ax  in the input parameter. The relative sensitivity can be used to estimate the relative
change in model output, Af/f, from the relative change in input parameter, Ax/x, using the equation
                                     A/    e Ax
                                     7  = s'~                                    <3-">

Nofziger et al. (1994) used this measure  in evaluating the sensitivity in travel time, concentration,
mass loading and pulse width of a contaminant at the water table for four unsaturated zone fate and
transport models (RITZ, VIP, CLMS, and HYDRUS). Sensitivity was investigated for a wide variety
of conditions including organic carbon content, bulk density, water content, hydraulic conductivity,
organic  carbon  partition coefficient,  degradation half-life,  rooting  depth,  recharge rate,  and
evapotranspiration. The study  included investigation of uncertainty in predictive capability  of the
models and found that large uncertainty exists due to  the combination of sensitivity and high
parameter variability in natural  soils.

    Zheng (1993) used the sensitivity coefficient, Sc , a measure of the effect that the change  in one
factor or parameter has on another factor  or result.  Practically, this represents the change in either
some calibration criteria or relative accuracy measures, expressed as residual difference,,/?, (e.g.,
RMSE, or comparable statistical measure) divided by the  change in the input parameter,  P (see
equation 3. 9).
                                                                                     (3.9)

where &R is change in accuracy measure of choice and A/1 is change in input parameter.

       As part of the code performance evaluation, code sensitivity must be established not only for
code-specific parameters, but also for model configuration and setup.  For instance, changes in grid
density can be expressed as a factor, AP. If grid density is doubled (i.e., grid distances are halved),
the value of AP is doubled. It should be noted that, for a finite difference type of grid, doubling the
grid density will result in doubling, squaring or cubing the number of nodes for one-dimensional, two-
dimensional, and three-dimensional models, respectively. If the change in code results due to this
doubling of grid  density is  measurable using a statistical measure like RMSE,  the  sensitivity
coefficient for spatial discretization can be calculated.
                                            64

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

3.4.3.5. Reliability Evaluation

    A reliable simulation code is one which: 1) is free of run-time errors and failures; 2) converges
for a wide range of parameters; and 3) yields results which are fully reproducible from one execution
to the next. Run-time errors are addressed in the functionality analysis and testing. Other failures
might relate to convergence and stability problems.  Stability  problems have been  discussed in
Chapter 2.  It is important to realize that sometimes stability problems are directly related to code use,
such as selecting improper solution techniques, or using incorrect or unsuitable model configurations.
For example, flow simulations are sensitive to correct setup of initial and boundary conditions.  In
a relatively unstressed system, initial conditions close to reality and a sufficient number of first-type
boundary conditions are required to constrain the model enough to reach convergence. Stability (and
convergence) is evaluated during functionality and applicability testing by keeping track of non-
successful  simulation runs and the  conditions under which they occur (see  Table 3-3b).  These
conditions include problem setup, parameter allocation, and solver selection.

   ReproducibilityrQfQrs to the code characteristic illustrating that results from a specific simulation
model are identical between different runs on a specific computer platform. Often, this characteristic
is extended to across-platforms comparisons.  In  the latter case, differences in computational
precision among platforms might cause differences in round-off errors. The code should be designed
such that this type of errors do not have a great influence on the simulation results.  It should be
noted that some solution techniques inherently prevent reproducibility.  This is specifically the case
with the random walk method for solute transport modeling.

3.4.2.6. Performance Evaluation Factors

    There are four major factors which influence performance evaluation  in terms of accuracy, effort,
efficiency, sensitivity, and reliability.  These  factors are: 1)  spatial discretization; 2)  temporal
discretization; 3)  solution techniques and parameters; and 4) grid orientation.  These factors should
be investigated in conjunction with the functionality test problems. Selected functionality test cases
should be altered to allow the sensitivity of the code for these factors.
                                             65

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

    The specification of spatial discretization has a very significant impact on code accuracy, effort
required and, therefore, overall efficiency.  Also, spatial discretization might influence convergence
behavior in terms of stability and speed. If spatial discretization is too low, the accuracy of the code
results can suffer; contrarily, if spatial discretization is too high, the overall effort required can be
exorbitant and even  prohibitive.  Therefore, it  is important to  determine the optimum spatial
discretization required to provide a stable solution with an acceptable efficiency level. This might
require running selected test problems with increasingly dense grids and monitoring convergence and
efficiency measures. For some codes, an acceptable level of spatial discretization can be derived from
stability criteria (see  Chapter 2),  which is defined as the ratio  of ground-water velocity times
characteristic grid size over dispersion. For example, the degree of spatial discretization for codes
that simulate advective-dispersive transport processes can be derived from the Peclet Number.

    Temporal discretization impacts code convergence and efficiency in the same manner as discussed
for spatial  discretization. To evaluate this characteristic, test problems are set up using different time-
stepping schemes. These differences might take the form of an increased number of time steps for
the same  simulation period, or the use of a non-linear time-stepping scheme to better reflect the
behavior of the time-derivative of the dependent variable (e.g.,  time-stepping for the Theis equation
test case by Prickett and Lonnquist, 1971).  As is the case with spatial discretization, time-stepping
for the simulation of solute transport  can be expressed by a stability criterion, the Courant Number
(see Chapter 2), which is defined as the ratio  of ground-water velocity multiplied by the minimum
time step divided by the characteristic distance between grid nodes.

    Code performance is often highly dependent on the selection  of the equation solver and the choice
of solver parameters. If problems in stability occur during testing, or the code seems to be inefficient,
selection of an alternative solver (if available) or adjustment of solver parameters might improve the
situation.  Solution parameters that might be investigated include: 1) error criterion or  convergence
tolerance for iterative solutions (expressed in  terms of dependent variable and/or mass balance); 2)
the maximum number of iterations allowed; 3) weighting factors;  and 4) iteration and acceleration
parameters.  Although  the required human resources, as expressed by the HEP, are not impacted by
changes in solution techniques  and/or solution parameters, required computer resources can be
significantly affected  by changes in solution techniques and parameters.  The information on code
                                            66

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

performance based upon solution parameters and techniques is summarized in the performance
evaluation checklist.  This information might form the basis for guidelines on specification and
implementation of solution techniques and parameters.

   Many ground-water flow and transport models do not include cross-terms for hydraulic
conductivity and dispersivity.  Thus, the model grid is supposed to be oriented such that its principle
axes are parallel to the ground-water flow  and contaminant transport directions.   In practice,
nonuniform flow situations makes this requirement often difficult to meet.  The degree of error,
attributable to non-orthogonal flow and transport, needs to be characterized as part of the protocol.
The effect of the absence of cross-terms can be explored by intercomparison with codes which include
these cross-terms, and by intracomparison of results obtained with the tested code for different grid
orientations, specifically using tests for which an analytical solution is available.  Typically two grid
orientations are used: parallel to flow (i.e., orthogonal) and under 45 degrees with the flow direction
(i.e., oblique). It should be noted that to obtain comparable levels of accuracy oblique grids might
require significantly longer computation times.

3.4.2.7. Performance Evaluation Tables

   The results of the accuracy analysis  for  each of the performance  evaluation categories are
compiled into a summary table or checklist. For example, Tables 3-8, 3-9, and 3-10 show summary
tables  for accuracy, effort  and sensitivity versus the  four performance evaluation  factors grid
discretization and orientation, time-stepping, and solution technique setup.

3.4.3. Applicability Assessment

   Model users,  environmental regulators  and  model reviewers need to know if a particular code is
appropriate for the specific site conditions and simulation scenarios of a project. This determination
needs to be made during the code selection  process, prior to the use  of the selected code in the study.
Commonly, the  applicability of a code is determined from careful analysis of its functionality and
evaluation of the needs of the project.  Often, this process is enhanced by analysis of previous
applications of the code, specifically for comparable site conditions and simulation
                                            67

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
        Table 3-7.  Generic table of accuracy analysis results for a specific test problem.
Performance Evaluation Categories
Statistical Measures
RMS
MAE
ME
Other
SPATIAL DISCRETIZATION
One half density
Single density
Double density
Peclet number = 10
Peclet number = 1
Peclet number =0.1
























TEMPORAL DISCRETIZATION
One half density
Single density
Double density
Courant number =10
Courant number = 1
Courant number = 0.1
























SOLUTION TECHNIQUE AND PARAMETERS
Tolerance = 0.0001
Tolerance = 0.001
Tolerance = 0.01
SSOR, Acceleration parameter =1.4
SSOR, Acceleration parameter =1.6
SIP, Acceleration parameter =1.0
























GRID ORIENTATION
Parallel
Oblique








                                           68

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
          Table 3-8. Generic table of effort analysis results for a specific test problem.
Performance Evaluation Categories
Human Resources Use Measures
HEPj
HEP2
HEP3
HEP4
HEPtotal
SPATIAL DISCRETIZATION
One half density
Single density
Double density
Peclet number = 10
Peclet number = 1
Peclet number =0.1






























TEMPORAL DISCRETIZATION
One half density
Single density
Double density
Courant number =10
Courant number = 1
Courant number = 0.1






























SOLUTION TECHNIQUE AND PARAMETERS
Tolerance = 0.0001
Tolerance = 0.001
Tolerance = 0.01
SSOR, Acceleration parameter =1.4
SSOR, Acceleration parameter =1.6
SIP, Acceleration parameter =1.0






























GRID ORIENTATION
Parallel
Oblique










                                           69

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
        Table 3-9. Generic table of sensitivity analysis results for a specific test problem.
Performance Evaluation Categories
Sensitivity Measures
Sensitivity C
Sensitivity
Coeff.
Sensitivity
Index
Other
SPATIAL DISCRETIZATION
One half density
Single density
Double density
Peclet number = 10
Peclet number = 1
Peclet number =0.1
























TEMPORAL DISCRETIZATION
One half density
Single density
Double density
Courant number =10
Courant number = 1
Courant number = 0.1
























SOLUTION TECHNIQUE AND PARAMETERS
Tolerance = 0.0001
Tolerance = 0.001
Tolerance = 0.01
SSOR, Acceleration parameter =1.4
SSOR, Acceleration parameter =1.6
SIP, Acceleration parameter =1.0
























GRID ORIENTATION
Parallel
Oblique








                                           70

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

scenarios.   Optimally, documentation of a  simulation code should include discussion of the
applicability of the code to various hydrogeological and contamination situations, and for the analysis
of a variety of engineering and management issues.  Such discussions should not only address the type
of applications which can be performed, but also how to set up the model to optimally represent the
application aspects of concern.

   Applicability assessment is used to help determine the range of situations that can be simulated
by the code, reflecting typical applications for which the code might be used.  Typical questions raised
during the applicability assessment include:

   •   is the code applicable to the problem/site-specific hydro(geo)logical system;
   •   can the code be used to analyze the engineering and management solutions of interest; and
   •   can the model application, developed using the code, yield results that are feasible and can be
       calibrated to real-world situations.

   Usually, applicability assessment takes the form of comparative simulation of standard, real world
problems or their simplified, synthetic representation.

   The representative applications, expected to be analyzed with the code, are categorized using a
three-level,  hierarchical  classification approach (see Figure  3-5).   For example, in analyzing
applicability issues of saturated flow and solute transport codes, four broad application categories of
hydrogeological scenarios can be distinguished: 1) ground-water resource development (i.e., water
supply); 2) hydrogeological control (e.g., construction site or mine dewatering);  3) pollution control
(e.g., remediation); and 4) ground-water protection (e.g., recharge zone delineation). Each of these
application categories may be further characterized, based upon the physical system being represented
and the engineering and management scenarios supported. These primary components can be further
divided into a number of individual elements, representing specific code options.  These code options
can be either represented by directly activating a particular code function, or by careful formulation
of model conceptualization and model setup.
                                            71

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
                     Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
                               Applicability Assessment
                   Hydrogeological
                   schematization
                                          Standard
                                          data set
                                          (test problem)
                    Code users
Results:
Assessment of apllicability;
Guidance in uses;
Increased credibility and
confidence.
Managers,
regulators
                  Figure 3-5.  Overview of applicability assessment procedure.



    Applicability assessment yields qualitative results which are illustrative for the code. Rather than

objectively comparing code results to a benchmark solution, applicability assessment evaluates how

well the simulation code represents representative, standard applications. To remove some of this

subjectivity from applicability assessment, code intercomparison may be performed using the standard

data sets.  "Good" results are obtained when the code performs the applicability tests without causing
                                              72

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

run time errors, and when the results seem reasonable.  In some cases, real-world application may be
used.  Then, more objective  evaluation is possible, specifically  when  simulation-independent
information regarding the behavior of the dependent variable(s) and the mass balance is available.
An overview of the applicability assessment procedure is presented in table 3-10.  Table 3-11 presents
an example applicability assessment table.  In this table, the applicability assessment issues are
compared with the test design criteria. Actual applicability assessment tables will have more detail
with respect to addressed issues than this example table.

                 Table 3-10. Applicability assessment as a four-step procedure.

   Step  1:    Identification and description  of applicability issues  and  related  questions and
              problems;
   Step  2:    Design and/or selection of representative sample applications;
   Step  3:    Execution of test problems  and evaluation of results as function of grid design, time-
              stepping, and general model formulation;
   Step  4:    Summarizing results in applicability assessment tables.
    The test data set design criteria are derived from the requirement that the data sets address the
significant issues associated with typical code applications. For example, a ground-water pollution
control application typically involves layered aquifer characteristic and complex physico-chemical soil
interactions.  The engineered remediation alternatives may require simulation of patch sources,
vertical line barriers, distributed water supply wells, and horizontal shallow drains.  The design criteria
should be systematically formulated to ensure that the resulting standard data sets address the
required characteristics.

    The elements in the applicability assessment test data sets representing the physical system  include
the hydrogeologic configuration, system geometry, and host material  properties.  Each of these
applicability elements can  be difficult to  implement depending  upon their complexity and code
functions.   For example, elements of the hydrogeologic configuration which might cause problems
                                             73

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
in some codes include:  1) temporally and spatially varying stresses (e.g., areal recharge due to
precipitation, ET); 2) sloping layers; 3) aquifer or aquitard pinch out; 4) strong heterogeneity (e.g.,
low permeability lenses in high-permeability formations, or high permeability channels in moderate
to low permeability formations); and 5) highly anisotropic conditions.  Applicability issues for system
geometry include: 1) irregular model boundaries (i.e.,non-linear model boundary conditions), 2)
sloping base (i.e.,variable thickness/transmissivity, aquifer/aquitard pinch out); and 3) internal
boundary conditions (e.g., specified flux, no flow cells, etc.).

                      Table 3-11. Generic applicability assessment table.
Test
Cases
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Test Elements1
Physical system
System
geometry
1










2










o
J










Stresses
1










2










3










Soil
characteristics
1










2










o
J










4










Management/engineering design
Flow control
1










2










3










Water
supply
1










2










3










Protection,
planning
1










2










3










Remediation
1










2










3










      1) Numbers 1, 2...,4 in columns indicate specific test issues, to be discussed in test report.

    The applicability of a simulation code to different management and  engineering scenarios is
typically controlled by three groups of elements: 1) modification of hydrogeological characteristics
(e.g., enhancement  or  reduction of permeability; 2) implementation of hydraulic controls (e.g.,
operation  of sources and  sinks, placement of barriers, imposed hydraulic gradients);  and 3)
                                             74

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

modification of chemical characteristics (e.g., introduction of nutrients and electron acceptors in
bioremediation schemes).

3.4.4. Code Testing Strategy

    The code testing strategy represents a systematic, efficient approach to the comprehensive testing
of the code. The code testing strategy includes the following elements:

    •   Formulation of test objectives (as related to code functionality), and of test priorities (based
       on the performance issues identified in the functionality analysis and on available resources
       for testing);
    •   Selection and/or design of test problems and determination of type and extent of testing for
       selected code functions or application-dependent combinations of code functions;
    •   Determination of level of effort to be spent on sensitivity analysis for each test problem;
    •   Selection of the qualitative and quantitative evaluation measures to be used in the evaluation
       of the code's performance; and
    •   Determination of the level of detail to be included  in the test report and  the format of
       reporting (see section on reporting at the end of this chapter).

Typically, test cases are based on the selection of adequate benchmarks, representative hypothetical
situations, or independently observed laboratory experiments or field systems. An efficient testing
strategy combines the tests required for the functionality, performance, and applicability evaluation
in an efficient manner, minimizing the number of test problems considered and the simulation runs
made for each test problem. Therefore, the code testing protocol is implemented using a three-level
code testing strategy.

    At Level I,  a code is tested for correctness of coded algorithms, code logic and programming
errors by: 1) conducting step-by-step numerical walk-throughs of the complete code or through
selected parts of the code; 2) performing simple, conceptual or intuitive tests aimed at specific code
functions (Test Type 1  or Level 1A Testing; see Figure 3-6); and 3) comparing with independent,
accurate benchmarks (Test  Type 2  or Level  IB Testing; e.g., analytical  solutions or  hand
                                            75

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

calculations). If the benchmark computations themselves have been made using a computer code,
this computer code should, in turn, be subjected to rigorous testing by comparing computed results
with independently derived and published data.

    At Level II, a code is tested to: 1) evaluate functions not addressed at Level I; and 2) evaluate
potentially problematic combinations of functions.  At this level,  code testing is performed by
intracomparison (i.e., comparison between runs with the same code using different functions to
represent  a particular feature) and intercomparison (i.e.,  comparison between  different codes
simulating the same problem). Typically, synthetic data sets are used representing hypothetical, often
simplified ground-water systems (Test Type 3 or Level 2 Testing).

    At Level III, a code (and its underlying theoretical framework) is tested to determine how well
a model's theoretical foundation and computer implementation describe actual system behavior, and
to demonstrate a code's applicability to representative field  problems.  At this  level, testing is
performed by simulating a laboratory (Test Type 4 or Level 3 A Testing) or field experiment (Test
Type 5  or  Level  3B Testing) and comparing  the   calculated and independently  observed
cause-and-effect responses. Because measured values of model input, system parameters and system
responses are samples of the real system, they inherently incorporate measurement errors, are subject
to uncertainty, and may suffer from interpretive bias. Therefore, this type of testing will always retain
an element of incompleteness and subjectivity.

    First, Level I testing is conducted (often during code development) and, if successfully completed,
followed by Level 2 testing. The code may gain further credibility and user confidence by being
subjected to Level 3 testing (i.e., field or laboratory testing) and well-conducted, field demonstrations
or routine field applications (Test Type 6  or Level 3C Testing). Level 1 and Level 2 testing is
sometimes referred to as "verification."  The selected conceptual and verification tests are designed
and described in terms of test objectives (as related to code functions), problem description (including
boundary  conditions), input data, and numerical discretization  and solution parameters.

    Although, ideally, code testing should be performed for the full range of parameters and stresses
the code  is designed to simulate, in practice this is often not  feasible due to budget and time
                                            76

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

constraints.   Therefore,  prospective code users need to assess whether the documented tests
adequately address the conditions expected in the target application(s).  If previous testing has not
been sufficient in this respect, additional code testing may be necessary.

    3.4.4.1.  Test Types

    Conceptual or intuitive tests use highly simplified problems which have intuitive or "obvious"
solutions. For saturated zone testing, these tests are often based on gradient analysis, symmetry
considerations, simple  application of Darcy's law and computation of mass balances.  In general,
these solutions are qualitative in nature.  They are mostly used during the development of a code to
test code sections, subroutines, and local algorithms. This type of testing, although often used, is
seldom documented in  a published form.  Sometimes, very simple analytical solutions are used for
this purpose, such as solutions for one-dimensional steady-state flow in various aquifer types subject
to simple boundary conditions.  Because, in most cases, an independently obtained solution is not
available, conceptual tests are not considered benchmarks.  They are very useful for testing in the
early stages of the development of complex codes with many features, functions and options, as well
for reviews of a code's  capabilities and performance.

    In ground-water modeling,  benchmarks  are often represented by closed-form  solution to the
governing partial  differential equation (i.e.., analytical solutions in terms of piezometric head, ground-
water flux,  seepage velocity, travel times,  capture zones, concentration, or solute  flux).   The
numerical model to be tested provides solutions to the same equation at a limited number of discrete
points in space and time. Assuming that the coding is correct and the problem conceptualization and
model setup is optimal, differences between the system responses described by the analytical solution
and the numerical solution of the governing equation are due primarily to the approximate nature of
the numerical method involved  and to the limitations in computer accuracy, and are generally not
randomly distributed.  In many instances, the magnitude of these differences is related to the
resolution in the discretization used in the computational scheme (Lapidus and Finder,  1982).
Theoretically, if the resolution increases such that the spatial and temporal step sizes approach zero,
the differences between the numerical and the closed-form solution should disappear. In practice, due
to computer round-off errors and discretization trade-offs, some measurable differences prevail.
                                            77

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

   It should be noted that, if a computer code implementation of the analytical solutions has been
used  in this type  of testing, the  resulting analytical modeling  code should first be subject to
appropriate testing. Often, analytical solutions are presented in the form of complicated integrals,
which, in turn, need to be numerically  evaluated either by series  approximation or numerical
integration (e.g., the well function in the Theis equation).  Verification of a coded analytical solution
is  restricted to comparison with independently  calculated results using the same mathematical
expression; i.e., manual calculations, comparison with the results from computer programs coded
independently by third party programmers, or using general mathematical computer software systems
such  as Mathematica®1  and Mathcad® .  One of the most common approaches to check the
numerical evaluation of analytical solutions is performing hand calculations using published values
of the approximated functions.

   Often, when more complex code functionality issues need to be assessed, appropriate analytical
benchmark solutions are not available. In such cases, Level 2 benchmarking may be more appropriate.
Unlike Level 1 testing which yields quantitative intercomparison results and may be considered a
rather "objective" form of code testing, Level 2 benchmarking is more subjective. Level 2 testing
uses test problems for which the solution is basically unknown.  The results of Level 2 testing are
inspected for "obvious" problems, such as physically inappropriate behavior, mass balance errors,
instability and slow or non-convergence. Often, the results obtained with the test code are compared
with those obtained with another, comparable numerical model using high-resolution spatial and
temporal discretization schemes. If major differences between the codes occur, the results of one or
both codes might be incorrect. On the other hand, when the results for a well-designed Level 2 test
are (almost) identical, both codes gain in credibility. As the absolute "truth" for these hypothetical
problems is unknown, only a comparative verification of a model can be obtained. Using this
approach provides a "relative" benchmark. This form of testing can be used to study the treatment
of a number of naturally occurring conditions, including various hydrogeologic conditions (such as
aquifer stratification and heterogeneities), physico-chemical processes and ranges of their respective
        Registered Trademark of Wolfram Research Inc., Champaign, Illinois.
       2
        Registered Trademark of Mathsoft, Inc., Cambridge, Massachusetts.
                                            78

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

parameters, boundary and initial conditions, large variations in the gradient of the dependent variable
(e.g., solute fronts), and sources and sinks. Some of the conditions are summarized in Table 3-12.

   Level 2 test problems should be solved using a critical range of Peclet and Courant numbers.
Accurate numerical solutions should be generated using codes that are known to effectively handle
critical parameter values, high resolution numerical grids, and small time steps.  This approach is
based on the idea that the smaller the discretization is in space and time, the better the approximate
numerical solution will represent the real (unknown) solution of the governing partial differential
equation (Huyakorn and Finder, 1983).  The resulting benchmarks are developed in a step-wise
fashion, going from coarse resolution grids and large time steps to higher resolution grids and smaller
time steps.  After each run, computational differences should be evaluated. When further refinement,
for example with a factor 2, does not provide significant changes in the computational results, the
relative benchmark is established. If the simulation results in a Level 2 code intercomparison test do
not deviate significantly, the "relative" or "comparative" test is considered successful. However, if
significant differences occur, in-depth analysis  of the results of simulation runs, performed with both
codes, should be performed.

   At  Test Level  3, the model (and its code) is compared with independently obtained field or
laboratory data, determining  the  "degree of correlation"  between calculated  and independently
observed cause-and-effect responses (van der Heijde and Elnawawy, 1992).  This type of testing is
sometimes referred to as "field  or laboratory validation."  The role of Level 3 testing in the protocol
is two-fold: 1) determining how well a model's theoretical foundation and computer implementation
describe actual system behavior; and 2) assessment of a code's applicability to real-world systems and
management problems. The first goal is met by both laboratory experiments (Test Type 4) and field
experiments (Test Type 5); the second goal is  met by comparing modeling results with high-quality
field experiments and successful field applications (Test Type 6). However, evaluation of successful
field applications is not incorporated in the testing strategy.  It should  be  noted that the actual
measured data of model input, system parameters and system response are samples of the real system
and inherently incorporate errors (NRC, 1990). An additional complexity is that often the data used
for field validation are not collected directly from the field but are processed  in an earlier study.
                                            79

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
                                                        Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
                     Program Name:
                       Program Title:

                            Version:
                       Release Date:
                    IGWMC Number:
            Institution of Development:
                         HOTWTR
                         Simulating Coupled Three-Dimensional Steady-State Ground-Water Flow and Heat
                         Transport in Saturated Media
                         1.1
                         September 1993
                         FOS67
                         U.S. Geological Survey, Denver, Colorado
  Processes:
                                      TEST 03D:

multi-layer profile model (2-D cross-sectional); homogeneous aquifer of 13 by 1 cells horizontally, and 10 layers

internal heat conduction; heat conduction through overburden to land surface; no ground-water flow
  Boundary conditions: given heat flux condition at lower boundary (natural geothermal gradient at bottom boundary; second-type b.c.);
                    fixed temperature at opposite lateral boundaries (first-type b.c.); given temperature at surface boundary (third-
                    type b.c.); no areal ground-water recharge from precipitation; no pumping or injection of water in wells; zero
                    ground-water flux at lower, lateral, and upper boundaries.

  Objective:     to qualitatively evaluate conductive heat flow through aquifer resulting from first-, second- and third-type heat flow
               boundary conditions.

  Results:       Problem has zero ground-water flow; heat in-flux occurs along lower and upper boundaries, and along upper part of
               high temperature boundary; heat out-flux occurs along lower part of high temperature boundary  and along low
               temperature boundary (see contour graph).

               results are conform expected behavior (qualitative conceptual test).
                                                       ground surface
   Figure 3-6. Example of a conceptual test problem: temperature distribution in a homogeneous aquifer.
                                                         80

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
        Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
Therefore, they are subject to inaccuracies, loss of information, interpretive bias, loss of precision,
and transmission and processing errors, resulting in a general degradation of the data to be used in
this type of testing.


          Table 3-12. Example test scenario for three-dimensional solute transport codes
                            (from van der Heijde and Elnawawy, 1992).
1.  Solute transport in a steady-state uniform flow field
   in a large homogeneous isotropic aquifer
   (conceptual and analytical solutions are available);
   1.1.  advection only (various boundary conditions,
        source locations, source strength)
   1.2.  advection and dispersion (various boundary
        conditions, source locations, source strength,
        various ratios for longitudinal and transverse
        dispersion)
   1.3.  advection, dispersion and decay
   1.4.  advection, dispersion, and retardation
   1.5.  advection, dispersion, decay, and retardation

2.  Solute transport to sink in a non-uniform steady-
   state flow field in a large homogeneous aquifer
   (analytical solutions available);
   2.1.  advection and dispersion for various
        source/sink scenarios

3.  Solute transport in a non-uniform flow field in a
   large homogeneous aquifer (analytical solutions not
   available):
. 1. steady-state flow field:
        3.1.1.   different solute source/sink
                conditions
        3.1.2.   different boundary conditions
   3.2.  non-steady flow field with:
        3.2.1.   constant source rates
        3.2.2.   time-varying source rates
        3.2.3.   time-vary ing boundary conditions

4.  Non-uniform flow field in a heterogeneous
   anisotropic aquifer (no analytical solutions
   available):
   4.1.  layered system
        4.1.1.   steady-state flow field
            4.1.1.1.  sources/sinks in various layers
            4.1.1.2.  different boundary conditions
        4.1.2.   non-steady flow field with:
            4.1.2.1.  sources/sinks in various layers
            4.1.2.2.  different boundary conditions
   4.2.  lens heterogeneities
        4.3. random heterogeneities
3.4.4.2. Potential Problems in Code Testing


   There are some potential pitfalls associated with the functionality testing procedures. Differences
between the ground-water code being tested and the benchmark solution may have various reasons,
such as:


   •    the assumptions made in developing the simulation code may differ from those made to derive
        the benchmark solution;
                                                  81

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

   •   the level of discretization used in testing a numerical code;
   •   the mathematical nature of the governing partial differential equation;
   •   the methods involved in obtaining a numerical solution;
   •   the limitations in computer accuracy; and
   •   limitations in accuracy (or even errors) of the benchmark solution implementation.

Furthermore, the magnitude of some of these numerical differences can be related to the resolution
in the spatial and temporal discretization used in the computational solution scheme (Lapidus and
Finder,  1982). In theory, if the benchmark solution uses a closed-form solution of the governing
partial differential equation, the differences between the numerical and the closed-form solution of
a particular mathematical problem (i.e.., governing equations, and boundary and initial conditions)
should become negligible as spatial and  temporal step-sizes  approach zero.  Overall, residuals
between analytical and numerical results tend to decrease when the spatial discretization is increased
near localized aquifer  stresses (van  der  Heijde et a/.,  1993).   This is also true for temporal
discretization refinement directly after a change in stresses (e.g.., Prickett and Lonnquist,  1971).  In
general, if the simulation code is free of errors, and functionality has been correctly established, any
deviation from the benchmark should  be attributable to grid discretization and computer precision
issues.  Consequently, test problems  should be carefully designed to minimize deviation due  to
discretization issues to increase the effectiveness and quality of the test case.

3.4.5. Test Evaluation Tools

   An important aspect of code testing is the definition of illustrative,  informative and efficient
measures.  Typically, such measures are statistical or graphical in nature.  Acceptance  of code testing
results to date has been primarily based on visual inspection of the graphical representation of the
dependent variable as computed with the simulation code and the benchmark solution (see Figure 3-
7).  Although graphical comparison is an appropriate measure, acceptance should also be based  on
quantitative measures of the goodness-of-fit.  There are three general procedures, coupled with
standard linear regression statistics and estimation of error statistics, to provide such quantitative
code performance assessment (Donigian and Rao, 1986).
                                            82

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
       paired-data performance — the comparison of simulated and observed data for exact locations
       in time and space;
       time and  space integrated,  paired-data performance  — the comparison of spatially and
       temporally averaged simulated and observed data;
       frequency domain performance — the  comparison of simulated and observed frequency
       distributions.
                      0.60 —
                                              poor fit
                         0.00
                                  25.00
                                            50.00       75.00
                                             distance (ft)
                                                               100.00
             Figure 3-7. Visual inspection of goodness-of-fit between benchmark and
                                        tested models.
    Of these three methods, paired-data analysis is the most appropriate technique for use in the code-
testing protocol.  Intercomparison of data generated at the same point in time and space provides the
most explicit and  objective analysis.  Using  spatially averaged or integrated representations, or
frequency distributions of the test variable for the intercomparison analysis can result in biased or
subjective analyses due to undesirable data smoothing and weighting.
                                            83

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

    These paired-data intercomparison results are best manipulated, calculated, and analyzed using
computer-aided techniques.  Spreadsheet software is well-suited for the reduction of protocol results
because it provides a variety of data editing, analysis and graphing capabilities for both spatially and
temporally distributed data generated during code-testing. Often, the understanding of the data
processed in spreadsheet software can further be enhanced by using line graph, contour graph, surface
display or animation software.

    Typically, test variables for saturated flow codes include hydraulic head (in space and time), head
gradients, global water balance and segmented internal or boundary fluxes, flow velocity patterns
(direction and magnitude), flow path lines, capture zones, and travel times.  For solute transport
codes, performance evaluation will focus on the spatial concentration distribution of the tracer of
interest, the global mass balance (per species) and specific mass fluxes, and breakthrough curves at
observation points and sinks (wells, streams).

3.4.5.1.  Statistical Evaluation Techniques

    The  code-testing  protocol employs a series  of statistical measures, called evaluation or
performance measures, to characterize quantitatively the differences between the results derived with
the simulation code and the established benchmark, or between the results obtained with two
comparable simulation codes (van der Heijde and Elnawawy, 1992).  Some of these measures are
comparable to the measures typically used in the calibration of site-specific simulation models
(Anderson and Woessner, 1992). The main statistical measures, included in the code testing protocol,
are mean error,  mean absolute  error and root-mean-squared error.  Variations of these common
measures, such as positive and negative mean error, and the ratios between them, can also be valuable
in evaluating code-testing results.  In addition, simple quantitative measures such as minimum and
maximum deviation, and their spatial location within the model domain, can provide meaningful
information on code performance.

    The organization and evaluation of code intercomparison results can be cumbersome due to the
potentially large number of data-pairs involved, specifically if every computational node is included
in the analysis. This can be mitigated by analyzing smaller, representative sub-samples of the full set
                                            84

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
of model domain data pairs. The representativeness of the selected data pairs is often a subjective
judgment. For example, in simulating one-dimensional, uniform flow, the data pairs should be located
at least on two lines parallel to the flow direction, one in the center of the model domain and one at
the edge to capture the effects of asymmetrical results due to the used solver (see Figure 3-8a).
Another example is the  simulation of the Theis problem using a finite difference formulation in
Cartesian coordinates; here, two lines of data pairs should be chosen parallel to the two horizontal
principal hydraulic conductivity axes, while a third set of data pairs should be on a line under 45
degrees with these axes to address effects of the rectangular grid on the radial-symmetric response
of the aquifer on the imposed stress (see Figure 3-8b).  Test cases that are symmetrical can be
analyzed for a smaller portion of domain based upon the type of symmetry present. For example, test
cases that have radial symmetry can be divided into four equal representative radial slices; this can
significantly reduce the number of data pairs in the analysis and simplify the analysis considerably.
56
10500
8500
'S 6500
•s
o
o
u
1
4500
2500
500
56
30 2500 4500 6500 8500 1 0E
- \
_
-
:
~
-
" i /


s



:

*
*

a
s


* CD
s
*
*

^



*
*

ID
3


* X]
S
*
*





*
*

S


* o-
s



[
t




*

>
s


_
—
:
"
•
\ ,"
30 2500 4500 6500 8500 1 0E
500
10500
Line 2
8500
6500

Line 1
4500
2500
500
500
X- coordinate
       Figure 3-8a. Representative sets of spatially-defined data pairs for intercomparison:
                             one-dimensional, uniform flow case.
                                            85

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
    As part of the measurement and analysis of paired-data, it is important to define a sign convention
to ensure standardization.  The measures used in the developed protocol are positive when the
simulation code under investigation exceeds, or overestimates, the benchmark solution. Contrarily,
a negative statistical measure indicates a situation where the simulation code underestimates, or
generates results that are less than those of the benchmark solution.
      Figure 3-8b. Representative sets of spatially-defined data pairs for intercomparison:
                                 radial, confined flow case.
    The statistical measures used in the  testing protocol are organized, discussed, and briefly
illustrated in the following sections. Each  statistical measure is individually described and defined.
Although h, which generally denotes hydraulic head, is used in the following expressions as the
symbolic notation for the dependent variable, it may represent any other dependent scalar variable of
interest (e.g.,contaminant concentration, directional ground-water velocity).
                                            86

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

   The first paired-data measure used as an evaluation tool in the protocol is the Deviation
Coefficient (DC).  It can be calculated at any single point in space or in time by using the following
expression (ASTM; 1984):

                        DC%=[(hnm-ham)/hbm)]  *100                         (3.10)

where hnm is the value of the dependent variable calculated by the numerical model, and fim is the
value of the dependent variable calculated with the benchmark solution (e.g., analytical model). To
gain a more general measure of code intercomparison, the Average Deviation Coefficient (ADC) can
be calculated for the entire model domain.  The ADC is calculated for every  point in the model
domain and then averaged:


                    ADC %= -1  £ [  (hnm~hbm\ I (hbm\ ]  *100                   (3.11)
where /' is the individual model point, ranging from 1 to n, n the total number of calculation points
(data pairs), and other terms are as defined for expression 3.10.

   The Mean Error (ME) is defined as:
                                     1   "
                              ME = - Y (h  -h, ).                            (3 12)
                                       /-— i \ nm   bm'i                            \-J-i'i')
                                     n !=i

   Because ME includes both positive and negative values which cancel each other, ME may not be
the best indicator of an acceptable match (Anderson and Woessner, 1992).  The Mean Absolute Error
(MAE) may provide a better indicator of agreement between code and benchmark, because it
computes the absolute value of the residuals:

                                            (hnm-hbm\  |                          (3.13)
                                           87

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

   To further characterize the residuals with respect to their mathematical sign, two other measures
may be used. The Positive Mean Error (PME) is a quantitative indicator of the overestimation of
the numerical code because it analyzes only the positive residuals. It is computed by averaging the
positive differences as follows:
                                                                                 (3.14)
                                  npos
where POS(hnm-hbm)1is the value of the differences when h^ > lv  andnpos is the number of grid
points having such positive differences.  Similarly, the Negative Mean Error (NME) is a quantitative
indicator of the underestimation of the numerical model because  it analyzes only the negative
residuals.   It is computed by averaging the negative differences between the dependent variable
values calculated by the numerical model and the benchmark solution.  NME is defined such that it
is always positive:
                            NME=J-f NEG(hbm -hnm\                          (3.15)
                                  nneg
where NEG(hbm-hnm )i is the value of the difference when h^, < h^, andnneg is the number of model
points having such negative differences. When used alone, the PME and NME measures are often
inadequate.  These criteria only describe how the code differs from the benchmark, they do not
account for the locations where agreement to the benchmark is perfect and residuals are zero. This
can be described by the Root Mean Squared Error (RMSE) measure. RMSE is the square root of
the average of the squared differences between the values for the dependent variable calculated by
the numerical model and the benchmark solution:
                                                                                 (3.16)
                                                                                 ^    '
   As defined above, these measures provide the protocol user with an estimate of the overall, or
average, difference between the simulation code results and the benchmark solution. However, these
                                           88

RMSE =



\
i n
E(h -h
^ nm bn

\ 2
1 I

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

measures can be more useful to protocol users if they are reported as a percentage of the originally
calculated dependent variable. For example, if a simulation code predicts a maximum total drawdown
of 30 feet in an aquifer subject to pumping and the calculated RMSE is 1.5 feet, then the protocol
user may be better able to relate these two values if the RMSE is also reported as ^Relative Error
(RE) of five per cent (i.e., 1.5 divided by 30). RE can be  calculated for any of the measures discussed
according to:
                                      Measure
                                                .X. I I II 1
                                                                                 (3.17)
RE % =            * 100
                                        h
                                         nm
where Measure is the statistical measure of choice, and h™^ is the maximum value calculated by the
numerical code.  The use of relative error measures can effectively characterize the amount of overall
error or residual which can be attributed to a ground-water simulation code. This provides a measure
for the entire simulation and differs from the DC which is a measure of error relative to the value of
the system at a single measurement point.

   To further describe the nature of the agreement between the numerical model and the associated
benchmark, a new mathematical ratio called Mean Error Ratio (MER) was used in this code-testing
study. The MER quantifies the comparative agreement of the code being tested in terms of under-
or overestimation.  The value of the MER may be either positive or negative. Positive MER values
represent situations where the PME equals or exceeds the NME; in these cases the MER has a value
of 1.0 or greater and the MER indicates the magnitude or degree of over-  or underestimation of the
code being tested:

                                            V* \NME\PME)                   n
                            ME  PME          '     '                           (
                                           89

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol

3.4.5.2. Graphical Evaluation Techniques

    As part of the code-testing protocol, this section presents a set of graphical evaluation tools to
effectively analyze and clearly and concisely illustrate code-evaluation results. Graphical techniques
are especially significant for  test results that do not lend themselves to statistical analysis.  For
example, graphical representation of solution convergence characteristics may indicate numerical
oscillations and instabilities in the iteration process. As is the case with the computation of statistical
measures, practical  considerations may prevent the use of all generated data pairs when using
graphical techniques. Often, a representative or illustrative subset of data pairs may be selected for
use with  graphical  evaluation  techniques  of code  performance.   The  selection of  a set  of
representative sample data pairs may be based  on symmetry considerations, or focused on model
domain areas with potential higher deviations or other specific test issues (e.g., vertical or horizontal
slices of the model domain).

    Graphical representation of test results should include graphs of the dependent variable(s), the
comparison deviations (or residuals), and other computed entities (e.g., mass balance, aquifer-stream
fluxes) versus distance and, if appropriate, versus time. Two-dimensional graphs depicting the spatial
distribution of each dependent variable and the deviations in that variable may also prove useful for
evaluation of code testing results (van der Heijde and Elnawawy, 1992).  Such spatial graphs may
cover the entire model domain, or focus on a specific subregion(s). In general, the conclusions from
visual inspection of graphic representations of testing results are described qualitatively using, for
example, such terms as "poor," "reasonable," "acceptable," "good," and "very good" (Beljin, 1988).

    Most of the graphical analyses used in previous code testing studies have typically utilized simple
line graphs,  (e.g., head versus time or head versus linear distance).  Multi-dimensional graphs that
illustrate the areal distribution of dependent variables (for example, contoured hydraulic heads or
residuals in  X-Y space) have also been used to support code performance tests. Expanding the
application  of multi-dimensional graphical techniques in the code-testing process will enhance the
visual judgment of residuals, deviations, and goodness-of-fit (van der Heijde and Elnawawy, 1992).
Tables 3-13 and 3-14 provide an overview of recommended graphical evaluation techniques.  They
are discussed in detail in the following paragraphs.
                                             90

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
    The protocol specifies five types of graphical evaluation techniques (see table 3-14):
       1) X-Y plots or line graphs of spatial or temporal behavior of dependent variable and other
          computed entities;
       2) one-dimensional column plots or histograms (specifically to display test deviations);
       3) combination plots of line graphs of dependent variable and column plots of deviations;
       4) contour and surface plots of the spatial distribution of the dependent variable; and
       5) three-dimensional, isometric, column plots or three-dimensional histograms.

             Table 3-13. Overview of graphical code testing evaluation techniques.
Type of variable
distribution of the
dependent variable in
space and time
distribution of deviations
in the dependent variable
in space and time
combination graphs
global mass balance
iteration error
Type of graph
line graph versus distance for selected times, line graph
versus time for selected locations, two-dimensional contour
plot, two-dimensional histograms
line graphs versus distance for selected times, line graph
versus time for selected locations, two-dimensional contours
(for large number of nodes), two-dimensional histograms
line graph of dependent variable and deviations versus
distance/time
line graph versus time
line graph versus number of iterations for selected times
Optional graph
two- and three-
dimensional iso-
surfaces




   X-Y plots are very useful in illustrating the general shape of the solution in terms of the dependent
variable of interest, and to obtain an impression how major differences between the results obtained
with the tested code and the benchmark relate to the shape and values of the solution.  This is the
conventional approach used in most code-testing efforts. These commonly used plots are also very
helpful in sensitivity analysis, which is a significant part of the performance evaluation procedure of
the code testing protocol.  An example of this display technique is shown in Figure 3-9. It is obvious
from the graph that for shorter distances and higher values of the dependent variable the tested code
is underpredicting, while for longer distances and lower values of the dependent variable the code is
overpredicting.  Furthermore, there is some oscillation in the benchmark for very short distances.
This might indicate problems in generating the analytical solution for values of the independent
variable near zero.  X-Y graphs can be easily prepared using spreadsheet programs with graphic
capability, and with dedicated scientific graphics packages.
                                            91

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
                    Table 3-14.  Use of graphical evaluation techniques.

Test
problem
dimen-
sionality

1-D

2-D
horizontal




2-D
vertical




radial-
symmetri-
cal




3-D





transient





Graph Type


contours of
spatial
distribution



areal





profile





areal






selected
slices and
profiles



at selected
times





line graph of spatial
distribution

yes

for selected lines parallel to
axes in middle of model
domain and at edges and for
lines under 45 degrees with
axes (separate graphs for
each data pair set)
for selected lines parallel to
axes in middle of model
domain and at edges and for
lines under 45 degrees with
axes (separate graphs for
each data pair set)
for 2 axes and for a line
under 45 degrees with the
axes (combination plot of all
three data pair sets in
separate graphs for variable
and deviation)

for selected lines parallel to
axes and under 45 degrees
angles with axes



at selected times






line graph
of behavior
in time
at selected
locations
at selected
locations
(dependent
variable)


at selected
locations
(dependent
variable)


at selected
locations





at selected
locations




for linear,
logarithmic
or user-
defined
time-
stepping

1 -D histogram of
spatial distribution

yes

at same locations as
line graph
(deviations;
combine with line
graph for data pair
set)
at same locations as
line graph
(deviations;
combine with line
graph for data pair
set)
at same locations as
line graph
(deviations;
combine, in
separate graph for
each data pair set,
with line graph)
at same locations as
line graph
(deviations;
combine with line
graph for each data
pair set)
at selected times






2-D histogram
of spatial
distribution



for rectangular
grids only




for rectangular
grids only




for rectangular
grids only





for rectangular
grids only; same
slices and
profiles as used
for contours

at selected
times




                                           92

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
    Combination plots provide an excellent way to depict two types of data in one graph.  For
example, the results for the dependent variable, obtained with the  tested code, may  be plotted
together with residual results (i.e., deviations) to illustrate their inter-relationship. An example of a
combination plot is shown in Figure 3-10, where an X-Y plot of the simulation results is overlain by
a column plot of the intercomparison residuals. It should be noted that two different vertical scales
(Y-axes) have been used to plot the disparate data.  Figure 3-10 shows, among others, where  the
maximum residual occurs in relationship to the spatial distribution of the dependent variable. It also
shows that all residuals are positive and they are asymmetrically distributed in space.
                                                                Benchmark Solution
                                                                Simulation Model
            20
              0     100     200    300     400    500     600    700     800    900     1000
                                 Distance Along Model Center Line in feet
      Figure 3-9.  X-Y plot of dependent variable computed by tested code and benchmark.
    Another, very illustrative graphic display technique is provided by three-dimensional isometric
column plots or histograms.  This type of plots is not a true three-dimensional technique because the
data is characterized by a two space coordinate or a time and space coordinate, and some computed
value, which corresponds to the Z coordinate.  Isometric column plots are very effective for the
depiction of layer-wise spatially distributed data sets, specifically for hydraulic heads, contaminant
concentrations, and intercomparison residuals. Figure 3-11 depicts a generic isometric, column plot.
It provides a rapid impression of the spatial distribution of the data set. Such a plot can be valuable
                                             93

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
in illustrating the location where maximum or minimum values occur, and the spatial extent of high
values for the plotted variable. For example, this graphical technique will highlight artificial high
concentrations in stagnation zones occurring when using certain random walk techniques. It is also
very useful to provide a quick impression of the distribution of residuals.  Isometric column plots can
be produced rapidly with modern spreadsheet software. They do not require additional interpolation
or smoothing and thus provide a more direct representation of the spatial distribution of a variable
than, for example, two-dimensional contouring.  This is especially true for simulations which use a
regularly-spaced grid; results can be directly imported into the graphical  spreadsheet software and
plotted.
                                                               Benchmark Solution
                                                               Simulation Model
                                                              I Residuals
                      - 4.5
                      -- 4
                      - 3.5

                      " 3  8
                      4 2.5 £
          20
                   100
                         200
                                300    400     500    600     700
                                Distance Along Model Center Line in feet
                                                                800
                                                                       900
              Figure 3-10.  Combination plot of X-Y graph of dependent variable
                                and column plot of residuals.
    Three-dimensional histograms have some disadvantages. Most conventional software packages
will produce some level of visual distortion when variably-spaced data are plotted using isometric
columns. In addition, some isometric column plots may be difficult to interpret due to their blocky,
discretized  nature, especially plots that represent low grid resolutions.  The three-dimensional
perspective and axis scales that are selected for the graphs can also visually distort the data depending
upon the angles, elevations, and scales chosen. Effects of such relative distortion may be decreased
by use of standardized perspective and scale. Overall,  isometric graphical techniques  provide an
                                             94

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
effective graphical method for data presentation and analysis; they can be used to easily identify
maxima, minima, general trends, as well as potential errors in the data.
                                                             Contaminant
                                                             concentration
                      Cell i
                          nbe:
                                                7  10  13  16  19
Figure 3-11.  Example of an isometric column plot or three-dimensional histogram; produced with
                               Microsoft® Excel for Windows.

    Two- and (quasi-) three-dimensional contour and surface graphs provide an overview of the
spatial distribution of the dependent variable (Figures 3-12, 3-13, 3-14 and 3-15).  These graphs can
also be used for display of the spatial distribution of benchmark deviations. They are very useful to
discover irregularities in the spatial distribution of the test variables and unacceptable high deviations
in computed deviations.

    Contour maps are two-dimensional graphs of lines of equal value (contours) of a variable defined
in two dimensions (Figure 3-14).  Surface graphs are three-dimensional graphs of the distribution of
a variable defined in two  dimensions (Figure 3-12).  If the surface formed by the variable  is
represented by lines parallel to the horizontal axes of the graph, it is called a wire mesh plot; if the
surface is represented by contours of the variable, it represents a series of slices.  A wire mesh plot
can be combined with contours into a single plot (Figure 3-12). Figure 3-13 shows a series of slices
                                            95

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
                                                                   .,---'***>
Figure 3-12.  Surface plot of hydraulic head showing wire mesh and contour lines; produced with
                         Golden Software's Surfer® for Windows.
representing lines of equal value of the variable of interest, filled in to produce a solid surface.  This
figure also shows the combination of a quasi-three-dimensional presentation with a regular two-
dimensional contour plot.

    Contour maps and  surface plots are well-suited for qualitative  assessment of test results.
However, many user-introduced decisions may significantly alter the representation of computational
results using these graphs.  For example, smoothing provides a graph which may highlight main
features of the response surface, but hide some irregular computational behavior (Figure 3-14). Also,
the method of interpolation in contouring programs is subject to user-manipulation. Figure 3-15
shows some options available from a widely used commercial contour and surface graphing program.
Except  for the graph prepared with the method of inverse distance using a power equal to 3, all
graphs have been produced using default program settings.
                                            96

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
       -1 -0.8-0.6-0.4-0.2  0  0.2 0.4 0.6  0.8  1
      Figure 3-13. Combination plot of solid surface and projected contours; prepared with
                          DeltaPoint's DeltaGraph® for Windows.
3.4.5.3. Notes on the Use of Evaluation Tools

   This section illustrates the use of the statistical evaluation techniques, in combination with the
graphical techniques used in the code-testing protocol.  The examples illustrate effectiveness and
ineffectiveness  of various measures and techniques in case of persistent overestimation, persistent
underestimation, and a spatially-characterized combination of both.

   The first example illustrates how the statistical and graphical evaluation tools can be combined
to identify the  case where the numerical  simulation code overestimates the benchmark solution.
Figure 3-16 shows the graphic comparison of the results obtained with the numerical code plotted
against the benchmark solution. In addition, this figure includes the statistical measures ME, NME,
RMS,  and ADC for the comparison  of the two data sets.  In this case, the  simulation code
overestimates the  benchmark solution at almost every point along the center line  of the model
                                            97

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
      14000-
      12000-
      10000-
       8000-
       6000-
       4000-
       2000-
      14000-
      12000-
      10000-
       8000-
       6000-
       4000-
       2000-
                           800
                           780
                           760
                           740
                           720
                           700
                           680
                           660
                           640
                           620
                           600
                           580
                           560
                           540
                           520
                           500
                           480
                           460
              2000   4000  6000   8000   10000  12000  14000  16000  18000  20000
                           780
                           760
                           740
                           720
                           700
                           680
                           660
                           640
                           620
                           600
                           580
                           560
                           540
                           520
               2000   4000   6000   8000  10000  12000  14000  16000  18000  20000
Figure 3-14.  Contour plots of hydraulic head showing effects of smoothing of interpolation grid;
                    prepared with Golden Software's Surfer® for Windows.
                                              98

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
      Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
           10000-
           8000-
           6000-
           4000-
           2000-
                  2000  4000 6000  8000 10000

                    KRIGING (linear variogram)
           10000-


           8000-


           6000-


           4000-


           2000-
                  2000 4000  6000  8000 10000

                     MINIMUM CURVATURE
                                                    10000-
                                                     8000-
                                                     6000-
                                                     4000-
                                                     2000-
       2000 4000  6000  8000  10000
         KRIGING (radial variogram)
                                                     10000-
 2000-
       2000  4000  6000 8000 10000

        RADIALBASIS FUNCTIONS
           10000-
            8000-
            6000-
            4000-
            2000-
                  2000  4000  6000  8000 10000

                  INVERSE DISTANCE TO POWER 3
10000-


 8000-


 6000-


 4000-


 2000-
       2000  4000  6000 8000 10000

      INVERSE DISTANCE TO POWER 2
 Figure 3-15. Contour maps of drawdown caused by injection-pumping well pair showing effect
     of grid interpolation algorithm; prepared with Golden Software's Surfer® for Windows.
                                               99

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
domain. All of the residuals are positive and the statistical measures reflect this. The ME, MAE, and
the PME are all identical and equal to 0.82 feet.  Because all of the residuals are positive, the NME
and the MER are not applicable measures. The ADC is 2.8 per cent. Additional information and
conclusions may be drawn from inspecting the graph.  The plot clearly shows that the agreement is
greatest at the edges of the model domain, which may be an artifact of the closeness to specified
boundary conditions. It can also be seen that there is a non-symmetric distribution of residuals which
may be a significant indication of code performance.  There is no obvious relationship between the
magnitude of the deviations and the value of the dependent variable.  The statistical measures do not
provide indication where in space (or time) the major deviations occur.  Graphical techniques are
needed to illustrate this test characteristic.
               ME = MAE = PME = 0.82
               NME; MER = N/A
               RMS = 0.98'
               Ave. DC = 2.8%
                  100
                         200
                               300     400    500     600    700
                               DistanceAlong Model Center Line in Feet
                                                                800
                                                                      900
   Figure 3-16.  The use of statistical measures and graphical techniques to illustrate consistent
                            overprediction of the simulation code.
    The  second example,  shown in Figure 3-17, illustrates  a  case  where the simulation code
predominantly underestimates the benchmark solution.  The statistical measures effectively summarize
this situation.  Unlike the example shown in Figure 3-16, which featured no negative residuals due
to consistent overestimation, this case is characterized by both positive and negative residuals. Thus,
all statistical measures, including NME, PME and MER, may be calculated. Because the simulation
                                            100

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
        Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
code primarily underestimates the benchmark solution, the values of ME and MER are negative and
the NME is greater than the PME. The degree of the underestimation can be characterized by the
magnitude of the MER.  In this case, a MER equal to -12.8 indicates that the simulation model results
in 12.8 times the amount of average negative residual than average positive residual.  The graphical
display clearly shows the distribution  of residuals.  It is apparent that the residuals are strongly
negative in the left hand part of the diagram, indicated by the unshaded columns on the chart. The
positive residuals, plotted as shade columns, exist only at distances of greater than 2000 feet along
the center line  of the simulation model. The plot also shows that the larger deviations occur at higher
values of the dependent variable.  As is the case with the first example, the statistical measures do not
indicate where in space (or time) the major deviations occur.  Graphical techniques are needed to
illustrate this test characteristic.
            245
            240
           8235
           J230
           C225
           u
           3220
Statistical Measures:
ME = -2.51; MAE = 2.9; RMS = 5.3'
NME = 4.9'; PME = 0.4' ; MER =; -12.8
AveDC = 1.1%
2

0

-2

-4 I
                                 1500   2000   2500   3000    3500
                                 Distance Along Model Center Line in feet
                                                                4000
                                                                      4500
                    Simulation Model Results
                                        Benchmark Solution
                                                        Positive Residuals
                                                                       Neg. Residuals
 Figure 3-17.  The use of statistical measures and graphical techniques to illustrate trends in over-
                          and under-prediction of the simulation code.
    The third example, illustrated in Figure 3-18, pertains to a situation where global  statistical
measures are not sufficient to characterize the overestimation or underestimation tendency.  Residuals
are almost evenly distributed between negative and positive deviations.  The statistical measures
indicate that there is a significant error and that the simulation code overestimates the benchmark
                                             101

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
solution.  The PME (3.6 feet) is slightly greater than the NME, resulting in a MER of +1.1 feet.  The
ME is only 0.5 feet.  Note that if the residuals were evenly distributed with an equal number of
positive and negative residuals, the ME would be equal to zero and the MER would be equal to one.
So, although some of the statistical measures may suggest that the global agreement is reasonably
balanced between negative and positive space, there is locally considerable variation from the
benchmark solution.  The statistical measures do not provide indication where in space (or time) the
major deviations occur. Again, graphical techniques are needed to illustrate this test characteristic.
                                                             Statistical Measure!
                                                             ME = 0.5'
                                                             MAE = 3.21
                                                             PME = 3.6'
                                                             NME = 3.2'
                                                             MER = 1.1
                          10
                          8
                          6
                          4
                          2
                          0
     Figure 3-18. The use of statistical measures and graphical techniques to illustrate spatial
                distribution of over- and underprediction of the simulation code.
3.4.6. Documentation of Test Results

    The results of a code testing exercise should be documented, addressing all steps of the code
testing and evaluation protocol in a manner that the testing is reproducible and the conclusions well-
founded.  The report should contain an introductory section, a section describing the  performed
testing and test results, and a section on recommendations and limitations covering code theory,
documentation, functionality, performance and applicability as encountered by the reviewer/tester.
A detailed table of contents for the test report is presented in Table 3-15. The test details to be
                                            102

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
        Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
included in the report are listed in Table 3-16.  An example of the type of illustrative figures for the
test problems is given in Figure 3-19.
                             Table 3-15. Elements of a test report.
                                         Introduction
  Program name
  Program title
  Tested version
  Release date
  Author/custodian
  Reviewer (name, organization)
  Review date
  Short description
  Computer and software requirements
Test environment (computer, operating system,
  etc.)
Reviewed materials/documentation
Installation review
Discussion of general operation (batch, interactive,
  graphics)
Terms of availability (legal status, etc.)
Type/level of support
                                            Testing
  Analysis of code functions and preparation of
    functionality description
  Overview and discussion and re-evaluation of
    testing performed by code authors
  Overview and detailed description of additional
    tests performed
Presentation and discussion of functionality
  analysis matrix
Presentation and discussion of performance tables
Optional discussion of applicability issues both
  from a theoretical point-of-view, as well as based
  on applicability testing
                                          Conclusions
  Testing (performance, limitations, cautions)
  Documentation (completeness and correctness of
    functionality description, correctness of theory,
    consistency of mathematical description and
    coded functionality, correctness and completeness
    of user's instructions)
Installation and general operation
Code setup (how easy/difficult it is to run the code)
Specific hints/tricks learned during testing, not
  present in documentation
  Finally, an executive summary of the code testing effort should be prepared. This summary
should function as a stand alone document describing the main code features, providing an
overview of the performed tests, discussing major strengths and weaknesses of the code, and
listing some key recommendations regarding the code's use.  Table 3-17 lists the main
components of such an executive summary.
                                              103

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
                                         104

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
  Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol
                                                   pumping well
                 ground surface
                     \
                 non-leaky confined layer —^
                 impermeable base
static potentiometric surface
                                                              drawdown
                                                                homogeneous aquifer
                                                   radial distance
                  CREATED: DYNFLOW5    PLOT NUMBER  1   PLAN MAP 1     IGWMC: March 25,  1994
                  PLOTTED: DYNPLOT8   VERIFICATION CASE NO.  8:  confinedounconfined
      Figure 3-19.  Illustration of test problem situation and model grid used in test problem.
                                                105

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Code Testing and Evaluation Protocol


                      Table 3-16. Test details to be discussed in test report


        •   general problem description (including assumptions, limitations, boundary conditions, parameter
           distribution, time-stepping, figures depicting problem situation)
        •   test objectives (features of simulation code, specifically tested by test problem)
        •   benchmark reference
        •   if feasible, benchmark solution (e.g., analytical solution)
        •   reference to benchmark implementation (hand calculation, spreadsheets, dedicated software, etc.)
        •   test data set
        •   model setup, discretization, implementation of boundary  condition,  representation of special
           problem features (for both tested code and benchmark code; electronic input files)
        •   results (table of numerical and benchmark results (if available) for the dependent variable at selected
           locations and times; mass balances; statistical measures and supporting figures; electronic results
           files)
        •   sensitivity analysis strategy and results
        •   discussion of results
                Table 3-17. Elements of the executive summary of the test report
               Program name, title, version, release date, authors, custodian
               Reviewer (name, organization)
               Detailed program description (functionality)
               Computer/software requirements
               Terms of availability and support
               Overview of testing performed by authors
               Overview of additional testing performed
               Discussion of specific test results (illustrating strengths and weaknesses)
               Discussion of completeness of testing (functionality matrix)
               Representative performance information
               Main conclusions on test results
               Comments on installation, operation and documentation
               List of main documentation references
               Tables providing overview of performed tests and performance information
               Figures  illustrating key results
                                                106

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Application of Code Testing Protocol
                                         106

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Application of Code Testing Protocol

4. APPLICATION OF THE CODE TESTING PROTOCOL TO THREE-DIMENSIONAL
                           FLOW AND TRANSPORT CODES

4.1.  GENERAL COMMENTS

   Successful implementation of the code testing protocol depends upon the design of effective test
cases, correct implementation of the selected test cases, and unbiased analysis and reporting of test
results.  The selected test problems should be subject to the following considerations:
   •   designed to meet specific objectives as well as the needs of particular audiences;
   •   designed to address multiple issues to increase test efficiency;
   •   designed in conjunction with other tests to limit redundancy;
   •   designed to address all three protocol elements, where possible;
   •   implemented in a standard fashion (problem description, model setup, benchmark description,
       analysis, reporting); and
   •   subjected to impartial analysis procedures to eliminate subjectivity, whenever possible.

   In this report  section, the code testing and evaluation protocol is applied to simulation codes
which use  rectangularly discretized model domains to simulate steady-state and transient three-
dimensional flow and solute transport under saturated hydrogeological conditions. It focuses on the
development and execution  of the code testing strategy, including the  selection of test problems.
Except in cases where symmetry exists, the protocol requires simulation of the entire model domain,
be it in one, two, or three dimensions, dependent on the dimensionality of the test problem.  For the
analysis of the results, the model domain might be divided into horizontal or vertical two-dimensional
slices; statistical measures and graphical techniques are then applied to each of these slices separately.
It is often impractical to analyze the results for the entire model domain. In such cases,  representative
portions (slices, lines,  points) of the model domain should be selected for analysis. To ensure
meaningful analysis of results,  line-graph analysis and supporting statistical  evaluation should be based
on a significant number of data points (typically using 25 - 50 data pairs).  The selection of slices and
lines should follow the recommendations in section 3.4.5.1. Note that choosing a non-representative
portion of the model  domain can result in erroneously optimistic  conclusions  regarding the
functionality of the tested simulation code.
                                            107

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Application of Code Testing Protocol

    The three-dimensional finite-difference simulation code, FTWORK, has been used to evaluate
implementation of the  code testing protocol. FTWORK is a public domain software,  originally
developed by GeoTrans, Inc, Sterling, Virginia, to model the ground-water flow and mass transport
regimes encountered at the U.S. Department of Energy Savannah River Site (Fauste^ al.\ 1990). An
overview of the capabilities and limitations of FTWORK is presented in Appendix D. The  following
discussion addresses some relevant issues regarding the implementation of the code testing protocol
and the development of a code testing strategy.

4.1.1.  Analysis of Functions and Features

    The establishment of code functionality  is the most basic and essential requirement of code
evaluation and, thus, it is the highest priority element of the protocol. Code testing starts with the
analysis of the code's functionality, followed by functionality evaluation.  The results of this analysis
are summarized in the functionality matrices.   Functionality testing consists  of three  steps:  1)
identification of functionality issues and test objectives; 2) design test strategy to meet objectives; and
3) perform and analyze test runs.    Identification  of test objectives  (i.e., correctness of the
implementation of particular functions in the code),  and test issues (i.e., potential problems in specific
functions) is crucial to successful evaluation (see Appendix C).  When each functionality issue is
addressed and each test objective is met through the execution of the test strategy,  functionality
testing is complete.

    Where possible, functionality tests should be based on the availability of a benchmark solution.
There are a variety of analytical and numerical solutions which may be used as benchmark. Many
analytical solutions can be found in text books and compilations, such as Bear (1979), van Genuchten
and Alves (1982),  Hunt (1983), Walton (1984);  Luckner and Schestakow (1991), Beljin (1992),
Wexler (1992), and Beljin and Murdoch (1994). In selecting analytical solutions as benchmark, care
should be taken with respect to their correct  computer implementation. Many analytical solutions
are complex in nature and include functions which require numerical  approximation.
                                           108

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Application of Code Testing Protocol

4.1.2. Performance Issues

   Performance evaluation establishes the performance characteristics of a simulation code by
evaluating run-time performance characteristics. The performance characteristics can be used to
differentiate between codes of identical functionality, and to estimate resource requirements in project
planning. Performance evaluation should be an integral part of the code testing strategy, using the
same tests as in the functionality analysis. To ensure compatibility and comparability among different
simulation codes, it is important that performance evaluation of simulation codes is conducted using
a standard computer configuration. Performance issues related to human variability (e.g.,user skills
and knowledge) are not part of performance evaluation.  Results should be analyzed and presented
using standard measures and summary structures (i.e., performance evaluation checklists).

4.1.3. Applicability Issues

   Applicability assessment is most significant when identified applicability issues cannot be easily
assessed from a code's functionality description.  Thus, standard data sets are developed representing
typical application environments.  These data sets are specifically designed to demonstrate the
capability of simulation codes to represent specific real-world issues of concern, as well as to uncover
problems encountered in model  setup.  Applicability assessment is not aimed as much at code
intercomparison as demonstrating the code's ability to simulate practical, real-world problems.  The
results, where possible, should be compared with established numerical benchmarks (e.g., obtained
with other simulation codes), using statistical and graphical residual analysis.

4.2.  EXAMPLE TESTING AND EVALUATION USING THE CODE "FTWORK"

   To demonstrate the use of the code testing protocol, the following  steps have been taken,
featuring the FTWORK code:
   1)  identifying and examining code functionality
   2)  determining type and objectives of tests  performed and documented by the code developers;
   3)  evaluating the suitability of performed tests for use in protocol demonstration;
   4)  compiling protocol summary structures (i.e., checklists, matrices) using performed tests;
                                           109

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Application of Code Testing Protocol

   5)  designing and conducting new tests, to address some gaps in the test strategy used by the
       code developers; and
   6)  summarizing the combined results of tests performed by code developers and tests performed
       as part of the protocol demonstration.
Most of the tests originally performed by the code developers were adapted, augmented, and re-
analyzed to ensure consistency with the protocol. The additional tests designed during this study
demonstrate how to eliminate gaps in code-evaluation.

   The code-evaluation tests for FTWORK were performed on 50 and 60 MHZ Intel 80486 and 90
MHZ Pentium™ based personal computers using Microsoft MS-DOS™ operating system (version
6.20) and on IBM RISC™ 6000 workstations using the Unix operating system (AIX version 2.2).
The  protocol demonstration was performed using version  2.8B of the FTWORK source code,
compiled and linked by IGWMC using the Lahey F77L/EM 32™ FORTRAN compiler (version 5.0;
Lahey, 1992).  Evaluation measures were calculated using the Microsoft  spreadsheet program
Excel™ (versions 5.0; Microsoft,  1994), and plotted using Excel and Golden Software's Grapher™
for Windows (version 1.0; Golden Software, 1992).

4.2.1. Code Description

   To simplify and classify the functionality description process, the code functions are organized
into  four functionality categories, including code options, methods and  capabilities. These four
categories,  and their principal components are:

   1)  general code characteristics, which include code  discretization options, spatial  orientation
       options, restart options, and code output options;
   2)  flow system characteristics, which include  hydrogeologic zoning options, hydrogeologic
       media options, flow characteristics options, boundary condition  options,  source/sink
       functions, and mathematical solution methods;
   3)  solute fate and transport characteristics, which include water quality constituents, transport
       and fate processes, boundary conditions, and mathematical solution methods; and
                                           110

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Application of Code Testing Protocol

   4)  parameter estimation characteristics (where appropriate), which include: input options, output
       options, and solution methods.

The functionality of FTWORK has been determined using the generic functionality description form
of Appendix B; the results are presented in Appendix D.  A short description is of FTWORK is given
in the following paragraphs (Faust et a/., 1993).

Purpose and General Features

   FTWORK is a block-centered finite difference code designed to simulate transient and steady-
state three-dimensional saturated ground-water flow and transient transport of a single dissolved
component under confined  and unconfmed conditions. It supports both areal and cross-sectional
two-dimensional simulations. Its primary use is to simulate the migration of contaminants at low
concentrations to assess impacts of contamination and to aid in developing a remediation strategy.
The code may  be used  for characterizing large,  complex, multi-layered, fully-saturated, porous
hydrogeologic systems.  The code can be used in a quasi-three-dimensional mode.

   The flow equation is posed in terms of hydraulic head, the transport equation in terms of
concentration.  It is assumed that fluid density is independent of concentration, and density and
porosity changes due to changes in hydraulic head  have negligible effect on the transport of solutes.
FTWORK includes the calculation of a comprehensive, model-wide mass balance for both flow and
mass transport.  The code  supports  variable grid block lengths  in X-,  Y-,  and Z-direction and
deformed coordinate approximation for variable thickness layers.

   Boundary conditions include prescribed head, prescribed concentration, prescribed flux of water
(e.g., recharge) or solute mass, and head-dependent flux (e.g..,  for leakage to or from streams, flow
to drains).  It also handles time-varying single- and multi-aquifer wells, and chemical sources and
sinks.  The default boundary condition is no-flow and zero solute flux. The code achieves the default
condition by setting the transmissivity and dispersivity to zero along such boundaries. A prescribed
flux boundary is specified by using source terms or recharge rates. Inflow is simulated by specifying
the concentration of an injection well fluid or recharge to determine the solute influx. For outflow,
                                           111

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Application of Code Testing Protocol

the solute mass flux is determined using the product of the grid block concentration and the ground-
water pumping rate.  If a well is simulated in more than one layer, flow is apportioned to the open
layers on the basis of layer transmissivity.  The code assigns recharge to the uppermost active grid
block and is apportioned based on grid block dimensions.  A prescribed head boundary is specified
at the center of the grid block adjacent to the boundary, along with concentrations so that advective
solute mass fluxes may be computed.  A third boundary condition, head-dependent flux, can be used
to simulate three different cases: a leaky boundary, a leaky boundary with potential for dewatering
below the base of the  semi-pervious boundary, and a drain boundary.  The standard leaky boundary
can apply leakage through an adjacent aquitard without storage or to leakage through a stream bed.
A provision for dewatering below a stream bed or leaky aquitard is the function of the modified leaky
boundary.  For a drain boundary, flow is approximated as head-dependent flux that occurs only if the
head in the grid block containing a drain is higher than the specified head in the drain.

   Spatially variable flow parameters include hydraulic conductivity, specific storage or porosity,
recharge, and evapotranspiration. The code handles anisotropy for flow assuming that the hydraulic
conductivity tensor is aligned with the Cartesian coordinate axes. It supports the conversion from
confined to unconfmed conditions, and dewatering of a grid block. For unconfined conditions the
transmissivity is a function of the saturated thickness in adjacent blocks.

   Transport and fate processes supported by the code include advection, hydrodynamic dispersion,
linear and non-linear (Freundlich)  equilibrium sorption by using a nonlinear retardation coefficient,
and first-order (chemical, biological, and radioactive) decay.  Cross product terms for dispersion can
be included in the transport calculations. Longitudinal and transverse dispersivity, retardation factors,
and decay factors are considered spatially variable transport parameters.

   The model includes a parameter estimation option (semi-automatic  history matching) of the
steady-state flow equation, using a Gauss-Newton,  non-linear least-squares technique for global
minimization of the differences in observed and computed heads, together with a Marquardt
correction.  This option may be used to estimate horizontal and vertical hydraulic conductivity, and
recharge.
                                            112

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Application of Code Testing Protocol

   FTWORK has an option to use either central or upstream weighting of the advection term and
central or backwards weighting of the time derivative. For general three-dimensional problems, an
iterative method, the Slice Successive Over-Relaxation (SSOR) method,  is used to solve the
non-coupled flow and transport equations.  The resulting matrix equations are solved using the
Gauss-Doolitle method for banded coefficient matrices. FTWORK includes two other solvers to be
used for problems of reduced complexity.

   FTWORK creates a cell-by-cell flux file which is compatible with the USGS particle tracking
code, MODPATH. Using MODPATH, however, requires modification of the input data file. An
MS-Windows™ based preprocessor, PRE-FTW,  has  been prepared by  IGWMC.   In this
preprocessor, array entry and editing is performed using a spreadsheet format. FTWORK provides
restart capabilities which  can be used  to  continue computations  from previously  completed
simulations or from previous time steps. FTWORK's output options include:

         main output file:  an ASCII text file containing a summary of the  input data (control
                         parameters, grid block data, flow and/or transport parameters, initial
                         conditions, time  parameters, source/sink  data, recharge data,  and
                         evapotranspiration data), convergence error, array data (head and/or
                         concentration, Darcy velocity, and saturation index), and, if parameter
                         estimation is performed, summary statistics and  parameter multipliers,
                         and residuals.

                plot file:  MODFLOW-type binary or ASCII files of head-  and concentration
                         distribution for graphic postprocessing.

 sensitivity coefficient file:   results of sensitivity calculations for each grid block for each calibrated
                         parameter in the parameter estimation procedure.

    observation block file:  heads and/or concentration as function of time for selected nodes.

            residuals file:  observed heads, computed heads, computed residuals.
                                          113

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Application of Code Testing Protocol

              restart file:  head and/or concentration at end of simulation to be used as initial
                          conditions for a subsequent run.

     cell-by-cell flux files:  various types of cell-by-cell fluxes from steady-state simulations using
                          MODPATH compatible method and formats.

    The users manual contains additional specific information on model theory, code structure, user
instructions, code listing, verification by analytical solutions, as well as sample input and output for
example problems and tests.

 Limitations of FTWORK include:  1) water density  is independent of concentration; 2) flow is
independent of density and viscosity; 3) for water table conditions, free surface must not be too steep;
4) treatment of dispersive processes is based on uniform (non-scale-dependent) longitudinal  and
transverse dispersivity concepts; and 5) FTWORK does not support resaturating a grid block once
it has gone dry, limiting its use for thin aquifers subject to significant head changes).

4.2.2.  Test Issues

    Based on the  analysis of code functions, a list of major test issues has been compiled (see Table
4-1).  This list includes functionality, performance, and applicability issues. Major issues are those
that might have incorrectly implemented or cause problems in their use. Selection of issues is based
on  theoretical  and empirical  considerations.   Separate test issues have been  formulated  for
FTWORK's parameter optimization option related to the sensitivity of the generated distributions of
hydraulic conductivity and recharge for various stress conditions and numerical parameter settings.

4.2.3.  Tests Discussed in Documentation

    The identified test issues should be evaluated through a well-chosen set  of benchmark  and
intercomparison tests. To evaluate the comprehensiveness of the testing performed by the FTWORK
authors,  published tests have been analyzed with  respect to the issues  stated in Table 4-1.  The
FTWORK documentation (Faust et al., 1993) presents eleven code verification problems (Test Level
                                           114

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
       Application of Code Testing Protocol
IB; see section 3.4.4.1).  In addition, the documentation discusses eight code intercomparison cases
(Test Level 2B), and two intracomparison cases (Test Level 2A).  Table 4-2 provides an overview
of the performed tests, benchmark solutions, and test type and level.  Finally, the documentation
presents two examples for which neither a benchmark exists nor intercomparison has been used.


 Table 4-1.  Major test issues for three-dimensional finite-difference saturated ground-water flow
                                    and solute transport codes.
General Features
•   mass balances (regular versus irregular grid)
•   variable grid (consistency in parameter and stress
    allocation)

Hydrogeologic Zoning. Parameterization, and Flow
Characteristics
•   aquifer pinchout, aquitard pinchout
•   variable thickness layers
•   storativity conversion in space and time (confined-
    unconfined)
•   anisotropy
•   unconfined conditions
•   dewatering
•   sharp contrast in hydraulic conductivity

Boundary Conditions for Flow
•   default no-flow assumption
•   areal recharge in top active cells
•   induced infiltration from streams (leaky boundary)
    with potential for dewatering below the base of the
    semi-pervious boundary
•   drain boundary
•   prescribed fluid flux
•   irregular geometry and internal no-flow regions
Transport and fate Processes
•   hydrodynamic dispersion (longitudinal and
    transverse)
•   advection-dominated transport
•   retardation (linear and Freundlich)
•   decay (zero and first-order)
•   spatial variability of dispersivity
•   effect of presence or absence cross-term for
    dispersivity

Boundary Conditions for Solute Transport
•   default zero solute-flux assumption
•   prescribed solute  flux
•   prescribed concentration on stream boundaries
•   irregular geometry and internal zero-transport
    zones
•   concentration-dependent solute flux into streams

Sources and Sinks
•   effects of time-varying discharging and recharging
    wells on flow
•   multi-aquifer screened wells
•   solute injection well with prescribed concentration
    (constant and time-varying flow rate)
•   solute extraction well with ambient concentration
    Reviewing the suite of published tests (see Appendix E), it appears that some of the test issues
stated in Table 4-1 have not been addressed.  The objectives of the individual tests are not always
clearly stated, and have to be deducted from the test set up  and test conclusions (if present).  The
intercomparison and analysis procedures would have benefited from a more consistent use of
                                                115

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Application of Code Testing Protocol
graphical and statistical evaluation techniques.  The tests performed by the FTWORK authors
have been compiled in a functionality matrix (see Figure 4-1).  Cross marks identify FTWORK
functions addressed by the documented tests. Important functions not addressed in the testing
include aquifer and aquitard pinchout, storativity conversion, anisotropic hydraulic conductivity,
partially penetrating wells and solute sources, vertical transverse dispersion, and non-point,
diffusive sources (e.g., from precipitation).  Another potential problem, not addressed by the
reported tests,  is solute transport in a system with strongly curving flow lines, such as around an
injection-extraction well pair.

  Table 4-2: List of code tests and example applications presented in FTWORK documentation
                                    (Faust etal.,  1993)
IGWMC
Reference
Number
Section and
Page in
FTWORK
Manual
Description
Type of
Benchmark
Type of Test
(see section
3.4.1.2)
GROUND-WATER FLOW PROBLEMS
FTW-TST-1.1
FTW-TST-1.2
FTW-TST-1.3
FTW-TST-1.4
FTW-TST-1.5
FTW-TST-1.6
FTW-TST-
1.7.1
4.1.1/59
4.1.2/61
4.1.3/70
4.1.4/70
4.1.4/70
5.1/133
5.2/136
steady-state one-dimensional flow to parallel
drains in unconfined aquifer with vertical
recharge
transient one-dimensional flow to a fully-
penetrating drain in a semi-infinite confined
aquifer due to a step-change in head
transient radial flow to a fully -penetrating well
near a fully -penetrating straight-line recharge
boundary in a confined aquifer
transient radial flow to a fully -penetrating well
in a non-leaky confined aquifer
transient radial flow to a fully -penetrating well
in a leaky confined aquifer
transient response of a regional two-aquifer
flow system to increased pumping from
additional wells in lower aquifer near center of
model domain
steady-state flow in a three-aquifer system with
areal recharge, and outflow into buried drains,
through wells, and at specified head boundary
cells; using drain option
analytical
solution
analytical
solution
analytical
solution,
superposition
analytical
solution
analytical
solution
intercomparison
intercomparison
functionality
level IB
functionality
level IB
functionality
level IB
functionality
level IB
functionality
level IB
functionality,
applicability
level 2B
functionality,
applicability
level 2B
                                           116

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Application of Code Testing Protocol
IGWMC
Reference
Number
FTW-TST-
1.7.2
FTW-TST-
1.7.3
FTW-TST-1.8
FTW-TST-1.9
Section and
Page in
FTWORK
Manual
5.2/136
5.2/136
5.5.2/172
5.5.1/164
Description
transient flow in a three-aquifer system with
areal recharge, and outflow into buried drains,
through wells, and at specified head boundary
cells; using drain option
transient flow in a three-aquifer system with
areal recharge, and outflow into buried drains,
through wells, and at specified head boundary
cells; using stream leakage option
two-dimensional transient flow in a
homogeneous, isotropic unconfined aquifer with
depth-limited evapotranspiration and well-
pumping
two-dimensional steady-state flow in two-
aquifer system; the shallow confined aquifer is
subject to recharge, depth-limited evapo-
transpiration, pumping, and upward leakage
from the underlying confined aquifer.
Type of
Benchmark
intercomparison
intercomparison
intercomparison
intercomparison
Type of Test
(see section
3.4.1.2)
functionality,
applicability
level 2B
functionality,
applicability
level 2B
functionality,
performance,
applicability
level 2B
functionality,
performance,
applicability
level 2B
SOLUTE TRANSPORT PROBLEMS
FTW-TST-2.1
FTW-TST-
2.2.1
FTW-TST-
2.2.2
FTW-TST-
2.2.3
4.2.1/81
4.2.2/87
4.2.2/87
4.2.2/87
transient one-dimensional advective-dispersive
transport from a first-type inlet boundary in an
infinite porous medium with a uniform flow
field (steady-state one-dimensional flow)
transient two-dimensional advective-dispersive
transport of a conservative tracer from a fully-
penetrating point source with constant release
rate in a uniform flow field in a homogeneous
confined aquifer of constant thickness using a
parallel grid; cross-products included
transient two-dimensional advective-dispersive
transport of a conservative tracer from a fully-
penetrating point source with constant release
rate in a uniform flow field in a homogeneous
confined aquifer of constant thickness using a
skewed grid; cross-products included
transient two-dimensional advective-dispersive
transport of a conservative tracer from a fully-
penetrating point source with constant release
rate in a uniform flow field in a homogeneous
confined aquifer of constant thickness using a
skewed grid; lumped cross-products
analytical
solution
analytical
solution
analytical
solution
analytical
solution
functionality
level IB
functionality
level IB
functionality
level IB
functionality
level IB
                                         117

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Application of Code Testing Protocol
IGWMC
Reference
Number
FTW-TST-2.3
FTW-TST-
2.4.1
FTW-TST-
2.4.2
FTW-TST-2.5
FTW-TST-2.6
FTW-TST-
2.7.1
FTW-TST-
2.7.2
Section and
Page in
FTWORK
Manual
4.2.3/105
4.2.4/105
4.2.4/105
4.2.5/114
5.4/156
5.5.3/174
5.5.3/174
Description
transient two-dimensional advective-dispersive
transport of a nonconservative tracer from a
fully -penetrating point source with constant
release rate in a uniform flow field in a
homogeneous confined aquifer of constant
thickness using a parallel grid; the tracer is
subjected to retardation and first-order (radio-
active) decay
transient one-dimensional advective-dispersive
transport of a non-conservative tracer in a
uniform flow field with non-linear adsorption as
defined by Freundlich isotherms
transient one-dimensional advective transport oi
a non-conservative tracer in a uniform flow fielc
with non-linear adsorption as defined by
Freundlich isotherms and molecular diffusion
transient two-dimensional advective-dispersive
transport of a non-conservative tracer from a
constant flux -type source (third type or Cauchy
condition at the inlet boundary); uniform flow
field in a homogeneous porous medium; vertical
plane source from top to bottom of aquifer,
perpendicular to the flow direction.
simulation of three-dimensional steady-state
flow and transient transport in a three-aquifer
system with variable thickness; the aquifers are
separated by aquitards; model includes streams,
seeplines, seepage basins, ground-water
divides, and near-impermeable confining layers
at part of the boundary.
two-dimensional transient flow and transport in
a homogeneous, isotropic unconfined aquifer
with depth-limited evapotranspiration or drain-
discharge, and well-pumping; an injection well
creates solute mass in the model
drain transport problem to test the
evapotranspiration transport function; problem
set up identical to 2.7.2 with evapotranspiration
nodes replaced by drain nodes
Type of
Benchmark
analytical
solution
intercomparison
intercomparison
analytical
solution
no benchmark
intra-
comparison
intra-
comparison
Type of Test
(see section
3.4.1.2)
functionality
level IB
functionality
level 2B
functionality
level 2B
functionality
level IB
applicability
functionality
applicability
level 2A
functionality
applicability
Level 2A
INVERSE FLOW PROBLEMS
                                         118

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Application of Code Testing Protocol

IGWMC
Reference
Number
FTW-TST-3.1





Section and
Page in
FTWORK
Manual
5.3/148








Description
simulation of steady-state three-dimensional
flow in a four-aquifer/three-aquitard system
subject to pumping and uniform areal recharge;
hydraulic conductivity is homogeneous within
each layer but transmissivity varies with layer
thickness


Type of
Benchmark
manual
calibration





Type of Test
(see section
3.4.1.2)
functionality
(qualitative)
applicability
level 3C


                                         119

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Application of Code Testing Protocol
FTWORK Cod* Function
Hydrogtologic toning
confined aquifer
semi-confined (leaky- confined)
unconfined (phreatic) aquifer
ID/single aquifer
2D/single aquifer-aquitard system; areal view
2D/single aquifer-aquitard system: profile view
quasi-3D/ multiple aquifer/aquitard systems
fully 3D multiple aquifer/aquitard systems
variable thickness aquifers
variable thickness aquitards
aquifer pinchout
aquitard pinchout
storaHvity conversion
\ Hydrogeotoglc Media
anisotropic hydraulic conductivity
horizontal anisotmpy
vertical anisotropy
nonunHorm, heterogeneous hydraulic properties
. . . , . .,

vertical heterogeneity
Flow Characteristics
steady-state How
transient (non-steady-state) flow
dewatering (desaturation of cells)
Boundary Conditions
regular bounded domain
irregular bounded domain
fixed/specified head
fixed cross-boundary flux
areal recharge
head-limited drain cells
stream cells with head-dependent flux
stream cells with g.w.level beneath bottom ofst
depth-limited evapotranspiration
Flow Sources / Sinks
point sources/sinks (recharge/pumping wells)
constant flow rate
variable flow rate
head-specffied
partially-penetrating
multi-layer well




X
X


















X



X

X

X













X

X



















X


X

X















X


X


















X




X








X









X


















X













X









X
































X












X
X
X










X







X








X



X
*»






X













X

X





X

X
X





X




CM






X













X







X

X
X





X




*>






X













X







X

X

X
X



X











X









X



X



X

X

X

X



X


X







X



X













X






X
X
X
X



X


X









X





















X

X













r




X





















X

X













CM




X





















X

X













<•>




X





















X

X













n




X

















X



X















*••



X


















X



X















CM
?



X


















X



X















ri




X

















X



X


















X
X


X

X













X




X

X
X
X
X
X



X




*»



X
X


















X


X



X



X


X




CM



X
X


















X


X

X

X
X





X







X



X

X











X

X




X
X
X
X






X




 Figure 4-la.  Functionality matrix of testing performed by FTWORK developers
                                         120

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Application of Code Testing Protocol
ITTM/rVBK fVtH* Eiinj*>HsM«
Fate mnd Transport Characteristics
steady-state advecVon
uniform
non-uniform
transient advecVon
dispersion
longitudinal
nor. transverse
vert transverse
homogeneous (constant in space)
heterogeneous
grid parallel to How
grid skewed with respect to How
internal dispersMty cross-terms
chemical fate
zero-order production
first-order decay
molecular diffusion
solid-liquid phase transfers (sorpdon)
linear equilibrium isotherm
Freundlich equilibrium isotherm
Transport Boundary Conditions
prescribed concentration
zero solute flux
prescribed solute flux
Transport sources /sinks
source with constant concentration and flow rate
source with time-varying concentration and How rate
fully-penetrating sources
partially-penetrating sources
sink with concentration dependent solute flux
point sources (injection wells)
point sinks (pumping wells, springs)
line sources (infiltration ditches or canals)
line sinks (drains, streams)
horizontal areal or patch sources (landfills, feedlots)
vertical patch sources
non-point, diffuse sources (agricultural spraying)
plant uptake (evapotranspiration)










































































































































































































































*»






































CO






































«•>



























































































































X














X
















*»






X
X


X














X

X


X














X
X



X













X

X


X














X
X


X




X


X






X

X


X







*»






X



X




X



X

X

















-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Application of Code Testing Protocol

As is indicated in the last column of Table 4-2, the verification tests and example problems
presented in the FTWORK documentation cover both functionality and applicability aspects of the
testing protocol.  Most tests include some evaluation of accuracy.  A few of the tests actually
address other performance issues. However, most tests and example problems do not provide the
necessary information for in-depth performance evaluation. It should be noted that additional
intercomparison testing of FTWORK was performed by Simset al. (1989), comparing FTWORK
results with those obtained using the numerical simulation models, SWIFT II, MODFLOW,
SWICHA, and CFEST.

4.2.4.  Additional Tests Performed by IGWMC

    To evaluate capabilities and characteristics of the FTWORK code, not addressed in the
documentation, additional tests have been designed and executed.  This exercise is also aimed at
assessing the procedures for the development of such tests.  To evaluate functionality testing,
three problems were designed focused on areal recharge, radioactive decay, and anisotropy of
flow parameters, respectively. The latter problem has been  specifically formulated to study effects
of grid orientation on anisotropy. Various performance issues have been studied by executing the
test problems provided by the FTWORK authors (Faustet a/., 1993), and evaluating the results
using specific performance measures.

Areal Recharge
    To evaluate the functionality of FTWORK with respect to areal recharge, various test issues
have been identified (see Appendix C, Table C-3). The functionality issues are translated in test
objectives, which in turn determine the type of tests required or available.  To illustrate this
procedure, a few areal recharge issues are selected for detailed discussion using two simple
problem configurations representing a rectangular shaped aquifer with homogeneous aquifer
parameters (i.e., saturated thickness, hydraulic conductivity, and storativity), bound at all sides by
constant-head boundaries.  The first (single layer) model consists of 21 by 21 square cells of 500
by 500 ft each (see Figure 4-2). Recharge is introduced at  the centermost cell of the model
domain, creating a  symmetrical situation with respect to the main axis.  The edge of the recharge
area is 250 ft from  the model center.
                                           122

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Application of Code Testing Protocol
                        Summary of HydrauUc Parameters:
                           hydraulic conductivity K - 10 feet/day
                           storage coefficient (unconfined) S, = 0.2
                           aquifer thickness b = 200 feet
                           total recharge Q,= 250,000 ft'/day
                           time for comparison:
                               unconfined case: t = 121 days

                        Model Setup:
                           domain is 10,500 x 10,500 ft
                           single layer model of 21 x 21 cells of 500 x 500 ft each
                               Specified Head Boundary CeD

                               Recharge Area
              Figure 4-2.  Problem definition and model setup for the constant grid
              areal recharge functionality test
                                                   123

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Application of Code Testing Protocol

   In one of the tests, FTWORK is compared with an analytical solution for mounding due to
recharge in a rectangular area based on Hantush (1967), as modified by Warner et al. (1989).
The solution has been programmed in MathCad® (Mathsoft, 1994; see files MND-EPA1.MCD
and MND-EPA2.MCD, respectively, in appendix F). The solution assumes that the mounding is
small compared with the saturated thickness of the unconfmed aquifer. The results are
summarized in Figure 4-3 and Figure 4-4. Figure 4-3 shows the results along a line extending
from the model center to the boundary along the principal grid axis (note that residuals have been
shifted to the center of the plot for display purposes). Often, this is the only analysis discussed in
a code's documentation, biased towards small deviations from the benchmark. Both the graphical
representation and the statistical measures suggest that areal recharge is accurately simulated by
the code. However, this conclusion may not be representative for the entire model domain. To
further explore this issue, a radial slice representing one eighth of the symmetrical model domain
is analyzed (see Figure 4-4). All computed heads in this slice  are used for comparison, including
those present on a line under 45 degrees with the coordinate axes.  The degree and nature of the
deviations between the code and the benchmark differ significantly from those found along the
coordinate axis.
                                          124

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
                                                 Application of Code Testing Protocol
   03
   
-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Application of Code Testing Protocol
cells, covering a model area of 29,000 ft. by 29,000 ft.  Areal recharge is introduced through a
500 foot by 500 foot area in the center of the domain, discretized in twenty-five 100 foot by 100
foot  cells.
      260
      200
                               Analytical Benchmark
                               Solution
                               FTWORK Results
                            ^n Residual
                                    nn
                   1000     2000      3000      4000      5000      6000
                         Distance from Center of Recharge Area in Feet
                         -- 7
                         -- 6
                         -- 5
                         -- 4
                         -- 3
                         -- 2
                         -- 1
                         -- 0
                         -- -1
                                                                                     c
                                                                                     15
                                                                                     D
                                                                                     ;g
                                                                                     'in
                                                                                     9)
                           -2
                        7000
Figure 4-4.  Combination plot of heads and residuals versus distance from center of recharge area
                   for all cells in a one-eighth section of the model domain.
                                           126

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Application of Code Testing Protocol
                                 Summary of Hydraulic Parameters:
                                   hydraulic conductivity K - 10 fcct/day
                                   Horage coefficient (confined) S = 1E-3
                                   aquifer thickness b = 200 feet
                                   total recharge Q, = 250,000 if/day-
                                   time for comparison:
                                     confined case: 1 = 21 days

                                 Model Setup:     '
                                   domain is 29,000 X 29,000 «
                                   single layer model of 49 X 49 cells
                                     Specined Head Boundary Cell

                                     Recharge Area
         Figure 4-5.  Problem definition and model setup for the variable-spaced grid
         areal recharge functionality test
                                                     127

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Application of Code Testing Protocol
The numerical results were compared to two different benchmark solutions along one of the
principal grid centerlines (Glover, 1960; Warner et al., 1989; see Appendix F, file MND-
EPA3.MCD).  Figure 4-6 shows the results for the comparison with the Warner et al. (1989)
solution. The differences in the recharge area and at the domain edges are caused by
approximations made to represent the problem in the numerical code.
       290
                                                             Statistical Measures:
                                   -FTWORK Results

                                   -Analytical Benchmark Solution
                                    (Warner; 1989)
                                   I Residual
            ME= 2.14
            MAE= 2.53
            RMS= 4.30
            NME= 0.70
            PME= 3.24
            MER= 4.61
                                                                                 " 11
                                                                                 -- 9
       200
                                                                                   13
                                                                                 -- 5
                                                                                 -- 3
                   2000
                             4000       6000        8000        10000
                          Distance from Center of Recharge Area Along Principal Grid Axis in Feet
                                                                      12000
Figure 4-6. Combination plot of heads and residuals versus distance from center of recharge area
    for variably spaced points along centerline of grid using the Warner et al. (1989) solution.

   Figure 4-7 shows that the magnitude of the deviations are not always due to inaccuracies
inherent to the use of a numerical model. The same numerical results presented in Figure 4-6 are
plotted against the Glover (1960) version of the benchmark. Using the original Glover solution
improves  significantly the agreement between the simulation code and the benchmark, illustrated
by smaller statistical measures.  The statistical measures indicate that the FTWORK results
approximate the Glover (1960) benchmark solution much more precisely than the Warner et al.
(1989) benchmark solution. The RMSE of 1.67 feet is 63% smaller than the RMSE calculated by
the Warner et al. (1989) benchmark solution. In addition, the MAE for the Glover solution was
                                            128

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
   Application of Code Testing Protocol
calculated to be 1.0 foot, a reduction of close to 60% over the Warner et al. (1989) results.
Overall, the MER of-1.3 indicates that FTWORK slightly underestimates the Glover (1960)
benchmark solution. The agreement, especially near the recharge area was significantly improved
(within one foot).
       290
       280
       270--
     1 260
       200
-FTWORK Results
-Analytical Benchmark Solution
 (Glover; 1960)
I Residual
                                         Statistical Measures:
                                            ME= -.29
                                            MAE= 0.83
                                           RMSE= 1.16
                                            MvlE= 0.83
                                            PME= 0.84
                                           MER=-1.01
                                                                                     1
                                                                                   1  0
                                -1 B
                                                                                     -2
                                                                                     -3
                              4000        6000        8000         10000
                            Distance from Center of Recharge Area Along Principal Axis in Feet
Figure 4-7. Combination plot of heads and residuals versus distance from center of recharge area
       for variably spaced points along centerline of grid using the Glover (1960) solution.

    Using the problem setup of Figure 4-5,  additional functionality testing focused on intra-
comparison (Level 2A) techniques.  Among others, the results generated by the areal recharge
function of FTWORK were compared to results produced by the injection well function.  These
results indicate that FTWORK responds identically to both functions.  In other words, the
calculated hydraulic heads are identical when the model is subjected to areal recharge or when it is
subjected to recharge introduced by an injection well with the same volumetric flux.
                                             129

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Application of Code Testing Protocol
First-Order Decay

    The documentation of FTWORK presents a test case for first-order (radioactive) decay using
a decay factor of O.OOlQd"1 (Faust et a/., 1993, p.  105; see Appendix E).  The results are
compared with an analytical solution and with a zero-decay solution.  To illustrate sensitivity
analysis aspects of the protocol, IGWMC has performed additional runs using the same model
setup as presented in Faust et al. (1993), decay factors ranging from A=0.0 d"1 and A=0.001 d"1 to
A=10.0 d"1, and time steps At=100d and At=200d. Results are presented for node 10,6 (source)
and node 10,10 (along plume centerline downstream of source)(see Table 4-3 and 4-4). All
calculations were performed using the same numerical parameters. If the program terminates
because changes in concentrations between time steps are less than a preset criterion, it advises to
take a larger time step.  Doing so introduces oscillations which are small for small values of the
decay factor, but increase for larger values of this coefficient.
 Table 4-3. Comparison of concentrations in Kg/m3 for node 10,6 (source) of FTWORK (v.2.8B)
 test 4.2.3 using time steps of At=100 days (RADTSTOO-05) and At=200 days (RADTST10-15).

IGWMC
File Name
RADTSTOO.DAT
RADTST10.DAT
RADTST01.DAT
RADTST11.DAT
RADTST02.DAT
RADTST12.DAT

RADTST03.DAT
RADTST13.DAT


Decay
Factor
0.0
0.001

0.010


0.100


time [days]

200
8.97E-5
1.03E-4
8.40E-5
9.86E-5
5.09E-5
6.97E-5

5.08E-6
2.19E-6

400
1.04E-4
1.02E-4
9.44E-5
9.25E-5
no
change
4.48E-5
7.55E-6
4.27E-8

600
1.08E-4
1.09E-4
9.69E-5
9.81E-5
—
5.46E-5

8.76E-6
2.14E-6

800
1.10E-4
1.10E-4
9.76E-5
9.74E-5
—
5.05E-5

9.34E-6
8.38E-6

1000
1.10E-4
1.10E-4
9.79E-5
9.80E-5
—
5.23E-5

9.63E-6
2.11E-6

1200
1.11E-4
1.10E-4
9.80E-5
9.79E-5
—
5.15E-5

no
change
1.23E-7
1400
1.11E-4
1.11E-4
9.80E-5
9.80E-5
—
5.19E-5

--
2.06E-6

                                           130

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
                                                Application of Code Testing Protocol
RADTST04.DAT
RADTST14.DAT
RADTST05.DAT
RADTST15.DAT


1.000

10.00



8.38E-8
2.18E-6
no
change
no
change
1.61E-7
4.27E-8
--
--


2.32E-7
2.14E-6
--
--


2.99E-7
8.38E-8
—
--


3.60E-7
2.10E-6
—
--


4.16E-7
1.23E-7
—
--


4.69E-7
2.06E-6
—
--


Note:  The term "no-change" relates to an FTWORK computational progress message, indicating
       that the calculations have been ended because the changes between two successive times
       are less than a set criterion or approaching zero.

    Table 4-4. Comparison of concentrations in Kg/m3 for node 10,10 (along plume centerline
   downstream from source) of FTWORK (v.2.8B) test 4.2.3 using time steps of At=100 days
                     (RADTSTOO-05) and At=200 days (RADTST10-15).
IGWMC
File Name
RADTSTOO.DAT
RADTST10.DAT
RADTST01.DAT
RADTST11.DAT
RADTST02.DAT
RADTST12.DAT
RADTST03.DAT
RADTST13.DAT
RADTST04.DAT
RADTST14.DAT
RADTST05.DAT
RADTST15.DAT
Decay
Factor
[d-1]
0.0
0.001
0.010
0.100
1.000
10.00
time [days]
200
2.97E-6
2.25E-6
2.46E-6
2.57E-6
6.67E-10
4.68E-7
5.97E-10
8.86E-10
2.79E-15
1.46E-14
no change
no change
400
1.75E-5
1.57E-5
1.33E-5
1.18E-5
no change
1.49E-6
4.94E-10
4.78E-10
4.97E-15
1.53E-15
--
600
3.45E-5
2.37E-5
2.38E-5
2.37E-5
1.84E-6
4.18E-10
3.42E-10
6.64E-15
1.31E-14
--
800
4.59E-5
4.67E-5
2.95E-5
3.03E-5
1.56E-6
4.12E-10
5.77E-10
7.89E-15
2.89E-15
--
1000
5.22E-5
5.28E-5
3.20E-5
3.24E-5
1.61E-6
4.29E-10
3.27E-10
8.80E-15
1.19E-14
--
1200
5.56E-5
5.60E-5
3.31E-5
3.33E-5
1.65E-6
no change
5.46E-10
4.44E-15
4.09E-15
--
1400
5.73E-5
5.75E-5
3.36E-5
3.37E-5
1.61E-6
3.78E-10
9.86E-15
1.07E-14
--
Note:
The term'
have been
zero.
;no-change" relates to an FTWORK computational progress message, indicating that the calculations
ended because the changes between two successive times are less than a set criterion or approaching
                                           131

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Application of Code Testing Protocol

Effects of Grid Orientation on Flow

    One of the known problems with numerical simulation codes which do not include cross
terms for hydraulic conductivity is the sensitivity of the results for grid orientation when
significant anisotropy is present.  This problem can be illustrated for the case of one-
dimensional flow in a single-layer, square, two-dimensional model domain, representing a
confined aquifer with a thickness of 100 ft.  A steady-state, uniform, one-dimensional flow
field is created by specifying the head at the opposite boundaries (45 ft and 20 ft respectively),
while the other two boundaries are impermeable. The resulting hydraulic gradient is 20 ft /
1000 ft.  The problem is represented by three grid configurations. In configuration I,  the grid
of square 50 ft x 50 ft cells is oriented parallel to the flow direction. In configuration II, the
grid is rotated 45 degrees with respect to the flow direction (see Figure 4-8). To be able to
compare the two cases, the cells for configuration II have been set at 35.35 ft by 35.35 ft,
resulting in intercell distances in the flow  direction of 50 ft.  The active model area consists of
21 x 21 cells, while the total number of cells is 43 x 43. In the third configuration,  anisotropy
is introduced by banded heterogeneity.
                                           132

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Application of Code Testing Protocol
                  Relative Antootropy Vactora
                                                                      Impoaad hydraulic gradient
                            - No Flow (inactive) Boundary




                            - Specified Head Boundary (45*)




                            - Specified Head Boundary (20')
      Figure 4-8. Oblique grid configuration used in anisotropy test
                                                133

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
                                   Application of Code Testing Protocol
In the first set of simulations, hydraulic conductivity is isotropic (I\ = Ky  = K, =10 ft/day).  The
numerical parameters are set as: the SSOR tolerance for heads = 0.001 ft, the non-linear tolerance
for heads = 1.0, the non-linear weighing factor = 1.0, and the over-relaxation factor for parallel
grid and oblique grid =1.5 and 1.0 respectively. The results are shown in Figure 4-9.
      a
      1  30
      a
      "O
      x
      1  25
         20
- Parallel grid
-Oblique grid (isotropic case)
            0             200           400           600           800           1000
                Distance in     from the upgradient model boundary along centerline

            Figure 4-9. Comparison between parallel and oblique grid orientation for
                              isotropic hydraulic conductivity.
Conceptually, the imposed hydraulic gradient results in a potentiometric surface that is uniformly
sloping from the upper to the lower boundary. FTWORK approximates this very well for
isotropic conditions.  However, the FTWORK-produced results depart significantly from the
benchmark when anisotropic conditions exist as is illustrated in the second simulation where
Kx=10 ft/d, Ky = 1 ft/d, and Kz = 10 ft/d (see Figure 4-10 and Figure 4-11).  Especially near the
no-flow boundaries, the deviations with the benchmark are considerable.
                                           134

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
                                     Application of Code Testing Protocol
            45 a
            40 --
          •o  35
          fl
          —  30
          id
            25 --
—•—Parallel grid
—o—- Oblique grid (anisolropic)
            20
               0           200          400          600          800          1000
                   Distance in     from the upgjadient model boundary along center line
           Figure 4-10. Comparison between parallel and oblique grid orientation for
                              anisotropic hydraulic conductivity
    To further investigate this issue, IGWMC has run the same test using the SIP, SSOR and
PCG2 solvers  in the USGS MODFLOW model (McDonald and Harbaugh, 1988).  Results were
almost identical, indicating that the sensitivity to grid orientation under anisotropic flow
conditions is an artifact of the finite difference schemes used in these models.
                                            135

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Application of Code Testing Protocol
                                                              37
                  S1       S11      S21      S31       S41
  Figure 4-11. Distribution of hydraulic heads for oblique grid orientation and anisotropy (K, =
                           100 ft/d, Ky = 1 ft/day, and Kz = 10 ft/d.
                                           136

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
Application of Code Testing Protocol
                                                                      Imposed hydraulic gradie
            "Forced" amsotropy vector*
                 -No Flow (Inactive) Boundary





                 - Specified Head Boundary (45')




                 - Specified Head Boundary (20')




                 - Hydraulic Conductivity -1 ft/day




                 -Hydraulic Conductivity -100 ft/day
        Figure 4-12. Grid design and orientation used in "forced" anisotropy test
                                                137

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing
                  Application of Code Testing Protocol
    Grid configuration III provides a different approach to simulating a scenario where
principal ground-water flow direction is oblique to the grid orientation, and hydraulic
anisotropy is present.  Rather than explicitly defining the anisotropy properties for each cell,
banded heterogeneity can be introduced to emulate directional anisotropy.  For example, one
can simulate directional anisotropy by defining a sequence of diagonal cells, parallel to the
imposed hydraulic gradient, that have markedly lower (or higher) permeability (see Figure 4-
12). Such bands of heterogeneity will result in a "forced" anisotropic pattern to the
permeability distribution. The hydraulic heads computed for this configuration are presented
in Figure  4-13.
                                                                  41
                          S11
S21
S31
S41
          Figure 4-13. Distribution of hydraulic heads for oblique grid and anisotropy
                                using banded heterogeneity.
                                            138

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Discussion and Conclusions

                         5. DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS

   Historically, reporting on simulation code-testing has been limited to the use of author-selected
verification problems. Few studies have focused on author-independent evaluation of a code, or at
code intercomparison. Main deficiencies in reported code testing efforts include incompleteness of
the performed testing, absence of discussion regarding tested code functions as compared with
available code functions and features, and lack of detail in test problem implementation. This makes
it difficult to recreate the data sets for additional analysis. The protocol presented in this report aims
to address  these issues. In  addition, the protocol covers  many other test issues,  ranging from
performance and resource utilization to usefulness as a decision-making support tool.

   The code testing protocol consists of three components: functionality analysis, performance
evaluation and applicability assessment. Functionality analysis is designed to determine the code's
functions and features and  to  evaluate each  code function  for conceptual and  computational
correctness.  Performance evaluation focuses on computational accuracy and efficiency of the code,
parameter-range consistency, sensitivity of the results for model parameter uncertainty and model
design, and reproducibility.  Applicability assessment provides information regarding  the code's
ability to represent typical field problems, and the effectiveness of the code in  handling such
problems.  The formulation of an efficient and adequate test  strategy  is a critical  element of the
protocol.  Summary structures provide a quick overview  of the completeness of the performed
testing, while standardized statistical and graphical techniques add necessary quantitative detail to
the evaluation of the results.

   The code-testing protocol is designed to be applicable to all types of simulation codes dealing
with fluid flow transport  phenomena in the unsaturated and saturated zones of the subsurface.
Selection and implementation of test problems will differ for the different types of codes.  Although
the preferred approach to code testing is benchmarking, for more complex codes, benchmarks are
scarce and alternative test approaches, such as code intercomparison using synthetic test problems,
need to be adopted.  Test results are presented in a form that is unbiased by the requirements posed
by specific applications.   The reporting requirements of the protocol were developed to provide
enough detail to establish confidence in the code's capabilities and to  efficiently determine its
applicability to specific field problems, without unduly burdening code developers and  testers.
                                            139

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Discussion and Conclusions

Because users of code-testing results may differ in terms of objectives, the protocol leaves it to the
users to determine if a tested code is suitable to their needs.

   The most critical element of the code testing protocol is the design of the test strategy.  Many
different test configurations can be used, and for some code types a large number of benchmark
solutions may be available.  For other code types new test problems may have to be conceived.
Selection of benchmarks and design of test problems should be guided by test objectives derived
during the functionality analysis step of the protocol.  Specific performance evaluation issues may
further determine the type of testing needed.  Protocol tools such as functionality tables and
functionality matrices are effective aids in the design of test problems. Well-designed tests not only
identify code functionality problems,  but should also provide important information on correct
implementation of code features.

   The practicality and usefulness of the various discussed functionality and performance evaluation
measures have been assessed using the FTWORK code. Graphical evaluation measures are very
illustrative for code behavior. Deviations between code results and benchmarks are easy to spot and
analyze in the context of spatial location, temporal discretization, absolute value of the dependent
variable, as are spatial and temporal  trends in the deviations.  However, graphical evaluation
techniques can also be used in a  very subjective way, either illustrating only elements of good
performance by focusing on selected areas of the spatial or temporal domain, or highlighting problem
areas.  Proper use of graphical techniques  means addressing both performance aspects of code
behavior (i.e., "the good and the bad"), if present.

   Statistical techniques are usually easy to compute but difficult to assess. Most model  users are
not familiar enough with their values,  and what these values represent, to use them effectively.
However, they provide an effective measure when performing parameter sensitivity studies, code
intra- and intercomparisons, and spatial and temporal resolution evaluations.

   An important element of code testing is the evaluation of accuracy, stability and reproducibility
for various ranges and combinations of parameter values. This issue is addressed through a carefully
designed  sensitivity analysis procedure,   preferably using benchmark problems.   A  code's
performance, according to the protocol, is determined not only by objective measures such as
                                           140

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Discussion and Conclusions

accuracy in terms of computed deviations, computational time used in deriving code-based results,
and required computer memory and disk-space, but also by test problem setup and the familiarity
of code testers with the particular code.   Although, this  report includes some measures and
parameters for resource utilization requirements, they are often difficult to determine and rather
subjective.  Application of the performance evaluation measures, developed as part of the protocol,
to the FTWORK code led to the conclusion that only the quantitative determination of computer
resources utilization is recommended; the steepness  of the learning curve for a particular code as
well as the time required to understand the test problem and optimally implement it in an input data
set can only be addressed in descriptive terms.

   Assessment of a code's applicability to solving practical  engineering problems and supporting
regulatory decision-making focuses on those code selection criteria that have not yet been addressed
during the functionality analysis part of the protocol. Applicability assessment guidance is based
on the notion that well-documented example applications contribute significantly to the confidence
one may have in a code's proper operation. Although originally conceived as an integral element of
the  protocol, it is concluded that applicability assessment is an optional aspect of the protocol,
performed  only  when the results  of illustrative  field applications using comparable  codes are
available.

   Applicability assessment of individual codes does not allow quantitative assessment of the results
in the  absence  of an independent measure or benchmark.   By standardization of applicability
assessment test problems, code intercomparison may become a well-accepted alternative, especially
for  complex codes for which few benchmarks  are  available.   The challenge in developing
applicability assessment test cases is to describe and bound them well enough to avoid confusion
during implementation for a particular code, while maintaining enough flexibility to allow optimal
utilization of a particular code's features. If the problem is not described in enough detail, modeling
assumptions, boundary condition assignments and parameter distribution may become incomparable
between different codes. Restricting the geometry of test problems to linear and blocky features may
limit the applicability assessment of codes specifically well suited to deal with curvilinear and highly
irregular spatial  features.   Finally,  the inclusion of  applicability assessment tests in  code
documentation provides an excellent opportunity to illustrate the proper setup, parameter selection
and input preparation for the particular code.
                                           141

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Discussion and Conclusions

   Well-designed applicability test problems are integrated functionality and performance test
problems. If run with a well established and tested code in high spatial and temporal resolution, they
may become a benchmark for testing other similarly featured codes.  The challenge here  is to
determine what level of resolution is adequate.  One way  to approach this question is to use
increasingly denser spatial and temporal discretization and compare differences between two levels
of discretization  at  selected points in space and/or  time.  Theoretically, if the problem  is
unconditionally stable, the difference should become smaller for higher resolutions.  However,
determining actual discretization,  especially in space, might provide  a major challenge if the
comparisons are to be made in a large number of fixed locations.  Furthermore, such a relative
accuracy versus resolution exercise requires significant computational  resources. An alternative
course of action is to provide various code designers with the basic problem description in terms of
geometry and stresses, and have an independent group of experts evaluate the results to determine
what is the "best" representation of the response surfaces.

   The functionality analysis,  performance evaluation and applicability assessment protocol,
presented in this report, provide a comprehensive framework for systematic and in-depth evaluation
of a  variety of ground-water simulation codes. While allowing flexibility in implementation, it
secures, if properly applied, addressing all potential coding problems. It should be noted that the
protocol does not replace  scientific review  nor the use of sound  programming principles.  Most
effectively, the code testing under the protocol should be performed as part of the  code development
process. Additional testing according to the protocol may be performed under direction of regulatory
agencies, or by end-users. If properly documented, code testing according to the protocol supports
effective independent review and  assessment  for application suitability.  As such, the protocol
contributes significantly to improved quality assurance in code development and use in ground-water
modeling.
                                           142

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	References
                                  6. REFERENCES

Adrion, W.R., M.A. Branstad, and J.C. Cherniasky. 1986. Validation, Verification and Testing of
   Computer  Software; In:  Software Validation, Verification,  Testing and  Documentation,
   Petrocelli Books, Princeton, New Jersey.

Andersen. P.P.  1993. A Manual of Instructional problems for the U.S.G.S. MODFLOW Model.
   EPA/600/R-93/010,  Office of Research and  Development, U.S. Environmental Protection
   Agency, Washington, D.C.

Anderson, M.P., and W.W. Woessner. 1992. Applied Groundwater Modeling: Simulation of Flow
   and Advective Transport.  Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, California.

Aral, M.M.,  and Y. Tang.  1988. A New Boundary Element Formulation for Time-Dependent
   Confined and Unconfmed Aquifer Problems. Water Resources Research, Vol. 24(6), pp. 831-
   842.

ASTM.  1984.  E978: Standard Practices for Evaluating Environmental Fate Models of Chemicals.
   Am. Soc. for Testing and Materials, West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania.

ASTM.  1993.  D 5447: Standard Guide for Application of a Ground-Water Flow Model to a Site-
   Specific Problem. Am. Soc. for Testing and Materials, West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania.

Bear, J.  1979.  Hydraulics of Ground-Water. McGraw-Hill, New York, New York.

Beljin, M.S.   1988.  Testing and  Validation of Models for Simulating Solute Transport in
   Groundwater. GWMI88-11.  International Ground Water Modeling Center, Holcomb Research
   Inst, Indianapolis, Indiana.

Beljin, M.S.  1992.  Review of Three Dimensional  Analytical Models for Solute Transport in
   Ground-Water Systems. In: van der Heijde, P.K.M. and O.A. Elnawawy, Quality Assurance and
   Quality Control in the Development and Application of Ground-Water Models. EPA/600/R-
   93/011, U.S. Environm. Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.

Beljin, M.S. and L. Murdoch 1994. Analytical Models for Interceptor Trenches and Drains. GWMI
   94-07. International Ground Water Modeling Center, Colorado School  of Mines, Golden,
   Colorado.

Bredehoeft, J. D., and Konikow, L. F. 1993. Ground-water Models: Validate or Invalidate. Ground
   Water, Vol. 31(2), pp. 178-179.
                                         143

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	References
Burnett, R.D., and E.O. Frind.  1987.  Simulation of Contaminant Transport in Three Dimensions,
   2, Dimensionality Effects.  Water Resources Research, Vol. 23(4), pp.695-705.

Burns, L.A. 1983. Validation of Exposure Models: The Role of Conceptual Verification, Sensitivity
   Analysis, and Alternative Hypotheses. In: Sixth Symposium on Aquatic Toxicology and Hazard
   Assessment, STP 802, Am. Soc. For Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, pp. 255-
   281.

Chandler, R.L.   and  D.B. McWhorter.  1975. Upconing of Salt-Water - Fresh-Water  Interface
   Beneath a Pumping Well. Ground Water, Vol. 13(4), pp. 354-394.

Chen, C-S. 1985. Analytical and Approximate Solutions to Radial Dispersion from an  Injection
   Well to a Geological Unit with Simultaneous Diffusion into Adjacent Strata. Water Resources
   Research, Vol. 21(8), pp. 1069-1076.

Cleary, R.W., and MJ. Ungs. 1978. Analytical Models for Groundwater Pollution and Hydrology.
   Rept. 78-WR-15, Water Resources Program, Princeton Univ., Princeton, New Jersey.

Clifton, P.M., and S.P. Neuman.  1982. Effects of Kriging and Inverse Modeling on Conditional
   Simulation of the  Avra Valley Aquifer in Southern Arizona. Water Resources Research, Vol.
   18(4), pp. 1215-1234.

Cooley, R.L.  1972.  Finite Element Solutions for Equations of Groundwater Flow.  Hydrol. and
   Water Resourc. Public. 18, Desert Research Inst, Reno, Nevada.

Cooley, R.L., L.F. Konikow, and R.L. Naff.  1986. Non-Linear-Regression Ground-Water Flow
   Modeling of a Deep Regional Aquifer System.  Water Resources Research, Vol. 22(13), pp.
   1759-1778.

Contractor, D.N.  1981.  A Two-Dimensional, Finite Element Model of Salt Water Intrusion in
   Groundwater Systems.  Techn. Report No. 26, Water and Energy Res. Inst. Of the Western
   Pacific, University of Guam,  Guam.

Davis, P.A., N.E. Olague, andM.T. Goodrich.  1991. Approaches for the validation of Models Used
   for Performance Assessment of High-Level Nuclear Waste Repositories.  Report NUREG/VR-
   5537, SAND90-0575, SandiaNat. Laboratories, Albuquerque, New Mexico.

Dendrou, S., andB. Dendrou.  1994.  The EIS/GWM Integrated Computer Platform: Groundwater
   Flow Simulation Models Under the EIS/GWM Platform; Theoretical Framework and Numerical
   Implementation.  Report M1-94-M006. MicroEngineering, Inc., Annandale, Virginia.
                                          144

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	References
DeWiest, R.J.M. 1966. Geohydrology.  John Wiley & Sons, New York.

Donigian, Jr., A.S. and P.S.C. Rao.  1986.  Example Model Testing Studies.  In: Vadose Zone
   Modeling of Organic Pollutants,  S.C. Hern and S.M. Melancon (eds.), pp. 103-131, Lewis
   Publishers, Chelsea, Michigan.

Edelman, J.H.  1972.  Groundwater Hydraulics of Extensive Aquifers. Bulletin 13, Internal. Inst.
   for Land Reclamation and Improvement (ILRI), Wageningen, The Netherlands.

Essaid, H.I.  1990.  The Computer Model SHARP, a Quasi-Three-Dimensional Finite Difference
   Model to Simulate Freshwater and Saltwater Flow in Layered Coastal Aquifer Systems. U.S.
   Geological Survey, Water-Resources Investigations Report 90-4130, Menlo Park, California.

Faust, C.R., P.N. Sims, C.P. Spalding, P.F. Andersen, and D.E. Stephenson.  1990.  FTWORK: A
   Three-Dimensional Groundwater Flow  and Solute  Transport Code.  WRSC-RP-89-1085,
   Westinghouse Savannah River Company, Aiken,  South Carolina.

Faust, C.R., P.N. Sims, C.P. Spalding, P.F. Andersen, B.H. Lester, M.G. Shupe, and A. Harrover.
   1993.   FTWORK:  Groundwater  Flow and  Solute  Transport in  Three  Dimensions;
   Documentation Version 2.8. GeoTrans, Inc., Sterling, Virginia.

Fjeld, R.A., B.L. Sill, and B.B. Looney.  1987. The  Sensitivity Index as  a Screening Tool in the
   Analysis of Ground-Water Contaminant Transport.  In: B.E. Buxton (ed.), Geostatistical,
   Sensitivity, and Uncertainty Methods for Ground-Water Flow and Radionuclide Transport
   Modeling, pp. 323-325. Battelle Press, Columbus, Ohio.

Franz,  T., and N.  Guiguer.   1990.   FLOWPATH: A Two-Dimensional Horizontal Aquifer
   Simulation Model. Waterloo Hydrogeologic Software, Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.

Fried, J.J.  1975. Groundwater Pollution.  Elsevier, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

Frind, E.O. and G.E. Hokkanen. 1987.  Simulation  of the Borden Plume Using the Alternating
   Direction Galerkin Technique.  Water Resources Research, Vol. 23(5), pp. 918-930.

Frind, E.O., and G.F. Finder.  1973.  Application of Galerkin's Procedure to  Aquifer Analysis, Water
   Resources Research, Vol. 8(1),  pp. 108-120.

Glover, R.E. 1960. Mathematical Derivations as Pertain to Groundwater Recharge. Agricultural
   Research Service, U.S Dept. of Agriculture, Ft.  Collins, Colorado.

Golden Software, Inc.  1992. Grapher for Windows, User's Manual.  Golden, Colorado.

                                          145

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	References
Goode, DJ.  1990. Particle Velocity Interpolation in Block-Centered Finite Difference Ground-
   Water Flow Models. Water Resources Research, Vol. 26(5), pp. 925-940.

Gupta, S.K., C.R. Cole, C.T. Kincaid, and A.M. Monti. 1987. Coupled Fluid, Energy, and Solute
   Transport (CFEST) Model: Formulation and User's Manual. BMI/ONWI-660, Office of Nuclear
   Waste, Battelle Memorial Institute, Columbus, Ohio.

Hantush, M.S.  1960.  Modification of Theory of Leaky Aquifers. Journ. Geoph. Research, 65, pp.
   3713-3725.

Hantush, M.S. 1967.  Growth and Decay  of Groundwater Mounds in Response  to Uniform
   Percolation. Water Resources Research, Vol. 3(1), pp. 227-234.

Haverkamp, R., M. Vauclin, J. Touma, PJ. Wierenga, and G. Vachaud,.  1977. A Comparison of
   Numerical  Simulation Models  for One-Dimensional Infiltration.   Soil Science Society of
   America Journal, Vol. 41, pp. 285-294.

Hern, S.C., S.M. Melancon,  and I.E. Pollard.  1985. Generic Steps in the Field Validation of Vadose
   Zone Fate and Transport Models.  In: Hern, S.C., and S.M. Melancon (eds.), Vadose Zone
   Modeling of Organic Pollutants,  pp.61-80. Lewis Publishers, Inc., Chelsea, Michigan.

Hills, R.G., K.A. Fisher, M.R. Kirkland, and PJ. Wieringa. 1994.  Application of Flux-Corrected
   Transport to the Las Cruces Trench Site.  Water Resources Research, Vol. 30(8), pp. 2377-2385.

Hoopes, J.A., and D.R.F. Harleman.  1967. Wastewater Recharge and Dispersion in Porous Media.
   ASCE Journ. of the Hydraulic Div., Vol. 93(HY5), pp. 51-71.

Huisman, L.  1972. Ground-Water Recovery. The McMillan Press Ltd., London, United Kingdom.

Hunt, B.  1983. Mathematical Analysis of Groundwater Resources. Butterworth & Co., London,
   United Kingdom.

Huyakorn, P.S., A.G. Kretschek, R.W. Broome, J.W. Mercer, and B. H. Lester. 1984a.  Testing and
   Validation  of Models  for  Simulating  Solute  Transport  in  Groundwater: Development,
   Evaluation, and Comparison of Benchmark Techniques. Report GWMI 84-13, International
   Ground Water Modeling Center, Holcomb Research Inst, Indianapolis, Indiana.

Huyakorn, P.S., and G.F. Finder. 1983. Computational Methods in Subsurface Flow. Academic
   Press, New York.
                                         146

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	References
Huyakorn, P.S., R.W. Broome, A.G. Kretschek, and J.W. Mercer. 1984b. SEFTRAN: A Simple
   and Efficient Flow and Transport Code.  GeoTrans, Inc., Herndon, Virginia.

HYDROCOIN Work Group.  1986. HYDROCOIN Progress Report No. 4. Swedish Nuclear Power
   Inspectorate (SKI), Stockholm, Sweden.

HYDROCOIN Work Group.  1987. HYDROCOIN Progress Report No. 6. Swedish Nuclear Power
   Inspectorate (SKI), Stockholm, Sweden.

HYDROCOIN Work Group.  1988.  The International HYDROCOIN Project, Level One: Code
   Verification. Swedish Nuclear Power Inspectorate (SKI), Stockholm, Sweden.

HYDROCOIN Work Group.  1990. The International HYDROCOIN Project, Level Two: Model
   Validation. Swedish Nuclear Power Inspectorate (SKI), Stockholm, Sweden.

Intera Environmental Consultants, Inc.  1983. A Proposed Approach to Uncertainty Analysis.
   Report ONWI-488, Battelle Memorial Inst, Columbus, Ohio.

INTRACOIN Work Group.   1984.   International Nuclear  Transport Code Intercomparison
   (INTRACOIN) Study: Final Report Level One - Code Verification.  Swedish Nuclear Power
   Inspectorate, Stockholm, Sweden.

INTRACOIN Work Group.   1986.   International Nuclear  Transport Code Intercomparison
   (INTRACOIN) Study: Final Report Levels Two and Three - Model Validation and Uncertainty
   Analysis.  Swedish Nuclear Power Inspectorate, Stockholm, Sweden.

Jain, M.K. 1984.  Numerical Solution of Differential Equations. Halsted Press, John Wiley & Sons,
   New York.

Javandel, I,  C.  Doughty, and C.F.  Tsang.  1984.  Groundwater Transport: Handbook  of
   Mathematical Models, American  Geophysical Union, Water Resources Monograph  10,
   Washington, D.C.

Kaluarachchi, J.J., and J.C. Parker.  1989.  An Efficient Finite Element Method for Modeling
   Multiphase Flow. Water Resources Research, Vol. 25(1), pp. 43-54.

Kinzelbach, W.  1987a. Methods for the Simulation of Pollutant Transport in Ground Water — A
   Model Comparison. In: Proc. Conf. on Solving Ground Water Problems with Models, Denver,
   Colorado, February 10-12, 1987. pp. 656-674. Nat. Water Well Assoc, Dublin, Ohio.
                                         147

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	References
Kinzelbach, W.  1987b.  Numerische Methoden zur Modellierung des Schadstofftransports im
   Grundwasser.  R.Oldenburg Verlag, Miinchen, Germany.

Konikow, L.F., and J.D. Bredehoeft.  1978. Computer Model of Two Dimensional Solute Transport
   and Dispersion in Ground Water. Techniques of Water-Resources Investig., Book 7, Chap. C2.
   U.S. Geological Survey, Reston, Virginia.

Konikow, L.F., and J.D. Bredehoeft. 1992. Ground-water Models Cannot Be Validated. Advances
   in Water Resources, Vol. 15, pp. 75-83.

Lahey Computer Systems, Inc.. 1992. FORTRAN User's Guide.  Incline Village, Nevada.

Lapidus, L., and GF.Finder. 1982. Numerical Solutions of Partial Differential Equations in Science
   and Engineering. John Wiley & Sons, New York.

Larson, T., and S.P. Esling.  1993. Graphic Groundwater.  Micro-innovations, Carbondale, Illinois.

Lenau, C.W. 1973. Contamination of Discharge Well from Recharge Well. Journ. Hydraulic Div.
   ASCE, Vol. 99(HY8).

Lobo Ferreira, J.P.  1988.  A Comparative Analysis of Mathematical  Mass Transport Codes for
   Ground-Water Pollution Studies. In: E. Custodio et al. (Eds.), Groundwater Flow and Quality
   Modelling, D. Reidel Publishing Comp., Dordrecht, The Netherlands, pp. 699-716.

Luckner, L., and W.M.  Schestakow.  1991. Migration Processes in the Soil and Groundwater Zone.
   Lewis Publishers, Chelsea, Michigan.

Mackay, D.M., D.L. Freyberg, and P.V. Roberts. 1986. A Natural Gradient Experiment on Solute
   Transport in a Sand Aquifer, 1. Approach and Overview of Plume Movement. Water Resources
   Research, Vol. 22(13), pp. 2017-2029.

Marino, M.A., and J.N. Luthin. 1982. Seepage and Groundwater.  Elsevier Scientific Publ. Comp.,
   Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

Mathsoft,  Inc.   1994.  Mathcad  5.0 Plus  User's Guide,  Windows Version.   Cambridge,
   Massachusetts.

McDonald, M.G., and A.W. Harbaugh. 1984. A Modular Three-Dimensional Finite Difference
   Ground-Water Flow Model. U.S. Geological Survey Open File Report 83-875, Reston,  Virginia.
                                          148

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	References
McDonald, M.G., and A.W. Harbaugh.  1988.  A Modular Three-Dimensional Finite Difference
   Ground-Water Flow Model.   Techniques  of Water-Resources Investigations  of the U.S.
   Geological Survey, Book 6, Chapter Al, Reston, Virginia.

Microsoft, Inc. 1994. Excel User's Guide. Redmond, Washington.

Milne, W.E. 1970 Numerical Solution of Differential Equations. Dover Publications, Inc., New
   York.

Moench, A.F., and T.A. Prickett. 1972. Radial Flow in an Infinite Aquifer Undergoing Conversion
   from Artesian to Water Table Conditions. Water Resources Research, v.8(4), pp. 494-499.

Molson, J.W., E.O. Frind, and C.D. Palmer.  1992.  Thermal Storage in an Unconfmed Aquifer: 2.
   Model Development, Validation, and Application. Water Resources Research, Vol. 28(10), pp.
   2857-2867.

National Research Council (NRC), Committee on Ground Water Modeling Assessment, Water
   Science and  Technology Board.  1990.  Ground Water Models: Scientific and Regulatory
   Applications. National Academy Press, Washington, D.C.

Nicholson, T.J.,  TJ. McCartin, P.A. Davis, and W. Beyeler.   1987.  NRC Experiences  in
   HYDROCOIN: An International Project for Studying Ground-Water Flow Modeling Strategies.
   In: Proceedings, GEOVAL 87, April  4-9,  1987, Stockholm.   Swedish  Nuclear  Power
   Inspectorate,  Stockholm, Sweden.

Nofziger, D.L., J-S.  Chen, and C.T. Haan. 1994. Evaluation of Unsaturated/Vadose Zone Models
   for  Superfund  Sites.  EPA/600/R-93/184, Office of  Research  and Development, U.S.
   Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.

Papadopulos, IS. 1965.  Nonsteady Flow to a Well in an Infinite  Anisotropic Aquifer.  Intern.
   Assoc. Hydrol. Sci., Proc. Dubrovnik Symposium on the Hydrology of Fractured Rocks., pp. 21-
   31.

Park, N-S., and J.A. Liggett. 1991.  Application of Taylor-Least Squares Finite Element to Three-
   Dimensional Advection-Diffusion Equation. Internal Journ. for Num. Methods in Fluids, Vol.
   13, pp. 759-773.

Peaceman, D.W.  1977. Fundamentals of Numerical Reservoir Simulation. Elsevier Scientific Publ.
   Comp., Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
                                          149

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	References
Finder,  G.F., and J.D. Bredehoeft.   1968.  Application of the Digital Computer for Aquifer
   Evaluation.  Water Resources Research, Vol. 4(5), pp. 1069-1093.

Pollock, D.W.  1989.  Documentation of Computer Programs to Compute and Display Pathlines
   Using Results from the U.S. Geological Survey Modular Three-Dimensional Finite-Difference
   Ground-Water Model. U.S.G.S. Open File report 89-381, Reston, Virginia.

Press, W.H.,m S.A. Teukolsky, W.T. Vetterling, and B.P. Flannery.  1992. Numerical Recipes in
   FORTRAN. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom.

Prickett, T.A., and C.G Lonnquist. 1971. Selected Digital Computer Techniques for Groundwater
   Resource Evaluation. Bulletin 55, Illinois State Water Survey, Champaign, Illinois.

Prickett, T.A., T.G. Naymik, and C.G. Lonnquist. 1981. A 'Random-Walk' Solute Transport Model
   for Selected Ground Water Quality  Evaluations.  Bulletin  65, Illinois State Water Survey,
   Champaign, Illinois.

Rushton, K.R., and L.M. Tomlinson. 1977.  Permissible Mesh Spacing in Aquifer Problems Solved
   by Finite Differences.  Journ. Hydrology, Vol.34, pp. 63-76.

Sa Da Costa, A.A.G., and J.L. Wilson.  1979.  A Numerical  Model of Seawater Intrusion in
   Aquifers.  Report 247, Ralph M. Parsons Lab., Massachusetts Inst. of technology, Cambridge,
   Massachusetts.

Segol, G.  1994. Classic Groundwater Simulations: Proving and Improving Numerical Models.
   PTR Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.

Shafer, J.M.  1987. GWPATH: Interactive Ground-Water Flow Path Analysis.  Bulletin 69, Illinois
   State Water  Survey, Champaign, Illinois.

Simmons, C.S., and TJ. McKeon.  1984.  INFIL1D: A Quasi-Analytical Model for Simulating One-
   Dimensional,  Constant  Flux  Infiltration.  Report PNL-4945,  Battelle  Pacific Northwest
   Laboratory,  Richland, Washington.

Sims, P.N., P.F. Andersen, D.E. Stephenson,  and C.R. Faust.  1989. Testing and Benchmarking of
   a Three-Dimensional Groundwater Flow and Solute Transport Model.  Proceedings.  Conf.
   Solving Ground  Water Problems with Models.  Indianapolis, Indiana, February 7-9,  1989.
   National  Water Well Association, Dublin, Ohio.
                                          150

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	References
Smith, L. and R.A. Freeze.  1979.  Stochastic Analysis of Steady State Groundwater Flow in a
   Bounded Domain, 1, One Dimensional Simulations. Water Resources Research, Vol. 15(3), pp.
   pp.521-528.

Sykes, J.F., J.L. Wilson, and  R.W. Andrews.   1985.  Sensitivity Analysis  for Steady-State
   Groundwater Flow Using Adjoint Operators.  Water Resources Research, Vol. 21(3), pp. 359-
   371.

Theis, C.V.  1935.  The Relation Between Lowering of the Piezometric  Surface and the Rate and
   Duration of Discharge of a Well Using Ground Water Storage. Trans. A. Geophys. Un., 16th
   Annual  Meeting, Pt.2, pp. 519-524.

Thiem, G.  1906. Hydrologische Methoden (Hydrologic Methods). J.M. Gebhart, Leipzig, Germany.

Thompson,  A.F.B., R. Ababou, and L.W. Gelhar.  1989. Implementation  of the Three-Dimensional
   Turning Bands Random Field Generator. Water Resources Research, Vol. 25(10), pp. 2227-
   2243.

Trescott, P.C.  1975.  Documentation of Finite Difference Model for  Simulation  of Three-
   Dimensional Ground-Water Flow. U.S. Geological Survey Open-File Report 75-438.  Reston,
   Virginia.

Trescott, P.C., and S.P. Larson. 1976. Supplement to Open-File Report 75-438, Documentation of
   Finite Difference Model for Simulation of  Three-Dimensional  Ground-Water Flow.  U.S.
   Geological Survey Open-File Report 76-591.  Reston, Virginia.

Trescott, P.C., G.F. Finder, and S.P. Larson.  1976. Finite Difference Model for Aquifer Simulation
   in Two Dimensions with Results of Numerical Experiments. Techniques of Water-Resources
   Investigations of the U.S. Geological Survey, Book 7, Chapter Cl. Reston, Virginia.

Tsang, C-H. 1987. Comments on Model Validation. Transport in Porous Media, Vol. 2, pp. 623.

Tsang, C-H. 1991. The Modeling Process and Model Validation. Ground Water, Vol. 29, pp. 825.

van der Heijde, P. K. M., P.S. Huyakorn, J.W. Mercer. 1985. Testing and Validation of Ground
   Water Models. In: Proc. Conf. on Practical Applications of Ground Water Models, Nat. Water
   Well Assoc., Worthington, Ohio.

van der Heijde, P.K.M., and R.A.  Park. 1986.  U.S. EPA  Groundwater Modeling Policy Study
   Group, Report of Findings and Discussion of Selected Groundwater Modeling Issues. Internal.
   Ground Water Modeling Center, Holcomb Research Inst, Indianapolis, Indiana.

                                          151

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	References
van der Heijde, P.K.M., and O.A. Elnawawy.  1992.  Quality Assurance and Quality Control in the
   Development and Application of Ground-Water Models. EPA 600/R-93/011, Office of Research
   and Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.

van der Heijde, P.K.M.,  S.S. Paschke, and D.A. Kanzer. 1993. Ground-Water Flow and Solute
   Transport Model Functionality Testing and Performance Evaluation. In: H. J. Morel-Seytoux
   (ed.), Proc. Thirteenth AGU Hydrology Days, Fort Collins, Colorado, pp. 378-389.

van der Heijde, P.K.M. 1994. Design and Operation of a Ground-water Software Information Data
   Base: Model Annotation and Retrieval System 'MARS'; version 4.1. Report GWMI 94-06,
   Internal. Ground Water Modeling Center, Golden, Colorado.

van der Heijde, P.K.M.   1995.   Analytical  Solutions in Ground-Water Modeling:  MathCad®
   Implementations.  Report GWMI 95-03, Internal.  Ground Water Modeling Center, Golden,
   Colorado.

van Genuchten, M.  Th.,  and WJ. Alves.  1982. Analytical Solutions of the One-Dimensional
   Convective-Dispersive Solute Transport Equation. Tech. Bull. 1661. Agricultural  Research
   Service, U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, Washington, D.C.

Voss, C.I.  1984. SUTRA Saturated-Unsaturated Transport; A Finite-Element Simulation Model
   for Saturated-Unsaturated, Fluid-Density-Dependent Ground-Water Flow with Energy Transport
   or Chemically Reactive  Single-Species Solute Transport.  U.S. Geological Survey, Reston,
   Virginia.

Walton, W.C.  1984.  Handbook of Analytical Ground Water Models.  Rept. GWMI 84-06/1.
   International Ground Water Modeling Center, Holcomb Research Inst, Indianapolis, Indiana..

Ward, D.S., M. Reeves, and L.E. Duda. 1984. Verification and Field Comparison of the Sandia
   Waste-Isolation Flow and Transport Model (SWIFT). NUREG/CR-3316 SAND83-1154, Sandia
   Nat. Lab., Albuquerque, New Mexico.

Warner, J.W., D. Molden, M. Chehata, and O.K. Sunada. 1989. Mathematical Analysis of Artificial
   Recharge from Basins. Water Resources Bull., Vol. 25(2), pp. 411.

Warrick, A.W., J.W. Biggar,  and D.R. Nielsen.  1971. Simultaneous Solute and Water Transfer for
   an Unsaturated Soil. Water Resources Research, Vol. 7(5), pp. 1217-1218 and 1224-1225.

Weeks, J.B, and R.J. Sun.  1987. Regional Aquifer-System Analysis Program of the U.S. Geological
   Survey  - Bibliography, 1978-1986. U.S. Geological Survey Water-Resources Investigations
   Report 87-4138.

                                          152

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	References
Wexler, EJ. 1992. Analytical Solution for One-, two-, and Three-Dimensional Solute Transport
   in Ground-Water Systems with Uniform Flow.  Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations
   of the U.S. Geological Survey, Book 3, Chapter B7, Denver, Colorado.

Witherspoon, P.A., I. Javandel, and S.P. Neuman.  1968. Use of Finite Element Method in Solving
   Transient Flow Problems in Aquifer Systems. Int. Assoc. of Hydrol. Sc., Symp. Publ. No. 81.

Wilson, J.L., L.R. Townley, and A. SaDa Costa. 1979. Mathematical Development and Verification
   of a Finite Element Aquifer Flow Model AQUIFEM-1.  TAP Report 79-2, Mass. Inst. Of
   Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Zheng, C.  1989.  PATH3D: A Ground-Water Path and Travel-Time Simulator.  S.S. Papadopulos
   and Assoc., Inc., Bethesda, Maryland.

Zheng, C., 1993. MT3D:  A Modular Three-Dimensional Transport Model for Simulation of
   Advection, Dispersion and Chemical Reaction of Contaminants in Groundwater Systems. S.S.
   Papadopulos and Assoc., Inc., Bethesda, Maryland.
                                         153

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	References
                                         154

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Terminology

                     7. GROUND-WATER MODELING TERMINOLOGY

This list has been compiled by the International Ground Water Modeling Center (IGWMC) of the
Colorado School of Mines, Golden, Colorado. It includes terms which have been approved by the
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).

Acceptance Criteria
    •   preset criteria to determine whether a (site- or problem-specific) model's predictive capability is acceptable for the
        intended use.

Analytic Element Method (AEM)
    •   a method for approximating the solution of the ground-water flow equation based on the superposition of suitable
        closed-form analytical functions.

Analytical Function Method (AFM)
    •   a method for approximating the solution of the ground-water flow equation using analytical functions with degrees
        of freedom so that a flow pattern is generated that satisfies the boundary conditions at all points of an approximate
        boundary.

Analytical Method (AM)
    •   a set of mathematical procedures used to obtain analytical solutions of the governing equations; examples of such
        procedures are: infinite series, integral transformations, and complex variables.

Analytical Model
    •    in subsurface fluid flow, a model that uses closed form solutions to the governing equations applicable to ground-
        water flow and transport processes.

Analytical  Solution
    •   a closed form (explicit) solution of the governing equation, continuous in space and time, sometimes requiring
        tabular or numerical evaluation.

Analog Model
    •   a model based on a one-to-one correspondence between the hard-to-observe natural system (e.g., ground-water
        system) and another phenomenon that is easier to observe, and between the excitation and response functions of
        both  systems (e.g., membrane analog, electric analog, Hele Shaw analog).

Application Verification
    •   using the set of parameter values and boundary conditions from a calibrated model to approximate acceptably a
        second set of field data measured under similar hydrologic conditions.

        Discussion- Application verification is to be distinguished from code verification, which refers to software testing,
        comparison with analytical solutions, and comparison with  other similar codes to  demonstrate that the  code
        represents  its mathematical foundation.

Aquifer
    •   a geologic formation, group of formations, or part of a formation that is saturated and is capable of providing  a
        significant quantity of water.
                                                   155

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Terminology

    •   aquifer, confined - an aquifer bounded above and below by confining beds in which the static head is above the
        top of the aquifer.

    •   aquifer, unconfined - an aquifer that has a water-table.

Benchmark
    •   an independently derived reference solution for a stated problem against which the performance of a computer code
        is evaluated; often in the form of an analytical solution.

Benchmarking
    •   the process of using reference solutions against which the performance of a computer code is evaluated.

Block
    •   a three-dimensional model unit having a regular geometry and uniform properties representing a physical portion
        of a ground-water or vadose water system; used with the finite difference method (see also cell).

Block-Centered Grid
    •   discretization of the model domain for use with the finite-difference method in a manner that the nodes, where the
        dependent variable is calculated, are placed at the center of the block (or cell).  System parameters are assumed
        to be uniform over the extent of the block. Specified-head boundaries are located at the nodes; flux boundaries are
        located at the edge of the block.

Boundary
    •   geometrical configuration of the surface enclosing the  model domain.

Boundary Condition

    •   a mathematical expression of the state of the physical system that constrains the equations of the mathematical
        model.

    Note:   Boundary conditions are values for  the dependent variable (Dirichlet or first kind),  the derivatives of the
            dependent variable (Neumann or second kind), or a combination of both (Cauchy or third kind) representing
            the state of a physical system along its boundaries.

            For saturated flow, values for head or pressure (specified head condition; Dirichlet or first kind), the head or
            pressure gradient (specified flux condition; Neumann or  second kind), or a combination of both (head-
            dependent flux condition; Cauchy or third kind) representing the state of the flow system along its natural
            boundaries.

            For umaturated flow, values for head, pressure, suction or moisture content (specified head or moisture
            content condition; Dirichlet or first kind), the gradient of head, pressure, suction or moisture content (specified
            flux condition; Neumann or second kind), or a  combination of both (head/water content dependent flux
            condition; Cauchy or third kind) representing the  state of the flow system along its natural boundaries.

            For solute transport: values for concentration (specified concentration condition; Dirichlet or first kind), the
            solute flux (specified solute or mass flux condition; Neumann or second kind), or a combination of both
            (concentration dependent  mass flux condition; Cauchy or third kind) representing the state of the solute
            transport along the natural boundaries of the ground-water system.
Boundary Element
                                                     156

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Terminology

    •   a point or section of the model boundary representing a specific boundary condition.

Boundary Element Method (BEM)
    •   see Boundary Integral Equation Method.

Boundary Integral Equation Method (BIEM)
    •   a method in which the boundary value problem is expressed in terms of an integral equation; this equation is solved
        by  approximating the boundary by a series of straight lines (elementary curves) or flat surfaces (elementary
        surfaces), and making simplifying assumptions regarding the behavior of the solution along boundary segments
        or elements.

Calibrated Model
    •   a model for which all residuals between calibration targets and corresponding model outputs, or statistics computed
        from residuals, are less than pre-set acceptable values.

Calibration
    •   the process of refining the model representation of the hydrogeologic framework, hydraulic properties,  and
        boundary conditions to  achieve  a  desired degree of correspondence between the  model simulations  and
        observations of the ground-water flow system.

Calibration Criteria
    •   qualitative and quantitative measures used in the calibration process to measure the progress in the calibration
        process.

Calibration Targets
    •   measured, observed, calculated, or estimated hydraulic heads or ground-water flow rates that a model must
        reproduce, at least approximately, to be considered calibrated.

        Discussion - The calibration target includes both the value of the head or flow rate  and its associated error of
        measurement, so that undue effort is not expended attempting to get a model application to closely reproduce a
        value which is known only to within an order of magnitude

Calibration Value
    •   field-measured values of dependent or derived variables used in the  calibration process  to obtain  calibration
        residuals (e.g., heads, concentrations, mass fluxes, and velocities).

Capillary Fringe
    •   the basal region of the vadose zone comprising sediments that are saturated, ornearly saturated, near the water
        table, gradually decreasing in water content with increasing elevation above the water table.

Cell
    •   also called  element, a distinct one- two- or three-dimensional model unit representing a  discrete portion  of a
        physical system.

        Note:    Although in most model formulations a cell has uniform properties assigned, some model formulations
                 allow for the model properties to vary within a cell according to a linear or nonlinear function.

Censored Data
    •   knowledge that the value of a variable in the physical hydrogeologic system is less than or  greater than a certain
        value, without knowing the exact value.


                                                     157

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Terminology
        Discussion- for example, if a well is dry, than the potentiometric head at that place and time must be less than the
        elevation of the screened interval of the well although its specific value is unknown.

Code
    •   see computer code.

Code Selection
    •   the process of choosing the appropriate computer code, algorithm, or other analysis technique capable of simulating
        those characteristics of the physical system required to fulfill the modeling project's objective(s).

Code Testing
    •   execution of test problems to evaluate computer code performance.

Code Validation
    •   the process of determining how  well a ground-water modeling code's  theoretical foundation and computer
        implementation describe actual system behavior in terms of the degree of correlation between calculated and
        independently observed cause-and-effect responses of the reference ground-water system for which the code has
        been developed.

        Note 1:  The term "validation" in ground-water modeling means different things to different people.  In software
                engineering, code validation is a well-established term,  defined as "	 the determination of the
                correctness of the final software product with respect to user needs and requirements." Applying this
                definition to ground-water modeling software, ground-water modeling code validation is the process of
                determining how well the code's theoretical foundation and computer implementation describe actual
                system behavior in terms of the degree of correlation between code computations and independently
                derived observations of the cause-and-effect responses of reference ground-water system.

        Note 2:  Code validation in ground-water modeling,  as defined above, is by nature a subjective and open-ended
                process; the result of the code validation process is a level of confidence in the code's ability to simulate
                the reference system, or the determination of the code's inability to simulate such a system. As there is
                no practical way to determine that a ground-water modeling code correctly simulates all variants of the
                reference system, the code can never be considered "validated."

Code Verification
    •   the process of demonstrating the consistency, completeness, correctness and  accuracy of a ground-water modeling
        code with respect to its design criteria by evaluating the functionality and operational characteristics of the code
        and testing embedded algorithms and internal data transfers through execution of problems for which independent
        benchmarks are available.

        Note 1:  In software engineering, verification is the process of demonstrating consistency, completeness, and
                correctness of the software.  ASTM Standard E978 defines verification as "	the examination of the
                numerical technique in the computer code to ascertain that it truly represents the conceptual model and
                that there are no inherent problems with obtaining a solution". Applying these definitions to ground-water
                modeling software, the objective of the code verification process is threefold:  1) to check the correctness
                of the program logic and the computational accuracy of the algorithms used to solve the governing
                equations; 2) to assure that the computer code is fully operational (no programming  errors); and  3) to
                evaluate the performance of the code with respect to all its designed and inherent functions.
                                                     158

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Terminology

        Note 2:  A code can be considered "verified" when all its functions and operational characteristics have been
                tested and have met specific performance criteria, established  at the beginning of the verification
                procedure.  Considering a code verified does not imply that a ground-water model application constructed
                with the code is verified.

Compartmentalization
    •   division of the environment into discrete locations in time or space.

Computer Code (computer program)
    •   the assembly  of numerical techniques, bookkeeping, and control language that represents the model from
        acceptance of input data and instructions to delivery of output.

Conceptual Error
    •   a modeling error where model formulation is based on incorrect or insufficient understanding of the modeled
        system.

Conceptual Model
    •   an interpretation or working description of the characteristics and dynamics of the physical system.

    •   a qualitative interpretation or working description of the geometry, characteristics and dynamics of a physical
        system in terms of system elements, operative processes, interlinkages and hierarchy of these elements and
        processes, and system stresses, bounds, and responses.

Confining Bed (Confining Unit)
    •   confining bed - a hydrogeologic unit of less permeable material bounding one or more aquifers.

    •   confining unit - a body of relatively low permeable material stratigraphically adjacent to one or more aquifers.
Constant-Head Boundary
    •   the conceptual representation of a natural feature such as a lake or river that effectively fully penetrates the aquifer
        and prevents water-level changes in the aquifer at that location.

Constant Head Node
    •   a location in the discretized ground-water flow model domain where the hydraulic head remains the same over the
        time period considered; see also specified head.

Constitutive Coefficients and Parameters
    •   type of model input that is not directly observable, but, rather, must be inferred from observations of other model
        variables;  for example,  the distribution of transmissivity, specific storage,  porosity, recharge,   and
        evapotranspiration.

Contaminant Fate
    •   chemical  changes and reactions that change the chemical nature of the contaminant, effectively removing the
        contaminant from the subsurface hydrologic system.

Contaminant Transformation
    •   chemical reactions which change the chemical nature and properties of the contaminating compound.

Contaminant Transport Model
    •   a model describing the movement of contaminants in the environment.
                                                    159

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Terminology

Control Parameter or Variable
    •   an input parameter instructing the computer regarding the execution of code options.

Coupled Models (see also linked models)
    •   a model that contains two or more processes described by separate governing equations, the solutions of which are
        interdependent.

        Note:   For example, models that are based on both a flow and a solute transport equation, the solution of which
                is coupled through concentration-dependent density effects on the flow, and flow-related advection and
                dispersion effects on the solute movement.

Deterministic Process
    •   a process in which there is an exact mathematical relationship between the independent and dependent variables
        in the system.

Deterministic System
    •   a system defined by definite cause-and-effect relations.

Deviations
    •   see residuals

Digital model
    •   (obsolete term) see computer model.

Direct problem
    •   computing outputs of a physical system from specified inputs and parameters.

Discretization
    •   division of the model and/or time domain into distinct subdomains accessible for numerical approximation of the
        governing equations.

Discretization Error
    •   modeling error due to incorrect or improper design of a grid or mesh; such errors may be related to the location
        of the nodes, the size of the grid elements or cells, or the geometry of the grid or individual cells.

Dispersivity
    •   a scale-dependent aquifer parameter that determines the degree to which a dissolved constituent will spread in
        flowing ground water.

Distributed-Parameter Model
    •   a model which takes into account the detailed spatial variations in properties, behavior, or response surface of the
        simulated system.

Element
    •   see cell.

Equipotential Line
    •   a line connecting points of equal hydraulic head. A set of such lines provides a contour map of a potentiometric
        surface.
                                                    160

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Terminology

Fidelity
    •   the degree to which a model application is designed to be realistic.

Field Characterization
    •   a review of historical, on- and off-site, as well as surface and sub-surface data, and the collection of new data to
        meet project objectives; field characterization is a necessary prerequisite to the development of a conceptual model.

Finite Difference Method (FDM)
    •   a discrete technique for solving the given partial differential equation (PDE) by 1) replacing the continuous domain
        of interest by a finite number of regular-spaced mesh- or grid-points (i.e., nodes) representing volume-averaged
        sub-domain properties, and 2) by approximating the derivatives of the PDE for each of these points using finite
        differences; the resulting set of linear or nonlinear algebraic equations is solved using direct or iterative matrix
        solving techniques.

Finite Difference Model
    •   a type of numerical model that uses  a  mathematical technique called finite-difference method  to obtain an
        approximate solution to the governing partial differential equation (in space and time).

Finite Element Method (FEM)
    •   a discrete technique for solving the given partial differential equation (PDE) wherein the domain of interest is
        represented by a  finite number of mesh- or grid-points (i.e., nodes), and information  between these points is
        obtained by interpolation using piecewise continuous polynomials; the resulting set of linear or nonlinear algebraic
        equations is solved using direct or iterative matrix solving techniques.

Finite Element Model
    •   a type of numerical model that uses a technique called the finite-element method to obtain  an approximate solution
        to the governing partial differential equation (in space and sometimes time).

Fixed Head, Concentration, or Temperature
    •   see specified head, concentration or temperature

Fixed Flux
    •   see specified flux

Flow Path
    •   represents the area between two flow lines along which ground water can flow.

Flux
    •   the volume of fluid crossing a unit cross-sectional surface area per unit time.

Forcing Terms
    •   see hydrologic stress

Forecasting
    •   predictive simulation of time-dependent system responses at some period in the future.

Functionality (of a ground-water modeling code)
    •   the set of functions and  features the code offers the user in terms of model framework geometry, simulated
        processes, boundary conditions, and analytical capabilities and operational capabilities.
                                                     161

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Terminology

Functionality Testing
    •   testing a generalized computer code to establish that the code's functions (as represented by the mathematical
        model) and its design features are correctly implemented.

Generic Simulation Model
    •   the (generalized) computer code representing a (generalized) mathematical model usable for different site- or
        problem-specific simulations.

Grid
    •   see model grid

Grid Block
    •   see block

Ground Water
    •   that part of the subsurface water that is in the saturated zone.  Note - Loosely, all subsurface water as distinct from
        surface water.

Ground-Water Barrier
    •   soil, rock, or artificial material which has a relatively low permeability and which occurs below the land surface
        where it impedes the movement of ground water and consequently causes a pronounced difference in the
        potentiometric level on opposite sides of the barrier.

Ground-Water Basin
    •   a ground-water system that has defined boundaries and may include more than one aquifer of permeable materials,
        which are capable of furnishing a significant water supply.  Note - a basin is normally considered to include the
        surface area and the permeable materials beneath it. The surface-water divide need not coincide with a ground-
        water divide.

Ground-Water Discharge
    •   the water released from the zone of saturation; also the volume of water released.

Ground-Water Flow
    •   the movement of water in the zone of saturation.

Ground-Water Flow Model
    •   an application of a mathematical model to represent a regional or site-specific ground-water flow system.

Ground-Water Flow System
    •   a water-saturated aggregate of rock, in which water enters and moves, and which is bounded by rock that does not
        allow any water movement, and by zones of interaction with the earth's surface and with surface water systems; a
        ground-water flow system has two basic hydraulic functions: it is a reservoir for water storage, and it serves as a
        conduit by facilitating the transmission of water from recharge to discharge areas, integrating various inputs and
        dampening and delaying the propagation of responses to those inputs; a ground-water flow system may transport
        dissolved chemical constituents and heat.

Ground-Water Model
    •   see ground-water model application.
                                                    162

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Terminology

Ground-Water Model Application
    •   a non-unique, simplified mathematical description of one or more subsurface components of a local or regional
        hydrologic system, coded in a computer programming language, together with a quantification of the simulated
        system in the form of framework geometry, boundary conditions, system and process parameters, and system
        stresses.

        Discussion - As defined above, a ground-water model application is a representation of an actual hydrologic
        system; it should not be confused with the generic computer code used in formulating the ground-water model.
        This standard concerns only the development, testing and documentation of generic simulation computer codes,
        not ground-water model applications.

Ground-Water Modeling
    •   the process of developing ground-water models.

Ground-Water Modeling Code
    •   the non-parameterized computer code used in ground-water modeling to represent a non-unique, simplified
        mathematical description of the physical framework, geometry, active processes, and boundary conditions present
        in a reference subsurface hydrologic system.

Ground-Water Recharge
    •   the process of water addition to the saturated zone; also the volume of water added by this process.

Ground-Water System
    •   see ground-water flow system.

Head (Total; Hydraulic Head)
    •   the sum of three components at a point: (1) elevation head, h, which is equal to the elevation of the point above a
        datum; (2) pressure head, hp, which is the height of a column of static water that can be supported by the static
        pressure at the point;  and (3) velocity head, h^, which is the height the kinetic energy of the liquid is capable of
        lifting the liquid.

Hindcasting
    •   predictive simulation  of time-dependent system responses at some period back in the past.

History Matching
    •   is calibration using time series of the dependent variable or derivatives thereof at specific locations.

Hydraulic Conductivity
    •   the volume of water at  the existing kinematic viscosity that will move in a unit time under unit hydraulic gradient
        through a unit area measured at right angles to the direction of flow.

Hydraulic Gradient
    •   the change in total hydraulic head of water per unit distance of flow.

Hydraulic Head
    •   see head, total
                                                   163

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Terminology

Hydraulic Properties
    •   hydraulic properties - intensive properties of soil and rock that govern the transmission (that is, hydraulic
        conductivity, transmissivity, and leakance) and storage (that is, specific storage, storativity, and specific yield) of
        water.

Hydrologic Boundaries
    •   physical boundaries of a hydrologic system

Hydrologic Condition
    •   hydrologic condition - a set of ground-water inflows or outflows, boundary conditions, and hydraulic properties
        that cause potentiometric heads to adopt a distinct pattern.

Hydrologic Properties
    •   properties of soil and rock that govern the entrance of water and the capacity to hold, transmit, and deliver water,
        e.g.  porosity, effective porosity,  specific retention, permeability, and direction of maximum and minimum
        permeability.

Hydrologic Stress
    •   natural or anthropogenic excitation of the hydrologic system.

Hydrologic System
    •   the general concepts of the hydrologic elements, active hydrologic processes, and the interlinkages and hierarchy
        of elements and processes.

Hydrologic Unit
    •   geologic strata that can be distinguished on the basis of capacity to yield and transmit fluids; aquifers and confining
        units are types of hydrologic units; boundaries of a hydrologic unit may not necessarily correspond either laterally
        or vertically to lithostratigraphic formations.

Hydrostratigraphic Unit
    •   see hydrologic unit

Image Well
    •   an imaginary well located opposite a control well such that a boundary is the perpendicular bisector of a straight
        line connecting the control and image wells; used to simulate the effect of a boundary on water-level changes.
Impermeable Boundary
    •   the conceptual representation of a natural feature such as a fault or depositional contact that places a boundary of
        significantly less-permeable material laterally adjacent to an aquifer.

Indirect Problem
    •   see inverse problem.

Initial Conditions
    •   the state of the physical system at the beginning of the time domain for which a solution of the governing equations
        is sought, expressed in terms of the dependent variable.

Input Estimation
    •   the process of selecting appropriate model input values (see also model construction).

Integral Finite Difference Method


                                                     164

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Terminology

    •   (sometimes called Integrated  Finite Difference Method)  a discrete technique for solving the given partial
        differential equation (PDE) by  1) explicit partitioning of the continuous domain of interest in a finite number of
        irregular-shaped sub-domains each containing a mesh- or grid-point (i.e., node) representing volume averaged sub-
        domain properties; and 2) by  approximating the derivatives in the PDE for  each  of these points using finite
        differences; the resulting set of linear or nonlinear algebraic equations are solved using direct or iterative matrix
        solving techniques.

Inverse Method
    •   a method of calibrating a ground-water flow model using a computer code to systematically vary inputs or input
        parameters to minimize residuals or residual statistics.

    •   the procedure to estimate model parameters by minimizing the difference between measured and computed model
        outputs through systematic modification of model inputs.

Kriging
    •   a  geostatistical interpolation procedure for  estimating spatial distributions of model inputs from scattered
        observations.

Linked Models (see also coupled models)
    •   a model that contains two or more processes described by separate governing equations, the solution of one or more
        of which is dependent on the solution of another.

        Note:    For example, models that are based on both a flow and a solute transport equation and where the solution
                 of the transport equation is linked to the solution of the flow equation through flow-related advection and
                 dispersion effects on the solute movement, without the solution of the flow equation being influenced by
                 the solution of the transport equation.

Lumped-Parameter Model
    •   model in which spatial variations in the properties, behavior, or response surface of the simulated system are
        ignored.

Mathematical Model
    •   (a) mathematical equations expressing  the physical system  and including simplifying assumptions; (b)  the
        representation of a physical system by mathematical expressions from which the behavior of the system can be
        deduced with known accuracy.

Matric Potential
    •   the energy required to extract water from a soil against the capillary and adsorptive forces of the soil matrix.
Matric Suction
    •   for isothermal soil systems, matric suction is the pressure difference across a membrane separating soil solution,
        in-place, from the same bulk (see soil-water pressure).

Mesh
    •   see model grid

Mesh-Centered Grid
    •   discretization of the model domain for use with the finite-difference method in a manner that the nodes, where the
        dependent variable is calculated, are  placed at the intersections of blocks (or cells).  System parameters are
        assumed to be uniform over the area  or volume equating to half the distance between nodes. The boundary
        coincides with nodes;both  specified-head and flux boundaries are always located directly at the nodes.


                                                     165

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Terminology
Method of Characteristics (MOC)
    •   a numerical method for solving hyperbolic partial differential equations as encountered in transient ground-water
        flow and subsurface solute transport, among others, by replacing them with an equivalent system of ordinary
        differential equations (characteristics).

Method of Images
    •   use of symmetry and superposition of solutions of linear governing partial differential equations to analyze effects
        of boundaries and internal discontinuities of simple geometric configuration on the distribution of heads and
        concentrations; allows application of solutions for an infinite space to be used in finite domains.

Model
    •   an assembly of concepts in the form of mathematical equations that portray understanding of a natural phenomenon.

    •   a representation of a system or process to facilitate observation of the system, formulation of hypotheses and
        theories regarding the structure and operation of the system, and analysis of the effects of manipulating the system.

Model Application
    •   see ground-water model.

Model Construction
    •   the process of transforming the conceptual model into a parameterized mathematical form; as parameterization
        requires assumptions regarding  spatial and temporal discretization, model construction requires a-priori selection
        of a computer code.

Model Domain
    •   the volume of the physical system for which the computation of the state variable is desired.

Model Grid
    •   a system of connected nodal points superimposed over  the problem domain to spatially discretize the problem
        domain into cells (finite difference method) or elements (finite element method) for the purpose of numerical
        modeling.

Modeling
    •   the process of formulating a model of a system or process.

Model Input
    •   the constitutive coefficients,  system parameters, forcing terms, auxiliary conditions,  and program  control
        parameters required to apply a computer code to a particular problem.

Modeling Objectives
    •   the purpose(s) of a model application.

Model Output
    •   see output.

Model Representation
    •   a conceptual, mathematical or physical depiction of a field or laboratory system.

Model Testing


                                                     166

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Terminology

    •   see code testing.

Model Validation
    •   in code development (see also code validation): the process of determining how well a model's theoretical
        foundation and computer implementation describe actual system behavior in terms of the "degree of correlation"
        between calculated and independently observed cause-and-effect responses of the prototype real-world ground-
        water system (or research site or problem) for which the generic (or generalized) simulation model has been
        developed.   Model validation represents the final step in determining the applicability  of the quantitative
        relationships derived for the real-world prototype system the model is designed to simulate.

        Note:   The results of model validation should not be expressed  in terms of a generic  simulation  model's
                unconditional validity, but rather in terms of the model's applicability to specific type of systems, subject
                to specific conditions.

    •   in model application: evaluating the predictive accuracy of a model performed by comparing model predictions
        to field measurements collected after publication of the model study (see post audit).

Model Verification
    •   in model application: a) the procedure of determining if a (site-specific)  model's accuracy and predictive capability
        lie within acceptable limits of error by tests independent of the calibration data; b) in model application: using the
        set of parameter values and boundary conditions from a calibrated model to acceptably approximate a second set
        of field data measured under similar hydrologic conditions.

    •   in code testing:  see code verification.

Node (Nodal Point)
    •   in a numerical model, a location in the discretized model domain where a dependent variable is computed.

No-Flow Boundary
    •   boundary  where specified flux condition  applies with flux equal zero.

Numerical Methods
    •   a set of procedures used to solve the equations of a mathematical model in which the applicable partial differential
        equations are replaced by a set of algebraic equations written in terms of discrete values of state variables at
        discrete points in space and time.

        Discussion - There are many numerical methods.  Those in common use in ground-water models are the finite-
        difference method, the finite-element method, the boundary element method, and the analytic element method.
Numerical Model
    •   in subsurface fluid flow modeling, a model that uses numerical methods to solve the governing equations of the
        applicable problem.

Numerical Solution
    •   an approximative solution of a governing (partial) differential equation derived by replacing the continuous
        governing equation with a set of equations in discrete points of the model's time and space domains.

Over-Calibration
    •   achieving artificially low residuals by inappropriately fine-tuning model input parameters and not performing
        application verification.
                                                     167

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Terminology

Output
    •   in subsurface fluid flow modeling, all information that is produced by the computer code.

Parameter
    •   any of a set of physical properties which determine the characteristics or behavior of a system.

Parameter Estimation
    •   see input estimation

Parameter Identification
    •   determining parameter distributions by analyzing the responses of a system to stresses.

Parameter Identification Model
    •   (sometimes called parameter estimation model or inverse model) a computer code for determination of selected
        unknown parameters and stresses in a ground-water system, given that the response of the system to all stresses
        is known and that information is available regarding certain parameters and stresses.

Perched Ground Water
    •   unconfined ground water separated from an underlying body of ground water by an unsaturated zone.

Percolation
    •   the movement of water through the vadose zone, in contrast to infiltration at the land surface and recharge across
        the water table.

Performance Criteria
    •   see acceptance criteria.

Performance Measures
    •   informative and efficient measures for use as in evaluation of a code's (generic) predictive capability; such measures
        characterize accuracy and stability of the solution derived with the code over total space and time  domains
        appropriate for the code, and for the full range  of parameter values that might be encountered in the systems for
        which the code has been developed.

Performance Target
    •   a measure of model accuracy; see also acceptance criteria.

Performance Testing
    •   (also performance evaluation) determining for the range of expected  uses of the generic simulation  code, its
        accuracy, efficiency, reliability, reproducibility, and parameter sensitivity  by comparing code results with
        predetermined benchmarks.

Post Audit
    •   comparison of model predictions to field measurements collected after  the predictions have been published, and
        subsequent analysis of differences in residuals.
Postprocessing
    •   using computer programs to analyze, display and store results of simulations.

Potentiometric Surface
                                                    168

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Terminology

    •   an imaginary surface representing the static head of ground water.  The water table is a particular potentiometric
        surface.

        Discussion - where the head varies with depth in the aquifer, a potentiometric surface is meaningful only if it
        describes the static head along a  particular specified surface or stratum in that aquifer.  More than one
        potentiometric surface is required to describe the distribution of head in this case.

Predictive Simulation
    •   solution of the forward mathematical problem by specifying system parameters and calculating system responses
        (either steady-state or transient).

Preprocessing
    •   using computer programs to assist in preparing data sets for use with generic simulation codes; may include grid
        generation, parameter allocation, control parameter selection, and data file formatting.

Prescribed Head, Concentration or Temperature
    •   see specified head, concentration and temperature.

Prescribed Flux
    •   see specified flux.

Pressure Head
    •   the head of water at a point in a porous system; negative for unsaturated systems, positive for saturated systems.
        Quantitatively, it is the water pressure divided by the specific weight of water.

Probabilistic Model
    •   see stochastic model.

Program
    •   see computer code.

Quality Assurance in Code Development (QA)
     •   the procedural and operational framework put in place by the organization managing the code development proj ect,
        to assure technically  and scientifically adequate execution of all project tasks, and to assure that the resulting
        software product is functional and reliable.

Random Walk Method
    •   a method for solving the governing solute transport equation by tracking a large number of particles proportional
        to solute concentration, and each particle advected deterministically and dispersed probabilistically.

Reliability
    •   the probability that a model will satisfactorily perform its intended function under given circumstances; it is the
        amount of credence placed in the results of model application.
Residual
    •   the difference between the computed and observed values of a variable at a specific time and location.

Round-Off Error
                                                     169

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Terminology

    •   modeling error due to computer induced differences in the result between an exact calculation and a computer-
        based calculation due to limitations in the representation of numbers and functions in a computer and restrictions
        on accuracy programmed in the software.

Saturated Zone
    •   see zone of saturation

Saturated Zone Flow Model
    •   see ground-water model.

Seepage Face
    •   a physical boundary segment of a ground-water system along which ground-water discharges and which is present
        when a phreatic surface ends at the downstream external boundary of a flow domain; along this boundary segment,
        of which the location of the upper end is a-priori unknown, water pressure equals atmospheric pressure and
        hydraulic head equals elevation head.

Semi-Analytical Model
    •   a mathematical model in which complex  analytical solutions are  evaluated using approximative techniques,
        resulting in a solution discrete in either the  space or time domain.

Sensitivity
    •   the variation in the value of one or more output variables (such as hydraulic heads) or quantities calculated from
        the output variables (such as ground-water flow rates) due to changes in the value of one  or more inputs to a
        ground-water flow model (such as hydraulic properties or boundary conditions).

Sensitivity Analysis
    •   a quantitative evaluation of the impact of variability or uncertainly in model inputs on the degree of calibration of
        a model and on its results or conclusions.

        Discussion - Andersen and Woessner use "calibration sensitivity analysis" for assessing the effect of uncertainty
        on the calibrated model and "prediction sensitivity analysis" for assessing the effect of uncertainly on the prediction.
        The definition of sensitivity  analysis for the purpose of this guide combines these concepts, because only by
        simultaneously evaluating the effects on the model's calibration and predictions can any particular level of
        sensitivity be considered significant or insignificant.

    •   a procedure based on systematic variation  of model input values 1) to identify those model  input elements that
        cause the most significant variations in model output; and 2) to quantitatively evaluate the impact of uncertainly
        in model input on the degree of calibration  and on the model's predictive capability.

Simulation
    •   one complete execution of a ground-water modeling computer program, including input and output.

        Discussion- for the purposes of this guide a simulation refers to an individual modeling run. However, simulation
        is sometimes also used broadly to refer to the process of modeling in general.
Simulation Log
    •   a log used to document (in terms of input data, code used, simulation purpose and results) of individual model
        simulations.
                                                     170

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Terminology

Sink
    •    a process whereby, or a feature from which, water, vapor, NAPL, solute or heat is extracted from the ground-water
        or vadose zone flow system.

Soil Gas
    •    vadose zone atmosphere.

Soil-Water Pressure
    •    the pressure of the water in a soil-water system,  as measured by a piezometer for a saturated soil, or by a
        tensiometer for an unsaturated soil.

Solute Transport Model
    •    application of a model to represent the movement of chemical species dissolved in ground water.

Source
    •    a process whereby, or a feature from which, water, vapor, NAPL, solute or heat is added to the ground-water or
        vadose zone flow system.

Source of Contaminants
    •    the physical location (and spatial extent) of the source contaminating the aquifer; in order to model fate and
        transport of a contaminant, the characteristics of the contaminant source must be known or assumed.

Source Loading
    •    the rate at which a contaminant is entering the ground-water system at a specific source.

Source Strength
    •    see source loading

Specific Capacity
    •    the rate of discharge from a well divided by the drawdown of the water level within the well at a specific time since
        pumping started.

Specific Storage
    •    the volume of water released from or taken into storage per unit volume of the porous medium per unit change in
        head.

Specific Yield
    •    the ratio of the volume of water that the saturated rock or soil will yield by gravity to the volume of the rock or soil.
        In the field, specific yield is generally determined by tests of unconfined aquifers and represents the change that
        occurs in the volume of water in storage per unit area of unconfined aquifer as the result of a unit change in head.
        Such a change in storage is produced by draining or filling of pore space and is, therefore, mainly dependent on
        particle size, rate of change of the water table, and time of drainage.

Specified Flux
    •    boundary condition of the second kind; also called fixed or prescribed flux.

Specified Head, Concentration, Temperature
    •    boundary condition of the first kind; also called fixed or prescribed head, concentration or temperature.

Steady-State Flow


                                                    171

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Terminology

    •   a characteristic of a ground-water or vadose zone flow system where the magnitude and direction of specific
        discharge at any point in space are constant in time.

Stochastic
    •   consideration of subsurface media and fluid parameters as random variables.

        Discussion: A stochastic or random variable is a variable quantity with a definite range of values, each one of
        which, depending on chance, can be obtained with a definite probability.

Stochastic Model
    •   a model which incorporates stochastic description of the modeled system and/or processes to quantitatively
        establish the extent to which uncertainty in model input translates to uncertainty in model predictions.

        Discussion: A stochastic or random variable is a variable quantity with a definite range of values, each one of
        which, depending on chance, can be obtained with a definite probability.

Stochastic Process
    •   a process in which the dependent variable is random (so that prediction of its value depends on a set of underlying
        probabilities) and the outcome at any instant is not known with certainty.

        Discussion: A stochastic or random variable is a variable quantity with a definite range of values, each one of
        which, depending on chance, can be obtained with a definite probability.

Storage Coefficient
    •   the volume of water an aquifer releases from or takes into storage per unit surface area of the aquifer per unit
        change in head.  For a confined aquifer, the storage coefficient is equal to the product of the specific storage and
        aquifer thickness.  For an unconfined aquifer, the storage coefficient is approximately equal to specific yield.

Superposition Principle
    •   the addition or subtraction of two or more different solutions of a governing linear partial  differential equation
        (PDE) to obtain a composite solution of the PDE.

Transient Flow
    •   a condition that occurs when at any location in a ground-water or vadose zone flow system the magnitude and/or
        direction of the specific discharge changes with time.

Transmissivity
    •   the volume of water at the existing kinematic viscosity that will move in a unit time under a unit hydraulic gradient
        through a unit width of the aquifer.

        Discussion - it is equal to an integration of the hydraulic conductivities across the saturated part of the aquifer
        perpendicular to the flow paths.
Uncertainty Analysis
    •   the quantification of uncertainty in the spatially distributed values of input properties of a ground-water or vadose
        zone flow or transport model, and its propagation into model results. [1, modified].
Unsaturated Zone
                                                      172

-------
Ground-Water Simulation Code Testing	Terminology

    •   see vadose zone

Unsaturated Zone Flow Model
    •   see vadose zone flow model.

Unsteady flow
    •   see transient flow.

Vadose Zone
    •   the hydrogeological region extending from the soil surface to the top of the principle water table; commonly
        referred to as the "unsaturated zone" or "zone of aeration".  These alternate names are inadequate as they do not
        take into account locally saturated regions above the principle water table (for example, perched water zones).

Vadose Zone Flow Model
    •   a non-unique, simplified, mathematical description of the flow of liquids, vapor or air in the subsurface zone above
        the water-table, coded in a computer programming language, together with a quantification of the simulated system
        in the form of boundary conditions, system and process parameters, and system stresses.

Vadose Zone Flow System
    •   an aggregate of rock, in which both water and air enters and moves, and which is bounded by rock that does not
        allow any water movement, and by zones of interaction with the earth's surface, atmosphere, and surface water
        systems.  A vadose zone flow system has two basic hydraulic functions: it is a reservoir for water storage, and it
        serves as a conduit by facilitating the transmission of water from intake to outtake areas, integrating various inputs
        and dampening and delaying the propagation of responses to those inputs.  A vadose zone flow system may
        transport dissolved chemical constituents and heat.

Validation
    •   see model validation and code validation.

Verification
    •   see model verification or code verification

Water Table (Ground-Water Table)
    •   the surface of a ground-water body at which the water pressure equals atmospheric pressure; earth material below
        the ground-water table is saturated with water.

Zone of Saturation
    •   a hydrologic zone in which all the interstices between particles of geologic material or all of the joints, fractures,
        or solution  channels in a  consolidated rock unit are filled  with water under pressure greater than that of the
        atmosphere.
                                                     173

-------
                                   APPENDIX A.
            FUNCTIONALITY DESCRIPTORS AND STANDARD TERMS
                              (After van derHeijde, 1994)
Table                                    Title                                     Page

A.I.   Functionality Descriptors	A-l
A. 1.1.  General Software Information 	  A-l
A. 1.2.  Hydro/Soil-Stratigraphic  System	A-2
A. 1.3.  Flow Simulation Capabilities  	A-3
A. 1.4.  Solute Transport Simulation Capabilities 	A-3
A. 1.5.  Heat Transport Simulation Capabilities	A-4
A. 1.6.  Capabilities with Respect to Simulation of Rock Matrix Deformation	A-5
A. 1.7.  Capabilities for Optimization of Management Decisions	A-6

A.2.   Standard Model Development Purpose/Objective Terms  	A-6
A.3.   Standard Model Type Terms  	A-7
A.4.   Standard Code Documentation Terms  	A-9
A.5.   Standard Code Testing Terms 	A-9
A.6.   Standard Code Availability Terms  	A-10
A.7.   Standard Terms for Saturated Zone Medium  	A-10
A.8.   Standard Terms for Unsaturated Zone Medium  	A-l 1
A.9.   Standard Terms for Fluid Conditions  	A-l 1
A. 10.  Standard Terms for Flow Boundary Conditions  	A-12

-------
  Tables A. 1.  Functionality Descriptors
Table A. 1.1. General Software Information
Type of information
Software identification number
Software name
Description date
Functionality description analyst
Date of first release of software
Version number of latest
(current) release
Date of latest release
Name of authors of code
Development purpose/objective
Software classification/type
System(s) of supported units
Short description of model
Computer system requirements
Program code information
Evaluation of documentation
Evaluation of documented code
testing
Comments
unique number, for example IGWMC data base key number
acronym; full name in brackets; if no name known, provide short description
Date when description was prepared
name of person who prepared this description


official software release date by custodian, latest date or documentation, latest
date stamp on program files
last name first followed by initials for first author (to allow sorting by last name
of principal author); other authors start with initials followed by last name; no
institution names in this field (see separate field) !
see appendix A. 2 for example terms
see appendix A. 3 for example terms
units of measurement
abstract/summary; should include aspects of hydrogeology, dimensionality,
transient/steady-state, flow and transport processes, boundary conditions.
mathematical methods, calculated variables, user-interface, output options, etc.
list requirements per computer platform separated by commas; list different
platforms separated by semi-colons; include hardware and software
requirements
language, compiler, etc.; reviewer's compilation information, if code is received
in un-compiled form
use combination of standard terms to describe what is covered in documentation
(see appendix A. 4)
use standard terms to describe what kind of testing has been performed (see
appendix A. 5)
                  A-1

-------
Table A. 1.1. continued
Evaluation of level of external
review
Code input processing
capabilities
Code output processing
capabilities
Code operation
Code availability terms
Availability of software support
Development institution
Custodian institution
refers to description of theoretical framework, code performance and other
issues in peer reviewed journals, reports or text books
code input preparation, data editing, type of user- interface (GUI, graphic site
maps with direct spatial input and gridding options), file import capabilities (file
formats)
form of screen output (for parameter/variable type see specific software types);
file save and export options
batch operation, operation from menu-based shell, user-interactive
computational features
see appendix A. 6 for example terms; may be expanded upon
type, level and conditions; identify source of support in terms of custodian,
distributor or other parties
name and address of institute, university /department, agency /department,
company where code has been developed
name and address of institute, university /department, agency /department,
company where code has been developed
                        Table A. 1.2. Hydro-/Soil-Stratigraphic System
Type of information
Model dimensionality
Characteristics of numerical
grid
Type of aquifers/aquifer-
aquitard sequences supported
Medium properties of saturated
zone
Medium properties of
unsaturated zone
Comments
dimensions supported by code
fixed vs. flexible number of cell/element, size/shape of cells/elements, fixed vs.
movable grids
various options for hydrogeologic layering
saturated zone flow properly distribution in time and space supported by model;
see appendix A. 7 for terms
unsaturated zone flow property distribution in time and space supported by
model; see appendix A. 8 for terms
                                            A-2

-------
                             Table A. 1.3. Flow Simulation Capabilities
Type of information
Flow characteristics of
saturated/unsaturated zone
Flow processes in
saturated/unsaturated zone
Changing aquifer conditions
Soil functions
Fluid conditions
Boundary /initial conditions for flow
Mathematical solution method(s)
for flow part
Parameter identification for flow
part of code
Output options for flow
Comments
e.g., steady-state, transient, Darcian, turbulent, non-linear laminar
e.g., evaporation, condensation, evapotranspiration, recharge from
precipitation, induced recharge, delayed yield from storage, infiltration, plant
uptake, hysteresis, capillary rise
e.g., soil layer/aquifer/aquitard pinch-out, storativity conversion in
space/time (confined-unconfined),
soil characteristic function, etc.
see appendix A. 9 for terms; expand if needed
see appendix A. 10 for terms; expand if needed
analytical/approximate analytical/numerical solution; major numerical
method, e.g., analytic element, finite difference, integral finite difference,
finite element; time discretization method; matrix solving technique(s)
identified parameters, e.g., recharge, hydraulic conductivity; identification
method, e.g., graphic curve matching, direct/indirect numerical method,
linear/nonlinear regression, least squares
e.g., head/pressure, potential, drawdown, moisture content, intercell fluxes,
velocities, stream function values, streamlines, pathlines, traveltimes,
isochrones, interface position, capture zone delineation, position saltwater
wedge, water budget components (global water balance), boundary fluxes
                       Table A. 1.4. Solute Transport Simulation Capabilities
Type of information
Comments
Compounds model can
handle
e.g., any constituent, single constituent, two/more interacting constituents, TDS, heavy
metals, nitrogen/phosphorus compounds, organics, radionuclides, bacteries, viruses
Transport and fate
processes
e.g., advection, mechanical dispersion, molecular diffusion, ion exchange, substitution,
hydrolysis, dissolution, precipitation, redox reactions, acid/base reactions, complexation,
radioactive decay, chain decay, first-order (bio-) chemical decay, aerobic/anaerobic
biotransformation, plant solute uptake, vapor phase sorption, liquid phase sorption (linear
isotherm/retardation, Langmuir/Freundlich isotherm, sorption hysteresis, non-equilibrium
sorption), volatilization, condensation, (de)nitrification, nitrogen cycling,  phosphorus
cycling, die-off (bacteries, viruses), filtration
                                                   A-3

-------
TableA.1.4. continued
 Boundary/initial
 conditions for solute
 transport
e.g., fixed concentration or specified time-varying concentration, zero solute flux, fixed or
specified time-varying cross-boundary solute flux, solute flux from stream dependent on
flow rate and concentration in stream, solute flux to stream dependent on flow rate and
concentration in ground water, injection well with constant or specified time-vary ing
concentration and flow rate, production well with solute flux dependent on concentration
in ground water, solute flux dependent on intensity and concentration of natural recharge
 Mathematical solution
 method(s) for solute
 transport part of code
coupling with fluid flow (concentration-influenced density and viscosity);
analytical/approximate analytical/numerical solution; major numerical method, e.g.,
analytic element, finite difference, integral finite difference, finite element, method of
characteristics, random walk method; time discretization method; matrix solving
technique(s)
 Output options for
 solute transport
type of output, e.g., concentration values, concentration in pumping wells, internal and
cross-boundary solute fluxes, mass balance components (cell-by-cell, global), uncertainty
in results (i.e., statistical measures); form of output, e.g., results in ASCII text format,
spatial distribution and time series of concentration for postprocessing, direct screen
display (text, graphics), and graphic vector file (HGL, DXF) or graphic
bitmap/pixel/raster file (BMP, PCX, TIP); computational progress, e.g., iteration
progress and error, mass balance error, cpu use and memory allocation
                         Table A. 1.5. Heat Transport Simulation Capabilities
 Type of information
Comments
 Heat transport
 processes
e.g., convection, rock matrix conduction, fluid conduction, thermal dispersion, thermal
diffusion (into aquifer matrix), thermal expansion of liquid, radiation, phase changes
(water-steam, water-ice), evaporation, condensation, freezing/thawing
 Boundary/initial
 conditions for heat
 transport
e.g., fixed or specified time-varying temperature, zero heat flux, fixed or specified time-
varying cross-boundary heat flux, injection well with constant or specified time-varying
temperature and flow rate, production well with heat flux dependent on temperature of
ground water, heat flux dependent on intensity and temperature of natural recharge
 Mathematical solution
 method(s) for heat
 transport part of code
coupling with fluid flow; temperature-influenced density and viscosity; modification of
hydraulic conductivity; analytical/approximate analytical/numerical solution; major
numerical method, e.g., analytic element, finite difference, integral finite difference, finite
element, method of characteristics, random walk method; time discretization method;
matrix solving technique(s)
 Output options for heat
 transport
type of output, e.g., temperature values, temperature in pumping wells, internal and cross-
boundary heat fluxes, heat balance components (cell-by-cell, global), uncertainty in
results (i.e., statistical measures); form of output, e.g., results in ASCII text format, spatial
distribution and time series of temperature for postprocessing, direct screen display (text,
graphics), and graphic vector file (HGL, DXF) or graphic bitmap/pixel/raster file (BMP,
PCX, TIP); computational progress, e.g., iteration progress and error, heat/energy
balance error, cpu use and memory allocation
                                                      A-4

-------
       Table A. 1.6. Capabilities with Respect to Simulation of Rock Matrix Deformation
Type of information
Comments
Deformation cause
e.g., fluid withdrawal (increased internal rock stresses), overburden increase
(increased system loading), man-made cavities and karst cave-in (reduced rock
stresses)
Deformation model
components
e.g., displacements in aquifer, aquitard and/or overburden
Type of deformation model
e.g., empirical relationship, depth/porosity model, aquitard drainage model,
mechanistic model (process-based model)
Deformation processes
e.g., subsidence (vertical movement of land surface), compaction/consolidation
(vertical deformation, decrease of layer thickness), 2D/3D matrix deformation,
matrix expansion (due to releases of skeletal stresses), coupling with fluid flow,
parameter re-estimation (calculating effects of deformation on hydraulic conductivity
and storage coefficient), elastic/plastic deformation;  stress-dependent hydraulic
conductivity compressibility of rock matrix
Boundary/initial conditions
deformation
e.g., prescribed constant or time-varying displacement, prescribed pore pressure,
prescribed skeletal stress
Mathematical solution
method(s) for deformation
analytical/approximate analytical/numerical solution; major numerical method, e.g.,
finite difference, integral finite difference, finite element, method of characteristics;
time discretization method; matrix solving technique(s)
Output options for
deformation
type of output, e.g., matrix displacements (internal skeletal displacements; ID, 2D,
3D), surface displacements (subsidence; ID), pore pressure, skeletal stress/strain,
calculated parameters;, uncertainly in results (i.e., statistical measures); form of
output, e.g., results in ASCII text format, spatial distribution and time series of
displacements, pore pressure or stress/strain for postprocessing, direct screen display
(text, graphics), and graphic vector file (HGL, DXF) or graphic bitmap/pixel/raster
file (BMP, PCX, TIP); computational progress, e.g., iteration progress and error, cpu
use and memory allocation
              Table A.I. 7. Capabilities for Optimization of Management Decisions
Type of information
Type of management model
Objective function
Optimization constraints
Comments
e.g., lumped parameter, distributed parameter
e.g., hydraulic objective function (heads, pumping rates), water quality objective
function (concentrations, removed mass), economic objective function (cost)
e.g., drawdown, pumping/injection rates, concentration at compliance point,
removed mass (because of treatment/disposal)
                                                   A-5

-------
Decision variables
Mathematical solution
method(s) for management
model
Output options for
management model
e.g., pumping/injection rates, cost
e.g., embedding method, linked simulation-optimization, response matrix method,
hierarchical approach, Lagrangian multipliers, linear/quadratic/stochastic/
mixed integer/dynamic programming
e.g., location of wells, pumping/injection rates
A. 2. StandardModel Development Purpose/Objective Terms
Term
research
education
general use
site-dedicated
policy-setting
Description
model has been developed as part of a research project or in support of a research project
model has been developed primarily for educational purposes; e.g., to demonstrate a
modeling technique or modeling method
model has been developed or can be used for general applications; natural processes are
described in generalized functions, requiring user-specified data for site-specific use
model has been developed for a particular site or region; process functions may be site- or
region-dependent and may not be transferable to other sites or regions without
modifications
model has been developed specifically for policy setting; may not be applicable to site-
specific conditions
           A. 3. Standard Model Type Terms
Term
saturated flow
unsaturated flow
vapor flow/transport
solute transport
heat transport
Description
groundwater flow in the saturated zone; including pathline, streamline, and capture zone
models based on flow equations
flow of water in the unsaturated zone; single phase or in conjunction with air flow
movement of vapor in soils and chemical interaction between vapor phase and liquid
and/or solid phase
movement and (bio-)chemical transformation of water dissolved chemicals and their
chemical interaction with the soil or rock matrix
transport of heat in (partially) saturated rock or soil
                        A-6

-------
Table A.3. continued
matrix deformation
geochemical
management/optimi-
zation
ground-/surface-water
hydraulics
parameter ID
unsaturated flow
inverse model
aquifer test analysis
tracer test analysis
water/steam flow
fresh/salt water flow
multi-phase flow
watershed runoff
surface water runoff
sediment transport
virus transport
biochemical
transformation
pre-/postprocessing
stochastic simulation
geostatistics
deformation of soil or aquifer rock due to removal or injection of water or changes in
overburden
chemical reactions in the fluid phase and between the fluid phase and the solid phase
flow or transport models which includes mathematical optimization to develop a 'best'
management strategy
interaction between groundwater and surface water described in terms of fluid mass
exchanges; hydraulics of both groundwater and surface water are described
calculation of the parameters of the soil hydraulic functions from laboratory measurements
numerical models for distributed flow and/or transport parameter identification in the
saturated zone
analytical or numerical models for evaluation of aquifer flow parameters from pumping
tests
analytical or numerical models for evaluation of aquifer transport parameters from tracer
tests
heat transport models in which both the liquid and steam phases are described and phase
changes supported
sharp interface approach with either fresh water flow only, or flow in both the fresh- and
salt-water zone
flow of water, NAPL and/or air/vapor
watershed surface-, stream-, and groundwater runoff
stream runoff routing
surface sediment transport
transport of viruses
hydrochemical or solute transport models which include specific biochemical reactions
and population growth/die-off equations
model input preparation and output reformatting or display
including Monte Carlo analysis
kriging
                                               A-7

-------
multimedia exposure
expert system
data base
ranking/screening
fracture network
porous medium
dual porosity medium
porous medium,
fractures
karst
water budget
heat budget
chemical mass
balance
water level conversion
exposure assessment models for groundwater, surface water and atmospheric
pathways
groundwater-oriented advisory system
groundwater application oriented data base
classification; no simulation
no primary porosity, connected fractures only; discrete network of fractures connected at
network nodes
default medium type; primary porosity only
fractured porous medium with porous blocks intersected by connected or non-connected
fractures; mass exchange between fractures and porous blocks
porous medium with individual fractures
models specifically designed for karst systems (pipe flow, non-Darcian flow,
etc.)
lumped parameter approach for ground water flow
lumped parameter approach for heat flow
lumped parameter approach for solute transport
converting water level observations to velocities using Darcy's law
A. 4. Standard Code Documentation Terms
Term
concepts and theory
test results
model setup
input instructions
example problems
flow chart
Description
documentation of underlying concepts and theory
documentation of code testing results
instruction in model formulation, gridding, boundary selection and input parameter
estimation
formats and order of input data; required files
detailed examples of operation of code (with input data)
charts illustrating program operation and data flow
                 A-8

-------
Table A. 5. continued
code/modules
description
code structure
installation/
compilation
description of program
description of program
elements and their functions
elements and their functions
installation of software on specific computers; compilation setup
                            A.5. Standard Code Testing Terms
Term
functionality testing
code intercomparison
field testing
laboratory data sets
benchmarking (analyt.
solutions)
post-audits
performance testing
Description
systematic testing of functionality of the code (processes, boundary conditions, etc.;
IGWMC test procedure - part 1)
evaluating code's functionality by comparing against another, well-established code
(IGWMC test procedure part 1, level 2)
evaluating code's applicability by evaluating its performance in a field application for
which a detailed, high-quality data set is available (IGWMC test procedure part 2, level
3)
evaluating model's physical basis and its functionality by using an independent data set
obtained under highly controlled circumstances (IGWMC test procedure part 1, level 3)
evaluating code's functionality by comparing against known analytical solutions
(benchmarks; IGWMC test procedure part 1, level 1))
evaluating code's applicability by comparing system predictions against observed system
responses (IGWMC test procedure part 2, level 3)
evaluating a code's applicability to or suitability for specific types of problems (IGWMC
test procedure part 2)
                          A. 6. Standard Code Availability Terms
Term
public domain
restricted public domain
Description
developed with
copyrighted
developed with
and use
public funds; no restrictions in use, copying, redistribution; cannot be
public funds; restrictions apply with
respect to copying, redistribution
                                           A-9

-------
Table A. 7. continued
proprietary
license
copyrighted
non-proprietary
purchase
free
developed with private funds; restrictions apply with respect to single and/or
party use and copying; cannot be redistributed without permission of owner
multi-
use only after acceptance of license agreement restricting use and copying; cannot be
redistributed; restrictions on network use
protected by copyright laws; restrictions on use and copying; cannot be redistributed
without permission
status not established; not proprietary or licensed
purchase fee applies
can be obtained for free
                     A. 7. Standard Terms for Saturated Zone Medium
Term
porous medium
fracture system
individual fractures
fracture network
EFN
EPM
dual porosity model
isotropic
ani so tropic
homogeneous
heterogeneous
Description
continuous macroscopic model domain; primary porosity only
complex representation of fracture geometry; secondary porosity only
representing a single or a limited number of well-defined fractures
fractures represented as system of individual flow channels connected at discrete
points; secondary porosity only
equivalent fracture network; stochastic approach; replace system with secondary
porosity only
equivalent porous medium; deterministic or stochastic approach; replaces system
consisting of primary and secondary porosity or secondary porosity only with single
porous medium system
fractured saturated porous rock with mass exchange between porous blocks and
fractures; flow either in fractures or fractures and matrix blocks; storage primarily in
matrix blocks
hydraulic properties do not change with variations in flow direction
hydraulic properties may vary with variations in flow direction
hydraulic properties do not vary in space
hydraulic properties may vary in space
                                          A-10

-------
Table A. 9. continued
                    A. 8. Standard Terms for Unsaturated Zone Medium
Term
porous medium
layered soil
areally variable properties
fractured soil
macropores
perched water table
dual porosity model
Description
continuous macroscopic model domain; primary porosity only
varying hydraulic soil properties in vertical direction
areally varying hydraulic soil properties
fractured, slightly consolidated soils
cracked soils with flow regimes in macropores different from that in micropores
saturated conditions in unsaturated soil above water table; not in direct contact with
saturated zone
fractured unsaturated porous rock with mass exchange between porous blocks and
fractures; flow either in fractures or fractures and matrix blocks; storage primarily in
matrix blocks
                        A.9. Standard Terms for Fluid Conditions
Term
single fluid - water
single fluid -air/vapor
single fluid - NAPL
air and water
steam and water
salt/fresh water
stagnant salt water
moving salt/fresh water
water and NAPL
Description
water flow in saturated and unsaturated zone
vapor flow in soils
NonAqueous-Phase Liquids
dual fluid system; flow of water and air in soils
dual fluid system; flow of water and steam in geothermal reservoirs
dual fluid system; fresh and salt water separated by sharp interface
single moving fluid; flow of fresh water only in fresh/salt water system
sharp interface
dual fluid system; flow of both fresh and salt water separated by sharp
separated by
interface
dual fluid system; flow of both water and NAPL in saturated or unsaturated zone
                                         A-11

-------
Table A. 10. continued
water, vapor and NAPL
compressible fluid
incompressible fluid
variable density
variable viscosity
multi-fluid system; flow of water, vapor and NAPL in unsaturated zone
fluid(s) are considered compressible
fluid(s) are considered incompressible
fluid density may vary in time and space (dependent on temperature, concentration)
fluid viscosity may vary in time and space (dependent on temperature, concentration)
                   A. 10. Standard Terms for Flow Boundary Conditions
Term
constant head/pressures
variable head/pressures
constant moisture content
variable moisture content
constant source/sink flux
variable source/sink flux
constant recharge
variable recharge
no flow
subsurface flux
infiltration
ponding
steady free surface
movable free surface
seepage face
Description
constant in time, variable in space (fixed head)
variable in time, variable in space
constant in time, variable in space (unsaturated flow)
variable in time, variable in space (unsaturated flow)
constant in time, variable in space (e.g., wells)
variable in time, variable in space (e.g., wells)
recharge from surface, constant in time, variable in space (saturated zone)
recharge from surface; variable in time, variable in space (saturated zone)
impermeable boundary
underflow
downward flux at soil surface (unsaturated flow)
constant head at soil surface (unsaturated flow)
water table
water table; e.g., FEM for cross-sectional flow through dam
water table intersects with soil surface; e.g., in dam face
                                         A-12

-------
Table A. 10. continued
springs
induced infiltration/exfiltration
flux depends on water table/head and elevation of spring/discharge point
leakage from/to surface water or sourcebed aquifer
                                              A-13

-------
          APPENDIX B.
GROUND-WATER SIMULATION CODE
   FUNCTIONALITY CHECKLISTS

-------
	GROUND WATER SIMULATION CODE FUNCTIONALITY CHECKLIST


               MODEL NAME:
                   VERSION:
             RELEASE DATE:

                AUTHOR(S):
INSTITUTE OF DEVELOPMENT:

        CONTACT ADDRESS:
                    PHONE:
                       FAX:

       PROGRAM LANGUAGE:
   COMPUTER PLATFORM(S):

             LEGAL STATUS:
  PREPROCESSING OPTIONS:

POSTPROCESSING FACILITIES:
MODEL TYPE

n single phase saturated
   flow
n single phase unsaturated
   flow
n vapor flow/transport
n solute transport
n virus transport
n heat transport
n matrix deformation
n geochemical
n optimization
n groundwater and surface
   water hydraulics
n parameter ID saturated
   flow (inverse numerical)
n  parameter ID unsaturated        n
   flow (analytical/ numerical)       n
n  parameter ID solute            n
   transport (numerical)            n
n  aquifer test analysis            n
n  tracer test analysis             n
n  flow of water and steam         n
n  fresh/salt water interface         n
n  two-phase flow                n
n  three-phase flow               n
n  phase transfers                n
n  chemical transformations        n
n  biochemical
   transformations
n  watershed runoff
  sediment transport
  surface water runoff
  stochastic simulation
  geostatistics
  multimedia exposure
  pre-/postprocessing
  expert system
  data base
  ranking/screening
  water budget
  heat budget
  chemical species mass
  balance
UNITS

n SI system
n metric units
n US customary units
n any consistent system
n user-defined
PRIMARY USE

n research
n education
n general use
n site-dedicated
n policy-setting
                                          B-1

-------
                        GENERAL MODEL CHARACTERISTICS - continued
Parameter discretization

n  lumped
   n  mass balance approach
   n  transfer function(s)
n  distributed
n  deterministic
n  stochastic

Spatial orientation

saturated flow
   n  1D horizontal
   n  1D vertical
   n  2D horizontal (areal)
   n  2D vertical (cross-sectional or profile)
   n  2D axi-symmetric (horizontal flow only)
   n  fully 3D
   n  quasi-3D (layered; Dupuit approx.)
   n  3D cylindrical or radial (flow defined in
      horizontal and vertical directions)

unsatu rated flow
   n  1D horizontal
   n  1D vertical
   n  2D horizontal
   n  2D vertical
   n  2D axi-symmetric
   n  fully 3D
   n  3D cylindrical or radial

Restart capability - types of updates possible

n  dependent variables (e.g., head,
   concentration, temperature)
n  fluxes
n  velocities
n  parameter values
n  stress rates (pumping, recharge)
n  boundary conditions
Discretization in space

n  no discretization
n  uniform grid spacing
n  variable grid spacing
n  movable grid (relocation of
   nodes during run)
n  maximum number of nodes/cells/elements
     n modifiable in source code (requires
        compilation)
     n modifiable through input
n  maximum number of nodes (standard
   version):
n  maximum number of cells/elements (standard
   version):
Possible
   n  1D
   n  1D
   n  2D
   n  2D
   n  2D
   n  2D
   n  2D
   n  2D
   n  2D
   n  2D
   n
   n
   cell shapes
   linear
   curvilinear
   triangular
   curved triangular
   square
   rectangular
   quadrilateral
   curved quadrilateral
   polygon
   cylindrical
   cubic
   rectangular block
3D hexahedral (6 sides)
3D tetrahedral (4 sides)
3D spherical
3D
3D
                                              B-2

-------
                               FLOW SYSTEM CHARACTERIZATION
Hvdrogeologic zoning

n  confined
n  semi-confined (leaky-
   confined)
n  unconfined (phreatic)
n  hydrodynamic approach
n  hydraulic approach (Dupuit-
   Forcheimer assumption for
   horizontal flow)
n  single aguifer
n  single aguifer/aguitard
   system
n  multiple aguifer/aguitard
   systems
n  max. number of aguifers:
   n  discontinuous aguifers
      (aguifer pinchout)
   n  discontinuous aguitards
      (aguitard pinchout)
   n  storativity conversion in
      space (confined-
      unconfined)
   n  storativity conversion in
      time
   n  aguitard storativity

Hvdrogeologic medium

n  porous medium
n  fractured impermeable rock
   (fracture system, fracture
   network)
n  discrete individual fractures
n  eguivalent fracture network
   approach
n  eguivalent porous medium
   approach
n  dual porosity system (flow in
   fractures and optional in
   porous matrix, storage in
   porous matrix and exchange
   between fractures and
   porous matrix)
n  uniform hydraulic properties
   (hydraulic conductivity,
   storativity)
n  anisotropic hydraulic
   conductivity
n  nonuniform hydraulic
   properties (heterogeneous)
        Saturated zone

Flow characteristics

n  single fluid, water
n  single fluid, vapor
n  single fluid, NAPL
n  air and water flow
n  water and steam flow
n  moving fresh water and
   stagnant salt water
n  moving fresh water and salt
   water
n  water and NAPL
n  water, vapor and NAPL
n  incompressible fluid
n  compressible fluid
n  variable density
n  variable viscosity
n  linear laminar flow (Darcian
   flow)
n  non-Darcian flow
n  steady-state flow
n  transient (non-steady state)
   flow
n  dewatering (desaturation of
   cells)
n  dewatering (variable
   transmissivity)
n  rewatering (resaturation of
   dry cells)
n  delayed yield from storage

Boundary conditions

n  infinite domain
n  semi-infinite domain
n  regular bounded domain
n  irregular bounded domain
n  fixed head
n  prescribed time-varying head
n  zero flow (impermeable
   barrier)
n  fixed cross-boundary flux
n  prescribed time-varying
   cross-boundary flux
n  areal recharge:
   n  constant in space
   n  variable in space
   n  constant in time
   n  variable in time
Boundary conditions - continued

n  induced recharge from or
   discharge to a source bed
   aguifer or a stream in direct
   contact with ground water
   n   surface water stage
       constant in time
   n   surface water stage
       variable in time
   n   stream penetrating more
       than one aguifer
n  induced recharge from a
   stream not in direct contact
   with groundwater
n  evapotranspiration
   dependent on distance
   surface to water table
n  drains (gaining only)
n  free surface
n  seepage face
n  springs

Sources/Sinks

n  point sources/sinks
   (recharging/pumping wells)
   n  constant flow rate
   n  variable flow rate
   n  head-specified
   n  partially  penetrating
   n  well loss
   n  block-to-radius correction
   n  well-bore storage
   n  multi-layer well
n  line source/sinks  (internal
   drains)
   n  constant flow rate
   n  variable flow rate
   n  head-specified
n  collector well (horizontal,
   radially extending screens)
n  mine shafts (vertical)
   n  water-filled
   n  partially  filled
n  mine drifts,  tunnel
   (horizontal)
   n  water-filled
   n  partially  filled
                                               B-3

-------
                         FLOW SYSTEM CHARACTERIZATION - continued
                                        Unsaturated Zone
Soil medium
n  porous medium
n  fractured impermeable rock
n  discrete individual fractures
n  dual porosity system
n  equivalent fracture network approach
n  equivalent porous medium approach
n  micropore/macropore system
n  uniform hydraulic properties
n  nonuniform hydraulic properties
n  anisotropic hydraulic properties
n  areal homogeneous (single soil type)
n  areal heterogeneous (multi soil types)
n  swelling/shrinking soil matrix
n  dipping soil layers
n  number of soil layers:

Flow characteristics

n  single fluid, water
n  single fluid, vapor
n  single fluid, NAPL
n  air and water flow
n  water and  NAPL
n  water, vapor and NAPL
n  variable density
n  variable viscosity
n  linear laminar flow (Darcian flow)
n  non-Darcian flow
n  steady-state flow
n  transient (non-steady state) flow

Parameter representation

Parameter definition
   n  suction vs.saturation (see next section)
   n  porosity
   n  residual saturation
   n  hydraulic conductivity vs.saturation (see
      next section)
   n  number of soil materials:

Soil moisture  saturation - matric potential
relationship (NRC 1990)
   n  Brutsaert (1966)
   n  van Genuchten (1980)
   n  Haverkamp et al. (1977)
   n  tabular
Soil hydraulic conductivity-saturation/hydraulic
potential relationship (NRC 1990)
   n  Wind (1955)
   n  Brooks and Corey (1966)
   n  van Genuchten (1980)
   n  Gardner (1958)
   n  Haverkamp et al. (1977)
   n  Averjanov (1950)
   n  Rijtema (1965)
   n  tabular

Intercell conductance representation
(Kr-determi nation)
   n  arithmetic
   n  harmonic
   n  geometric

Boundary conditions

n  fixed head
n  prescribed time-varying head
n  fixed moisture content
n  prescribed time-varying moisture content
n  zero flow (impermeable barrier)
n  fixed boundary flux
n  prescribed time-varying boundary flux
n  areal recharge:  n constant in space
                  n variable in space
                  n constant in time
                  n variable in time
n  ponding
n  automatic conversion between prescribed
   head and flux  condition

Flow related processes

n  evaporation
n  evapotranspiration
n  plant uptake of water (transpiration)
n  capillary rise
n  hysteresis
n  interflow
n  perched water
                                              B-4

-------
                         FLOW SYSTEM CHARACTERIZATION - continued
                                      Dependent variableCs)
n  head
n  drawdown
n  pressure
n  suction
n  potential
n  moisture content
n  stream function
n  velocity
                                     Solution methods - Flow
n  analytical
   n  single solution
   n  superposition
   n  method of images

n  analytic element method
   n  point sources/sinks
   n  line sinks
   n  ponds
   n  uniform flow
   n  rainfall
   n  layering
   n  inhomogeneities
   n  doublets
   n  leakage through confining beds

n  Semi-analytical
   n  continuous in time, discrete in space
   n  continuous in space, discrete in time
   n  approximate analytical solution

n  Solving stochastic PDEs
   n  Monte Carlo simulations
   n  spectral methods
   n  small perturbation expansion
   n  self-consistent or renormalization
      technique
n  Numerical

Spatial approximation
   n   finite difference method
       n  block-centered
       n  node-centered
   n   integrated finite difference method
   n   boundary elements method
   n   particle tracking
   n   path line integration
   n   finite element method

Time-stepping scheme
   n   fully implicit
   n   fully explicit
   n   Crank-Nicholson

Matrix-solving technique
   n   Iterative
       n  SIP
       n  Gauss-Seidel (PSOR)

       n  LSOR
       n  SSOR
       n  BSOR
       n  ADIP
       n  Iterative ADIP (IADI)
       n  Predictor-corrector
   n   Direct
                                                             Gauss elimination
                                                             Cholesky decomposition
                                                             Frontal method
                                                             Doolittle
                                                             Thomas algorithm
      n
      n
      n
      n
      n
      Point Jacob!
                                                   n  Iterative methods for nonlinear equations
                                                      n   Picard method
                                                      n   Newton-Raphson method
                                                      n   Chord slope method

                                                   n  Semi-iterative
                                                      n   conjugate-gradient
                                             B-5

-------
                         FLOW SYSTEM CHARACTERIZATION - continued
                          Inverse Modeling/Parameter Identification for Flow
Parameters to be identified
   n
   n
   n
   n
   n
   n
   n
   n
   n
   n
hydraulic conductivity
transmissivity
storativity/storage coefficient
leakance/leakage factor
areal recharge
cross-boundary fluxes
boundary heads
pumping rates
soil parameters/coefficients
streambed resistance
User input
   n  prior information on parameter(s) to be
      identified
   n  constraints on parameters to be identified
   n  instability conditions
   n  non-uniqueness criteria
   n  regularity conditions
                                  Parameter identification method
                              n aquifer tests (based on analytical solutions)
                              n numerical inverse approach
Direct method (model parameters treated as
dependent variable)
   n   energy dissipitation method
   n   algebraic approach
   n   inductive method (direct integration
       ofPDE)
   n   minimizing norm of error flow
       (flatness criterion)
   n   linear programming (single- or
       multi-objective)
   n   quadratic programming
   n   matrix inversion

   n   Marquardt
                                              Indirect method (iterative improvement of
                                              parameter estimates)
                                                n   linear least-squares
                                                n   non-linear least-squares
                                                n   quasi-linearization
                                                n   linear programming
                                                n   quadratic programming
                                                n   steepest descent
                                                n   conjugate gradient
                                                n   non-linear regression (Gauss-Newton)
                                                n   Newton-Raphson
                                                n   influence coefficient
                                                n   maximum likelihood
                                                n   (co-)kriging
                                                n   gradient search
                                                n   decomposition and multi-level
                                                    optimization
                                                n   graphic curve matching
                                              B-6

-------
                          FLOW SYSTEM CHARACTERIZATION - continued
                                    Output Characteristics - Flow
Echo of input (in ASCII text format)
   n   grid (nodal coordinates, cell size,
       element connectivity
   n   initial heads/pressures/potentials
   n   initial moisture content/saturation
   n   soil parameters/function coefficients
   n   aquifer parameters
   n   flow boundary conditions
   n   flow stresses  (e.g., recharge, pumping)

Simulation results - form of output
   n   dependent variables in binary format
   n   complete results in ASCII text format
   n   spatial distribution of dependent variable
       for postprocessing
   n   time series of dependent variable for
       postprocessing
   n   direct screen display - text
   n   direct screen display - graphics
   n   direct hardcopy (printer)
   n   direct plot (pen-plotter)
   n   graphic vector file
   n   graphic bitmap/pixel/raster file

Simulation results - type of output
   n   head/pressure/potential
       n   areal values (table, contours)
       n   temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
   n   saturation/moisture content
       n   areal values (table, contours)
       n   temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
   n   head differential/drawdown
       n   areal values (table, contours)
       n   temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
   n   moisture content/saturation
       n   areal values (table, contours)
       n   temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
Type of output - continued
   n   internal (cross-cell) fluxes
       n  areal values (table, vector plots)
       n  temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
   n   infiltration fluxes
       n  areal values (table, vector plots)
       n  temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
   n   evapo(transpi)ration fluxes
       n  areal values (table, vector plots)
       n  temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
   n   cross boundary fluxes
       n  areal values (table, vector plots)
       n  temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
   n   velocities
       n  areal values (table, vector plots)
       n  temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
   n   stream function values
   n   streamlines/pathlines (graphics)
   n   capture zone delineation (graphics)
   n   traveltimes (table of arrival times; tics on
       pathlines)
   n   isochrones (i.e., lines of equal travel
       times; graphics)
   n   position of interface (table, graphics)
   n   location of seepage faces
   n   water budget components
       n  cell-by-cell
       n  global (main components for total
          model area)
   n   calculated flow parameters
   n   uncertainty in results (i.e., statistical
       measures)

Computational information
   n   iteration progress
   n   iteration error
   n   mass balance error
   n   cpu time use
   n   memory allocation
                                               B-7

-------
                      SOLUTE TRANSPORT AND FATE CHARACTERIZATION
n  any constituents)
n  single constituent
n  two interacting constituents
n  multiple interacting
   constituents
n  radionuclides
n  total dissolved solids (TDS)
   Water Quality Constituents

n  anorganics - general
n  anorganics - specific
   n   heavy metals
   n   nitrogen compounds
   n   phosphorus compounds
   n   sulphur compounds
n  organics

 Transport and  Fate Processes
n  micro-organisms
   n   bacteria, coliforms
   n   viruses
(Conservative) transport
   n  advection
      n steady-state
         n uniform-parallel to transport
            coordinate system
         n uniform-may be under an angle
            with transport coordinate system
         n non-uniform
      n transient
      n velocities generated within code
         n from internal flow simulation
         n from external flow simulation or
            measured heads
      n velocities required as input
   n  mechanical dispersion
      n longitudinal
      n transverse
   n  molecular diffusion

Phase transfers
   n  solid<->gas; (vapor) sorption
   n  solid<->liquid; sorption
      n equilibrium isotherm
         n linear (retardation)
         n Langmuir
         n Freundlich
      n non-equilibrium isotherm
      n desorption (hysteresis)
   n  liquid->gas; volatilization
   n  liquid->solids; filtration

Fate - Type of reactions:
   n  ion exchange
   n  substitution/hydrolysis
   n  dissolution/precipitation
   n  reduction/oxidation
                  Fate - Type of reactions - continued)
                     n   acid/base reactions
                     n   complexation
                     n   biodegradation
                         n  aerobic
                         n  anaerobic

                  Fate - Form of reactions:
                     n   zero order production/decay
                     n   first order production/decay
                     n   radioactive decay
                         n  single mother/daughter decay
                         n  chain decay
                     n   microbial production/decay
                         n  aerobic biodegradation
                         n  anaerobic biodegradation

                  Parameter representation
                     dispersivity
                         n  isotropic (longitudinal=transverse)
                         n  2D anisotropic  - allows
                            longitudinal/transverse ratio
                         n  3D anisotropic  - allows different
                            longitudinal/transverse and horizontal
                            transverse/vertical transverse ratios
                         n  homogeneous  (constant in space)
                         n  heterogeneous (variable in space)
                         n  scale-dependent
                         n  internal cross terms
                     diffusion coefficient
                         n homogeneous (constant in  space)
                         n heterogeneous (variable in  space)
                     retardation factor
                         n homogeneous (constant in  space)
                         n heterogeneous (variable in  space)
n  Chemical processes embedded in transport equation
n  Chemical processes described by equations separate from the transport
                                              B-8

-------
                SOLUTE TRANSPORT AND FATE CHARACTERIZATION - continued
                             Boundary Conditions for Solute Transport
General boundary conditions
   n  fixed concentration (constant in time)
   n  specified time-varying concentration
   n  zero solute flux
   n  fixed boundary solute flux
   n  specified time-varying boundary solute
      flux
   n  springs with solute flux dependent on
      head-dependent flow rate and
      concentration in ground water
   n  solute flux from stream dependent on flow
      rate and concentration in stream
   n  solute flux to stream dependent on flow
      rate and concentration in ground water
                     Sources and sinks
                        n   injection well with constant concentration
                            and flow rate
                        n   injection well with time-varying
                            concentration and flow rate
                        n   production well with solute flux dependent
                            on concentration in ground water
                        n   point sources (e.g., injection wells)
                        n   line sources (e.g., infiltration ditches)
                        n   horizontal areal (patch) sources (e.g.,
                            feedlots, landfills)
                        n   vertical patch sources
                        n   non-point (diffuse) sources
                        n   plant solute uptake
                                Solution methods - Solute transport
n  Analytical
   n  single solution
   n  superposition
   n  method of images
n  flow and solute transport equations are uncoupled
n  flow and solute transport equations are coupled
   n through concentration-dependent density
   n through concentration-dependent viscosity

                     Time-stepping scheme
                        n   fully implicit
                        n   fully explicit
                        n   Crank-Nicholson
n  Semi-analytical
   n  continuous in time, discrete in space
   n  continuous in space, discrete in time
   n  approximate analytical solution

n  Solving stochastic PDEs
   n  Monte Carlo simulations
   n  spectral methods
   n  small perturbation expansion
   n  self-consistent or renormalization
      technique

n  Numerical

Spatial approximation
   n  finite difference
      n block-centered
      n node-centered
   n  integrated finite difference
   n  particle-tracking
   n  method of characteristics
   n  random walk
   n  boundary element  method
   n  finite element method
                     Matrix-solving technique
                        n   Iterative
                            n SIP
                            n Gauss-Seidel (PSOR)
                            n LSOR
                            n SSOR
                            n BSOR
                            n ADI
                            n Iterative ADI P (IADI)
                        n   Direct
                            n Gauss elimination
                            n Cholesky decomposition.
                            n Frontal method
                            n Doolittle
                            n Thomas  algorithm
                            n Point Jacob!

                     n  Iterative methods for nonlinear equations
                        n   Picard method
                        n   Newton-Raphson method
                        n   Chord slope method

                     n  Semi-iterative
                        n   conjugate-gradient
                                              B-9

-------
                 SOLUTE TRANSPORT AND FATE CHARACTERIZATION - continued
                         Inverse/parameter Identification for Solute Transport
Parameters to be identified
   n
   n
   n
   n
   n
   n
      velocity
      dispersivity
      diffusion coefficient
      retardation factor
      source strength
      initial conditions (concentrations)
User input
   n   prior information on parameters to be
       identified
   n   constraints on parameters to be identified
   n   instability conditions
   n   non-uniqueness criteria
   n   regularity conditions
                                  Parameter identification method

                              n tracer tests (based on analytical solutions)
                              n numerical inverse approach
   n
   n
   n
Direct method (model parameters treated as
dependent variable)
       energy dissipitation method
       algebraic approach
       inductive method (direct integration of
       PDE)
       minimizing norm of error flow (flatness
       criterion)
       linear programming (single- or multi-
       objective)
       quadratic programming
       matrix inversion
   n
   n
Indirect method (iterative improvement of
parameter estimates)
   n   linear least-squares
   n   nonlinear least-squares
   n   quasi-linearization
   n   linear programming
   n   quadratic programming
   n   steepest descent
   n   conjugate gradient
   n   nonlinear regression (Gauss-Newton)
   n   Newton-Raphson
   n   maximum likelihood
   n   (co-)kriging
                              Output Characteristics - Solute Transport
Echo of input (in ASCII text format)
   n   grid (nodal coordinates, cell size,
       element connectivity)
   n   initial concentrations
   n   transport parameter values
   n   transport boundary conditions
   n   transport stresses (source/sink fluxes)

Simulation results - Type of output
   n   concentration values
   n   concentration in pumping wells
   n   internal and cross-boundary solute fluxes
   n   velocities (from given heads)
       n  areal values (table, vector plots)
       n  temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
   n   mass balance components
       n  cell-by-cell
       n  global  (total model area)
   n   calculated  transport parameters
   n   uncertainty in results (i.e., statistical
       measures)
                                                     Simulation results - Form of output
                                                       n  binary files of concentrations
                                                       n  complete results in ASCII text format
                                                       n  spatial distribution of concentration for
                                                           postprocessing
                                                       n  time series of concentration for
                                                           postprocessing
                                                       n  direct screen display -text
                                                       n  direct screen display - graphics
                                                       n  direct hardcopy (printer)
                                                       n  direct plot (pen-plotter)
                                                       n  graphic vector file
                                                       n  graphic bitmap/pixel/raster file

                                                     Computational progress
                                                       n  iteration progress
                                                       n  iteration error
                                                       n  mass balance error
                                                       n  cpu use
                                                       n  memory allocation
                                              B-10

-------
                            HEAT TRANSPORT CHARACTERIZATION
                                      Transport Processes
   convection
   n  steady-state
      n  uniform flow
      n  non-uniform flow
   n  transient
   conduction
   n  through rock-matrix
   n  through liquid
   thermal dispersion
n  thermal diffusion between rock matrix and
   liquid
n  radiation
n  phase change
   n  evaporation/condensation
      n  water/vapors
      n  water/steam
   n  freezing/thawing
n  heat exchange between phases
n  internal heat generation (heat source)
Parameter representation (parameters not checked are considered homogeneous)
thermal conductivity of rock matrix
   n   homogeneous (constant in space)
   n   heterogeneous (variable in space)
thermal dispersion coefficient
   n   isotropic (longitudinal=transverse)
   n   anisotropic
   n   homogeneous (constant in space)
   n   heterogeneous (variable in space)
                              Boundary Conditions for Heat Transport
General boundary conditions
Sources and sinks
   n  fixed temperature (constant in time)
   n  specified time-varying temperature
   n  zero heat flux/temperature gradient
   n  fixed heat flux/temperature gradient
   n  specified time-varying heat
      flux/temperature gradient
   n  heat flux from stream dependent on flow
      rate and stream temperature
   n  heat flux to stream dependent on flow rate
      and ground-water temperature
   n  heat flux through overburden dependent
      on flow rate and recharge temperature
   n  heat flux through overburden dependent
      on temperature difference between
      aquifer and atmosphere
   n
   n
   n
   n
injection well with given constant
temperature and flow rate
injection well with given time-varying
temperature and flow rate
production well with given flow rate and
heat flux dependent on ground-water
temperature
point sources
line sources
areal sources
non-point (diffuse) sources
                                Solution Methods - Heat Transport
n  Analytical
   n  single solution
   n  superposition
   n  method of images
                             n  flow and heat transport equations are uncoupled
                             n  flow and heat transport equations are coupled
                                 n through temperature-dependent density
                                 n through temperature-dependent viscosity
   Semi-analytical
   n  continuous in time, discrete in space
   n  continuous in space, discrete in time
   n  approximate analytical solution
                                             B-11

-------
                       HEAT TRANSPORT CHARACTERIZATION - continued
n  Solving stochastic PDEs
   n  Monte Carlo simulations
   n  spectral methods
   n  small perturbation expansion
   n  self-consistent or renormalization
      technique

n  Numerical

Spatial approximation
   n  finite difference
      n  block-centered
      n  node-centered
   n  integrated finite difference
   n  particle-tracking
   n  method of characteristics
   n  random walk
   n  boundary element method
   n  finite element method

Time-stepping scheme
   n  fully implicit
   n  fully explicit
   n  Crank-Nicholson
Matrix-solving technique
   n  Iterative
      n  SIP
      n  Gauss-Seidel (PSOR)
      n  LSOR
      n  SSOR
      n  BSOR
      n  ADI
      n  Iterative ADI P (IADI)
   n  Direct
      n  Gauss elimination
      n  Cholesky decomposition.
      n  Frontal method
      n  Doolittle
      n  Thomas algorithm
      n  Point Jacob!

n  Iterative methods for nonlinear equations
   n  Picard method
   n  Newton-Raphson method
   n  Chord slope method

n  Semi-iterative
   n  conjugate-gradient
                              Output Characteristics - Solute Transport
Echo of input (in ASCII text format)
   n  grid (nodal coordinates, cell size,
      element connectivity
   n  initial temperatures
   n  transport parameter values
   n  transport boundary conditions
   n  transport stresses (source/sink fluxes)

Simulation results - Type of output
   n  temperature values
   n  temperature in pumping wells
   n  internal and cross-boundary heat fluxes
   n  velocities (from given heads)
      n   areal values (table, vector plots)
      n   temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
   n  heat balance components
      n   cell-by-cell
      n   global  (total model area)
   n  calculated  transport parameters
   n  uncertainty in results (i.e., statistical
      measures)
Simulation results - Form of output
   n  binary files of temperatures
   n  complete results in ASCII text format
   n  spatial distribution of temperature for
      postprocessing
   n  time series of temperature for
      postprocessing
   n  direct screen display -text
   n  direct screen display - graphics
   n  direct hardcopy (printer)
   n  direct plot (pen-plotter)
   n  graphic vector file
   n  graphic bitmap/pixel/raster file

Computational progress
   n  iteration progress
   n  iteration error
   n  heat balance error
   n  cpu use
   n  memory allocation
                                              B-12

-------
                    ROCK/SOIL MATRIX DEFORMATION CHARACTERIZATION
                                        Modeled System
Deformation cause
   n  fluid withdrawal (increased internal rock
      matrix stresses)
   n  overburden increase (increased system
      loading)
   n  man-made cavities (reduced rock-matrix
      stresses)
Model components
   n  aquifer only
   n  aquifer/overburden
   n  aquifer(s)/aquitard(s)
   n  aquifer(s)/aquitard(s)/overburden
                                          Model Types
 n Empirical model
   n  depth/porosity model
n  Semi-empirical model
   n  aquitard drainage model
   Mechanistic process-based model (see
   processes)
   n  Terzaghi (1925)
   n  Biot(1941)
                                           Processes
n  one-dimensional deformation
   n  subsidence (vertical movement of land
      surface
   n  compaction (vertical deformation;
      decrease of thickness of sediments
      due to increase of effective stress;
      also consolidation)
   n  matrix expansion (due to reduced
      skeletal stress)
n  two-dimensional deformation
   n  vertical (cross-sectional)
   n  horizontal (areal)
n  three-dimensional deformation
n  coupling fluid flow and deformation
   n  single equation
   n  two coupled equations
n  coupling temperature change with fluid flow
   and deformation (e.g., geothermal
   reservoirs)

n  elastic deformation
n  inelastic (plastic) deformation
                                    Parameter Representation
    Note that parameters not mentioned are considered homogeneous in space. (Refer to Flow System
                                Characterization beginning on B-3.)
n  stress-dependent hydraulic conductivity
   compressibility of rock matrix
   n  homogeneous (constant in space)
   n  heterogeneous
coefficient of consolidation (isotropic)
   n  homogeneous
   n  heterogeneous
                               Boundary Conditions for Deformation
   prescribed displacement
   n  constant in time
   n  varying in time
   prescribed pore pressure
   n  constant in time
   n  varying in time
   prescribed skeletal stress
   n  constant in time
   n  varying in time
                                             B-13

-------
               ROCK/SOIL MATRIX DEFORMATION CHARACTERIZATION - continued

                                  Solution Methods - Deformation

                                Flow and deformation equations are:
                                 n  uncoupled         n  coupled
n  Analytical
   n  single solution
   n  superposition
n  Numerical
                 Semi-analytical
                 n   continuous in time, discrete in space
                 n   continuous in space, discrete in time
                 n   approximate analytical solution
Spatial approximation
   n   finite difference
       n  block-centered
       n  node-centered
   n   integrated finite difference
   n   finite element method
              Time-stepping scheme
                 n   fully implicit
                 n   fully explicit
                 n   Crank-Nicholson
   n  Iterative
      n  SIP
      n  Gauss-Seidel (PSOR)
      n  LSOR
      n  SSOR
      n  BSOR
      n  ADI
      n  Iterative ADI P (IADI)

n  Semi-iterative
   n  conjugate-gradient
Matrix-solving technique
                 n   Direct
                     n   Gauss elimination
                     n   Cholesky decomposition
                     n   Frontal method
                     n   Doolittle
                     n   Thomas algorithm
                     n   Point Jacob!

              n Iterative methods for nonlinear equations
                 n   Picard method
                 n   Newton-Raphson method
                 n   Chord slope method
                                Output Characteristics - Deformation
Echo of input (in ASCII text format)
   n  grid (nodal coordinates, cell size,
      element connectivity)
   n  initial stresses
   n  deformation parameter values
   n  deformation boundary conditions

Simulation results - Form of output
   n  binary files
   n  complete results in ASCII text format
   n  spatial distribution for postprocessing
   n  time series for postprocessing
   n  direct screen display -text
   n  direct screen display - graphics
   n  direct hardcopy (printer.pen-plotter)
   n  graphic vector file/display
   n  graphic bitmap/pixel/raster file
              Simulation results - Type of output
                 n   matrix displacements (internal skeletal
                     displacements;! D, 2D, 3D)
                 n   surface displacements (subsidence; 1D)
                 n   pore pressure
                 n   skeletal stress/strain
                 n   calculated parameters

              Computational progress
                 n   iteration progress
                 n   iteration error
                 n   cpu use
                 n   memory allocation
                                             B-14

-------
                                REFERENCES FOR APPENDIX B

Averjanov, S.F. 1950. About Permeability of Subsurface Sites in Case of Incomplete Saturation. Engineering
        Collection, Vol. VII, as quoted by P. Ya., Polibarinova-Kuchina, Theory of Groundwater Movement,
        1962, Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey.

Biot, M.A. 1941.  General Theory of Three-Dimensional Consolidation.  J. Applied Physics, Vol. 12, pp. 155-164.

Brooks, R.H., and A.T. Corey. 1966.  Properties of Porous Media Affecting Fluid Flow. Journ. Irrigation and
        Drainage Div. ASCE, Vol.  92(IR2), pp. 61-68.

Brutseart, W. 1966.  Probability Laws for Pore-Size Distributions. Soil Science Vol. 101, pp. 85-92.

Gardner, W.R.  1958.  Some Steady-State Solutions to the Unsaturated Flow Equation with Application to
        Evaporation from a Water-Table.  Soil Science Vol. 85, pp. 228-232.

Haverkamp,  R., M. Vauclin, J. Bouma, P.J. Wierenga, and G. Vachaud. 1977.  A Comparison of Numerical
        Simulation Models for One-Dimensional Infiltration.  Soil Sci. Soc. of Am. Journ., Vol. 41, pp. 285-294.

National Research Council (NRC), Committee on Ground Water Modeling Assessment, Water Science and
        Technology Board.  1990.  Ground Water Models: Scientific and Regulatory Applications.  National
        Academy Press, Washington, D.C.

Rijtema, P.E. 1965.  An Analysis of Actual Evapotranspiration. Agric. Res. Report No.  659.  Centre for Agric.
        Public, and Docum., Wageningen, The Netherlands.

Terzaghi, K.  1925.  Erdbaumechanik auf Bodenphysikalische Grundlage. Franz Deuticke, Leipzig, Germany.

van Genuchten, M.T.  1980. A Closed-Form Equation for Predicting the Hydraulic Conductivity of Unsaturated
        Soils. Soil Sci. Soc. of Am. Journ.. Vol. 44, pp. 892-898.

Wind, G.P. 1955. Flow of Water through Plant Roots. Netherlands Journ. of Agric. Sc., Vol. 3, pp. 259-264.
                                                 B-15

-------
                                      APPENDIX C
                        GENERIC FUNCTIONALITY TABLES
                FOR SATURATED FLOW AND SOLUTE TRANSPORT
       This appendix includes a series of generic functionality tables. These functionality tables may
be modified and used to help design a functionality testing program for a typical ground-water flow
and contaminant transport simulation code. Each functionality table lists the questions and issues that
may be of concern for the code function being assessed, the objectives that a functionality test should
address, and the type of benchmark that could be used to accomplish this.  The functionality tables
presented in this Appendix represent only  a sample of code function issues that should be examined
to fully evaluate the functionality of a ground-water simulation code. Furthermore, issues as code
sensitivity for spatial and temporal discretization, choice of solver, and selection of iteration/solver
parameters are not addressed.  It might  be necessary to explore  those issues through sensitivity
analysis.

Table                                      Title                                      Page
C-l.          Functionality Issues for Confmed/Unconfmed Conditions	C-l
C-2.          Functionality Issues for Flow Sources and Sinks (e.g., Wells and Drains) .... C-2
C-3.          Functionality Issues for Areal Recharge  	C-3
C-4.          Functionality Issues for Heterogeneity and Anisotropy	C-4
C-5.          Functionality Issues for Type I (Prescribed Flux) and Type II Boundary
                     Conditions (Prescribed Flux)  	C-4
C-6.          Functionality Table: Type III Boundary Condition (Hydraulic Head
                     Dependent Flux)	C-6
C-l.          Functionality Issues for Evapotranspiration	C-7
C-8.          Functionality Issues for Advective and Dispersive Solute Transport 	C-8
C-9.          Functionality Issues for Solute Fate (Retardation and Decay)	C-8

-------
                 Table C-l. Functionality Issues for Confined/Unconfined Conditions
            Functionality Issue
                Test Objective
  Type of Test
In unconfined aquifers, transmissivity is
dependent on the computed heads.
To determine if the code correctly represents the
water table under steady-state conditions. How
sensitive are the results for the difference
between initial conditions and final heads, or
boundary conditions?  Does the number of
model layers make a difference?
   steady-state
   benchmark
    Level IB
In unconfined aquifers, a rising water table
might arise above the initial model layer,
invading dry cells (saturation/wetting).
To determine if the code functions properly
when water invades dry model cells, both under
steady-state conditions (initial condition set
below final water bearing model cells) and
transient conditions.
  steady-state,
    transient
  benchmark
    Level IB
In unconfined aquifers, a falling water table
might drop below the bottom of the initial
(partially) water-filled cells (desaturation).
To determine if the code functions properly
when water evacuates wet model cells and fully
water-filled cells become partially water-filled,
both under steady-state conditions (initial
condition set above final water bearing model
cells) and transient conditions.
  steady-state,
    transient
   benchmark
    Level IB
Cyclic variations of the water table position
over more than one model layer require
repeated desaturation and resaturation of
model layers.
To determine if accuracy (in terms of heads and
mass balance) is maintained over multiple
desaturation and rewetting cycles, and if no
stability problems occur.
    transient
   benchmark
    Level IB
For unconfined conditions transmissibility is a
function of saturated thickness. Various
schemes exist to treat the resulting nonlinear
terms, including (damped) corrections at each
iteration and/or time step.
To determine the accuracy for watertable
conditions for various steady-state and transient
conditions (e.g., poor initial conditions, and
small hydraulic conductivity or storativity).
   steady-state
    transient
 conceptual test
intercomparison
    Level 1A
When the head in a confined layer drops
below the top of that layer, conditions reverse
to unconfined. This phenomenon typically
occurs in areas of the model domain where
discharge is significant. If the discharge
diminishes or is reversed, conditions may
become confined again.
To determine proper assignment of storativity
and other code settings when conditions change
between confined and unconfined (in both quasi
and fully 3-D mode), and to determine stability
under these conditions.
    transient
   benchmark
intracomparison
Level !Band2A
Most 2-D and 3-D codes include an option to
simulate ground-water flow in a quasi three-
dimensional mode.
To determine if quasi three-dimensional mode
works properly for unconfined and semi-
confined multi-layer systems.
    transient
   benchmark
    Level 1A
                                                      C-l

-------
                          Table C-2. Functionality Issues for Sources and Sinks
             Functionality Issue
              Test Objective
   Type of Test
In 3-D models, wells might be screened over a
large vertical distance within an aquifer, or even
in more than one aquifer, drawing water from
(or injecting in) different layers at different rates.
To evaluate if a multi-layer implementation of
the screened portion of a well works
correctly, both within a single aquifer and
within a multi-layer aquifer system.
   steady-state
   benchmark
    Level IB
In 3-D models, the screened part of a well is
typically represented by one or more cells.
When more cells are used and the top cell
becomes empty from pumping, the discharge
needs to be redistributed over the active
pumping cells (and vice versa).
To evaluate if a multi-cell pumping well
maintains the correct discharge rate during
the growth of the cone of depression.
     transient
  conceptual test
     Level 1A
If the cone of depression due to pumping nears
the bottom of the lowest pumping cell instability
may occur, and the representation of the physics
becomes inaccurate if pumping continues.
To determine if stability problems occur
during the development of a deep cone of
depression, and to evaluate code options to
signalize and handle local dewatering due to
pumping.
     transient
  conceptual test
     Level 1A
Simulating recharging and discharging wells is
one of the most common features of modeling
and accurate results are expected.  Furthermore,
some aspects of wells may be represented by
other code functions, providing identical results.
To determine accuracy of the code in
simulating well discharge and recharge for
various conditions, including for a fully-
penetrating well in an unconfined, leaky
confined, and fully confined aquifer, a
partially-penetrating well in such aquifers,
and a multi-aquifer well (drawdowns and
mass balance).
   steady-state
     transient
   benchmark
 intra-comparison
     Level IB
When a well is active in the same cell as another
stress (areal recharge, ET, etc.) or boundary
condition, the resulting terms are numerically
joined in the code in one or other fashion to form
approximative equations for the cell (or node).
To evaluate if a code correctly adds stresses
on a cell-by-cell basis, especially for
combinations of time stepping and stress
periods.
   steady-state
     transient
  conceptual test
     Level 1A
Sinks remove solute mass from the system. A
discharging well is a sink with a prescribed flow
flux.  Outbound solute flux is dependent on the
flow flux and the intrinsic concentration.
To evaluate if a code correctly computes
outbound solute flux in a well and the
concentration distribution resulting from this
mass removal.
   steady-state
     transient
  conceptual test
(hand calculations)
   benchmark
  Level 1A, IB
Sources introduce solute mass to the system.  A
recharging well is a source with a prescribed
flow flux. Inbound solute flux is the product of
the flow flux and a specified concentration for
the injected water.
To evaluate if a code correctly computes
inbound solute flux in a well and the
concentration distribution resulting from this
mass accumulation.
   steady-state
     transient
  conceptual test
(hand calculations)
   benchmark
  Level 1A, IB
                                                      C-2

-------
                           Table C-3. Functionality Issues for Areal Recharge
                  Functionality Issue
         Test Objective
   Type of Test
The code is expected to accurately simulate the effects of
domain-wide and locally applied areal recharge.
To determine if the areal recharge
function operates correctly and
accurately on a cell-by-cell basis.
   steady-state
   benchmark
    Level IB
Many codes support both steady-state and transient
simulations; some codes distinguish between stress-periods
and time-stepping.
To determine if the code properly
and accurately handles areal
recharge under transient
conditions.
     transient
   benchmark
   superposition
     Level IB
Many codes combine areal recharge internally with other
source/sink terms. This may inadvertently lead to coding
errors, especially when a distinction is made between stress
periods and time-stepping.
To determine, conceptually, if the
areal recharge function operates
correctly in conjunction with other
cell-by-cell stresses.
     transient
  conceptual test
    Level 1A
Some 3-D codes allow desaturation (and sometimes
resaturation) of cells.  Areal recharge is supposed to be
introduced in the topmost active cell.
To determine, conceptually, if
areal recharge is always added to
the topmost active cell.
     transient
  conceptual test
    Level 1A
Some codes display stability and accuracy problems when
areal recharge is large and aquifer hydraulic conductivity is
small (in general, this is grid-discretization and time-
stepping dependent).
To determine if numerical
algorithms are adequate to handle
typical real-world situations.
   steady-state
  conceptual test
sensitivity analysis
    Level 1A
Typically, areal recharge is attributed to the nodal equations
on a cell-by-cell basis.  Often, there is no distinction
between the effects of a recharge well in the top active cell
and the effects of areal recharge in that cell.
To determine if errors exist in
either the areal recharge or the
injection well function.
     transient
   benchmark
  intracomparison
  Level IB, 2A
Inbound solute flux due to areal recharge is computed as
the product of the recharge flux and given concentration of
the recharging water.
To determine accuracy of the code
in simulating concentrations and
model mass balance due to the
solute accumulation from areal
recharge for various conditions.
   steady-state
     transient
  conceptual test
(hand calculations)
   benchmark
  Level 1A, IB
                                                      C-3

-------
                   Table C-4.  Functionality Issues for Heterogeneity and Anisotropy
              Functionality Issue
             Test Objective
    Type of Test
Heterogeneity with respect to hydraulic parameters
is a key element for selection of numerical
simulation codes.  Sharp contrast in parameter
values for neighboring cells may cause stability
problems, excessive computation time, inaccurate
results, or nonconvergence. Representing aquifers
and aquitards in a fully three-dimensional model
requires assigning values to successive model
layers which may differ many orders of magnitude.
 To determine to what level the code
 supports heterogeneity, both in
 horizontal and vertical direction through
 sensitivity analysis for hydraulic and
 numerical parameters, and for spatial
 and temporal discretization.
     steady-state
      transient
   conceptual test
     benchmark
   intercomparison
  Level 1A, IB, 2B
Anisotropy in hydraulic conductivity may be
present. Permeability in the vertical direction is
typically less than the horizontal permeability due
to macro- and meso-scale layering within the
hydrogeologic units. Furthermore, anisotropy may
also occur in horizontal direction, especially in
cemented, unconsolidated rock and in consolidated
rock.  Effects of simulating strong anisotropy
include instabilities; inaccuracies, especially near
no-flow boundaries; and excessive computational
time.
 To determine to what level the code
 supports anisotropy, both in horizontal
 and vertical direction through
 sensitivity analysis for hydraulic and
 numerical parameters, for spatial and
 temporal discretization, and for grid
 orientation.
     steady-state
      transient
   conceptual test
     benchmark
   intracomparison
   intercomparison
Level 1A, IB, 2A, 2B
             Table C-5.  Functionality Issues for Type I (Prescribed Head/Concentration)
                           and Type II (Prescribed Flux) Boundary Conditions
              Functionality Issue
             Test Objective
     Type of Test
First type boundary condition cells are cells where
the head or concentration is fixed; the model
should respond accordingly. Note that for outflow
boundaries, the concentration is dependent on the
concentration of the boundary-crossing fluid and
cannot be specified as boundary condition.
To determine if the code correctly assigns
first-type boundary conditions and
correctly responds (heads and mass
balance) to them, both in steady-state and
transient simulations.
                                                 To determine if code correctly switches
                                                 between intrinsic concentration for
                                                 outbound solute transport and fixed
                                                 concentration for inbound transport.
     steady-state
      transient
     benchmark
      Level IB
                                               transient
                                             conceptual test
                                           (hand calculations)
                                               Level 1A
Second type boundary condition flow cells are
cells where the water mass flux is fixed or zero;
the model should respond accordingly.
To determine if the code responds (heads
and mass balance) correctly to second-
type boundary conditions for flow, both in
steady-state and transient simulations.
     steady-state
      transient
     benchmark
   intracomparison
      Level IB
                                                     C-4

-------
              Functionality Issue
             Test Objective
   Type of Test
The most common second-type boundary
condition for solute transport is zero-flux. Solute
transport at outflow boundaries is dependent on
intrinsic concentration and is not specified as
boundary condition.  Solute transport at inflow
boundaries is flow-flux-dependent and commonly
specified as concentration. All other types of
specified inbound/outbound  solute fluxes are
commonly taken care of by the source/sink term of
the governing equation.
To determine if the code correctly
responds (concentrations and mass
balance) to zero-flux boundary
conditions for solute transport, both in
steady-state and transient simulations.
To determine if the code correctly
computes outbound boundary mass
fluxes.
                                                  To determine if code correctly responds
                                                  to inbound boundary mass fluxes.
   steady-state
     transient
  conceptual test
   benchmark
  Level 1A, IB
   steady-state
     transient
  conceptual test
(hand calculations)
     Level 1A
                                               steady-state
                                                 transient
                                              conceptual test
                                            (hand calculations)
                                                Level 1A
Often modeling a field site involves irregular
boundaries and inactive model areas within the
model domain.  Many codes allow the user to
switch off inactive cells, which should not
contribute to error and mass balance calculations.
Because the solvers typically march through the
cells in a strict order and direction, it may
encounter a sequence of active and inactive cells
in a single-direction sweep.
To determine if the code correctly
incorporates active cells in the solution
and excludes the effects of inactive cells
in the results.
   steady-state
     transient
  conceptual test
(hand calculations)
 intercomparison
  Level 1A, 2B
                                                      C-5

-------
      Table C-6.  Functionality Issues for Type III Boundary Conditions (Head-Dependent Flux)
            Functionality Issue
                Test Objective
  Type of Test
General head boundary (GHB) can apply
leakage through several idealized boundaries
including aquitards (with a source bed aquifer
above), stream beds, and other boundaries with
an external source or sink.  The flow is
proportional to the difference between the
external head and the head in an active model
cell, and dependent on the leakance.
To determine accuracy of the code in simulating
GHB discharge/recharge and head distribution for
various conditions (heads and mass balance).
  steady-state
   transient
  benchmark
intercomparison
 Level IB, 2B
Leakage from or to a stream/river boundary is
a modification of the general head boundary.
In addition to GHB, the stream boundary
allows the head in the model to decline below
the bottom of the streambed, generating a
constant inbound flux.
To evaluate if the stream boundary function
properly switches when water table rises above
bottom of streambed or when water table declines
below this level.
   transient
 conceptual test
   Level 1A
To evaluate if results are comparable with other
forms of the 3rd-type boundary condition (e.g.,
GHB).
    transient
intracomparison
   Level 2A
                                              To determine accuracy of the code in simulating
                                              stream discharge increase/decrease and head
                                              distribution for various conditions (heads and mass
                                              balance).
                                                    steady-state
                                                     transient
                                                    benchmark
                                                 intercomparison
                                                   Level IB, 2B
Drain functions allow water to flow toward a
sink as long as the head in the aquifer is higher
than the bottom of the drain.  This function is a
form of the general 3rd-type boundary
condition.
To evaluate if the drain shuts down when the head
in the aquifer declines below the bottom of the
drain, and as the drain is reactivated if the aquifer
head rises (again) above the drain level.
   transient
 conceptual test
   Level 1A
                                              To evaluate if results are comparable with other
                                              forms of the 3rd-type boundary condition (e.g.,
                                              partially penetrating stream).
                                                     transient
                                                 intracomparison
                                                     Level 2A
                                              To determine accuracy of the code in simulating
                                              drain discharge and head distribution for various
                                              conditions (heads and mass balance).
                                                    steady-state
                                                     transient
                                                    benchmark
                                                 intercomparison
                                                   Level IB, 2B
Evapotranspiration is considered a 3rd-type
boundary condition. For details see Table C-7.
see Table C-7.
 see Table C-7.
Inbound solute transport is dependent on
concentration of the external source and the
flux calculated with the GHB, stream boundary
or drain boundary.  Outbound flux is
dependent on flux calculated with GHB,
stream boundary or drain boundary and
intrinsic concentration.
To determine accuracy of the code in simulating
concentrations and model mass balance due to the
solute gain from the solute mass source (inbound
transport) or solute loss (outbound transport) for
various conditions.
  steady-state
   transient
  benchmark
intercomparison
 Level IB, 2B
                                                     C-6

-------
                         Table C-7.  Functionality Issues for Evapotranspiration
               Functionality Issue
             Test Objective
   Type of Test
Evapotranspiration (ET) is often implemented as
dependent on a water-table elevation in the soil
above which ET is maximum.
To determine if this code function behaves
correctly under transient conditions.
     transient
  conceptual test
    Level 1A
When the water-table lies below the extinction
elevation, ET should be zero.
To determine if this code function behaves
correctly under transient conditions.
     transient
  conceptual test
    Level 1A
The evapotranspiration flux between the maximum
ET elevation and the extinction elevation follows a
code-specific mathematical relationship.
To evaluate if the fluxes generated by the
ET function are accurate for various water-
table elevations.
   steady-state
  conceptual test
(hand calculations)
    Level 1A
                                                  To determine if the effects of the ET fluxes
                                                  on flow (and thus head distribution) are
                                                  accurate.
                                           steady-state, transient
                                             intracomparison
                                             intercomparison
                                              Level 2A, 2B
Many codes combine evapotranspiration fluxes
internally with other source/sink terms. This may
inadvertently lead to coding errors, especially when
a distinction is made between stress periods and
time-stepping.
To determine, conceptually, if the areal
recharge function operates correctly in
conjunction with other cell-by-cell
stresses.
     transient
  conceptual test
    Level 1A
Some 3-D codes allow desaturation (and sometimes
resaturation) of cells.  ET is supposed to be
introduced in the topmost active cell only.
To determine, conceptually, if ET is
always added to the topmost active cell.
     transient
  conceptual test
    Level 1A
Outbound solute flux due to ET is computed as the
product of the ET flux and the intrinsic
concentration. Some codes include a multiplication
factor between 0 and 1 to fine tune the amount of
solute uptake by plants.
To determine accuracy of the code in
simulating concentrations and model mass
balance due to the solute loss from
evapotranspiration for various conditions.
   steady-state
     transient
  conceptual test
(hand calculations)
 intercomparison
  Level 1A, 2B
                                                      C-7

-------
            Table C-8. Functionality Issues for Advective and Dispersive Solute Transport
               Functionality Issue
             Test Objective
              Type of Test
Advection-dominated transport often creates
numerical problems in the vicinity of the solute
front.
 To determine accuracy in terms of
 concentrations and mass balance, to
 evaluate stability and the occurrence of
 oscillations and numerical dispersion,
 and to perform sensitivity analysis with
 respect to transport parameter values,
 and spatial and temporal discretization.
        steady-state uniform flow
           transient transport
              benchmark
               Level IB
Accuracy of simulation of dispersive transport is
dependent on grid orientation. Inclusion of cross-
terms of the dispersion coefficient may improve
 To determine sensitivity of concentration
 distribution and mass balance for grid
 orientation.
accuracy.
        steady-state uniform flow
           transient transport
              benchmark
               Level IB
Accuracy of dispersive transport may be influenced
by the contrast in the main directional components
of the dispersivity, especially when using non-
optimal grid orientation.
 To determine accuracy of concentration
 distribution and mass balance for
 different ratios for the dispersivity
 components.
        steady-state uniform flow
           transient transport
              benchmark
               Level IB
Sometimes, advective-dispersive transport is
negligible and molecular diffusion is prominent.
 To determine accuracy in terms of
 concentrations and mass balance when
 molecular diffusion is important.
               transient
              benchmark
               Level 1A
                Table C-9.  Functionality Issues for Solute Fate (Retardation and Decay)
              Functionality Issue
        Test Objective
         Type of Test
Sorption is often represented as a linear or
nonlinear reversible equilibrium reaction,
represented by a retardation coefficient.  Some
codes implicitly maintain mass balance in both the
dissolved and solid phases, other codes display
mass balance problems under certain scenarios.
To evaluate correctness of
reversible sorption function and
to determine accuracy in terms
of concentrations and mass
balance for various sorption
rates (check for reversibility).
    steady-state uniform flow
       transient transport
hand calculations (mass balance)
  benchmark (concentrations)
         Level 1A, IB
Some codes include zero-order production or
removal in the source/sink term of the governing
equation.
To evaluate correctness and
accuracy of this function in
terms of concentrations and
mass balance.
    steady-state uniform flow
       transient transport
hand calculations (mass balance)
  benchmark (concentrations)
         Level 1A, IB
                                                     C-8

-------
              Functionality Issue
        Test Objective
         Type of Test
Many codes include first-order production or decay
in the source/sink term of the governing equation.
Some codes display instabilities or inaccuracies
when half-life times are about the same order of
magnitude or smaller as the time steps.
To evaluate correctness and
accuracy of this function in
terms of concentrations and
mass balance, for both large and
small values of the decay
coefficient (including zero).
    steady-state uniform flow
       transient transport
hand calculations (mass balance)
  benchmark (concentrations)
         Level 1A, IB
                                                      C-9

-------
             APPENDIX D.
COMPLETED FUNCTIONALITY CHECKLISTS
       FOR FTWORK VERSION 2.8

-------
                GROUND WATER MODEL FUNCTIONALITY DESCRIPTION
                 MODEL NAME:
                     VERSION:
               RELEASE DATE:

                   AUTHOR(S):
INSTITUTION OF DEVELOPMENT:

           CONTACT ADDRESS:
                       PHONE:
                          FAX:

         PROGRAM LANGUAGE:
     COMPUTER PLATFORM(S);

               LEGAL STATUS:
    PREPROCESSING OPTIONS:
FTWORK
2.8b
March 1993

Faust, C.R. et al.
GeoTrans, Inc. for Savannah River Lab.

GeoTrans, Inc., Sterling, VA
703/444-7000
703/444-1685

FORTRAN 77
DOS 5.0, UNIX, others

Public domain
not included
   POSTPROCESSING FACILITIES:  not included; produces exportable files
  MODEL TYPE

  • single phase saturated
     flow
  n single phase unsaturated
     flow
  n vapor flow/transport
  • solute transport
  n virus transport
  n heat transport
  n matrix deformation
  n geochemical
  n optimization
  n groundwater and surface
     water hydraulics
  • parameter ID saturated
     flow (inverse numerical)
 n  parameter ID unsaturated        n
    flow (analytical/ numerical)       n
 n  parameter ID solute             n
    transport (numerical)            n
 n  aquifer test analysis             n
 n  tracer test analysis              n
 n  flow of water and steam          n
 n  fresh/salt water interface         n
 n  twophase flow                  n
    threephase flow                n
 n  phase transfers                n
 n  chemical transformations        n
 n  biochemical
    transformations
 n  watershed runoff
  sediment transport
  surface water runoff
  stochastic simulation
  geostatistics
  multimedia exposure
  pre-/postprocessing
  expert system
  data base
  ranking/screening
  water budget
  heat budget
  chemical species mass
  balance
   UNITS

   n SI system
   n metric units
 n US customary units
 • any consistent system
n user-defined
   PRIMARY USE

   n research
   n education
 • general use
 n site-dedicated
n policy-setting
                                             D-1

-------
                              GENERAL MODEL CHARACTERISTICS
Parameter discretization

n  lumped
   n  mass balance approach
   n  transfer function(s)
•  distributed
•  deterministic
n  stochastic

Spatial orientation

saturated flow
   •  1D horizontal
   •  1D vertical
   •  2D horizontal (areal)
   •  2D vertical (cross-sectional or profile)
   n  2D axi-symmetric (horizontal flow only)
   •  fully 3D
   •  quasi-3D (layered; Dupuit approx.)
   n  3D cylindrical or radial (flow defined in
      horizontal and vertical directions)

unsaturated flow
   n  1D horizontal
   n  1D vertical
   n  2D horizontal
   n  2D vertical
   n  2D axi-symmetric
   n  fully 3D
   n  3D cylindrical or radial

Restart capability - types of updates possible

•  dependent variables (e.g., head,
   concentration, temperature)
n  fluxes
•  velocities
•  parameter values
•  stress rates (pumping, recharge)
•  boundary conditions
Discretization in space

n  no discretization
•  uniform grid spacing
•  variable grid spacing
n  movable grid (relocation of
   nodes during run)
•  maximum number of nodes/cells/elements
      • modifiable in source code (requires
        compilation)
      n modifiable through input
n  maximum number of nodes (standard
   version):
n  maximum number of cells/elements (standard
   version):

Possible cell shapes
   •  1D linear
   n  1D curvilinear
   n  2D triangular
   n  2D curved triangular
   •  2D square
   •  2D rectangular
   n  2D quadrilateral
   n  2D curved quadrilateral
   n  2D polygon
   n  2D cylindrical
   •  3D cubic
   •  3D rectangular block
   n  3D hexahedral  (6 sides)
   n  3D tetrahedral (4 sides)
   n  3D spherical
                                              D-2

-------
                               FLOW SYSTEM CHARACTERIZATION
Hvdroaeoloaic zoning
   confined
   semi-confined (leaky-
   confined)
   unconfined (phreatic)
   hydrodynamic approach
   hydraulic approach (Dupuit-
   Forcheimer assumption for
   horizontal flow)
   single aquifer
   single aquifer/aquitard
   system
   multiple aquifer/aquitard
   systems
   max. number of aquifers:
   discontinuous aquifers
   (aquifer pinchout)
   discontinuous aquitards
   (aquitard  pinchout)
   storativity conversion in
   space (confined-unconfined)
   storativity conversion in time
   aquitard storativity
Hydrogeologic medium

•  porous medium
n  fractured impermeable rock
   (fracture system, fracture
   network)
n  discrete individual fractures
n  equivalent fracture network
   approach
n  equivalent porous medium
   approach
n  dual porosity system (flow in
   fractures and optional in
   porous matrix, storage in
   porous matrix and exchange
   between fractures and
   porous matrix)
•  uniform hydraulic properties
   (hydraulic conductivity,
   storativity)
•  anisotropic hydraulic
   conductivity
•  nonuniform hydraulic
   properties (heterogeneous)
        Saturated zone

Flow characteristics

•  single fluid, water
n  single fluid, vapor
n  single fluid, NAPL
n  air and water flow
n  water and steam flow
n  moving fresh water and
   stagnant salt water
n  moving fresh water and salt
   water
n  water and NAPL
n  water, vapor and NAPL
•  incompressible fluid
n  compressible fluid
n  variable density
n  variable viscosity
•  linear laminar flow (Darcian
   flow)
n  non-Darcian flow
•  steady-state flow
•  transient (non-steady state)
   flow
•  dewatering  (desaturation of
   cells)
n  dewatering  (variable
   transmissivity)
n  rewatering (resaturation of
   dry cells)
n  delayed yield from storage

Boundary conditions

n  infinite domain
n  semi-infinite domain
•  regular bounded domain
•  irregular bounded domain
•  fixed head
•  prescribed time-varying head
•  zero flow (impermeable
   barrier)
•  fixed cross-boundary flux
•  prescribed time-varying
   cross-boundary flux
•  areal recharge:
   •  constant in space
   •  variable in space
   •  constant in time
   •  variable in time
Boundary conditions - continued

•  induced recharge  from or
   discharge to a source bed
   aquifer or a stream in direct
   contact with ground water
   •   surface water stage
       constant in time
   •   surface water stage
       variable in time
   n   stream penetrating more
       than one aquifer
•  induced recharge  from a
   stream not in direct contact
   with groundwater
•  evapotranspiration
   dependent on distance
   surface to water table
•  drains (gaining only)
•  free surface
•  seepage face
•  springs

Sources/Sinks

•  point sources/sinks
   (recharging/pumping wells)
   •  constant flow rate
   •  variable flow rate
   •  head-specified
   •  partially penetrating
   n  well loss
   n  block-to-radius correction
   n  well-bore storage
   •  multi-layer well
•  line source/sinks (internal
   drains)
   •  constant flow rate
   •  variable flow rate
   •  head-specified
n  collector well (horizontal,
   radially extending  screens)
n  mine shafts (vertical)
   n  water-filled
   n  partially filled
n  mine drifts, tunnel
   (horizontal)
   n  water-filled
   n  partially filled
                                               D-3

-------
                              Flow System Characteristics - continued
                                      Dependent variableCs)
•  head
n  drawdown
n  pressure
n  suction
n  potential
n  moisture content
n  stream function
n  velocity
                                     Solution methods - Flow
n  analytical
   n  single solution
   n  superposition
   n  method of images

n  analytic element method
   n  point sources/sinks
   n  line sinks
   n  ponds
   n  uniform flow
   n  rainfall
   n  layering
   n  inhomogeneities
   n  doublets
   n  leakage through confining beds

n  Semi-analytical
   n  continuous in time, discrete in space
   n  continuous in space, discrete in time
   n  approximate analytical solution

n  Solving stochastic PDEs
   n  Monte Carlo simulations
   n  spectral methods
   n  small perturbation expansion
   n  self-consistent or renormalization
      technique
•  Numerical

Spatial approximation
   •  finite difference method
      •  block-centered
      n  node-centered
   n  integrated finite difference method
   n  boundary elements method
   n  particle tracking
   n  pathline integration
   n  finite element method

Time-stepping scheme
   n  fully implicit
   n  fully explicit
   •  Crank-Nicholson

Matrix-solving technique
   •  Iterative
      n  SIP
      n  Gauss-Seidel (PSOR)
      n  LSOR
      •  SSOR
      n  BSOR
      n  ADIP
      n  Iterative ADIP (IADI)
      n  Predictor-corrector
   •  Direct
      •  Gauss  elimination
      n  Cholesky decomposition
      n  Frontal method
      •  Doolittle
      n  Thomas algorithm
   n  Point Jacob!
                                                       Iterative methods for nonlinear equations
                                                       n  Picard method
                                                       n  Newton-Raphson method
                                                       n  Chord slope method

                                                       Semi-iterative
                                                       n  conjugate-gradient
                                              D-4

-------
                               Flow System Characteristics - continued
                                    Output Characteristics - Flow
Echo of input (in ASCII text format)
   •   grid (nodal coordinates, cell size,
       element connectivity
   •   initial heads/pressures/potentials
   n   initial moisture content/saturation
   n   soil parameters/function coefficients
   •   aquifer parameters
   •   boundary conditions
   •   stresses (recharge, pumping)

Simulation results - form of output
   •   dependent variables in binary format
   •   complete results in ASCII text format
   •   spatial distribution of dependent variable
       for postprocessing
   n   time series of dependent variable for
       postprocessing
   n   direct screen display - text
   n   direct screen display - graphics
   n   direct hardcopy (printer)
   n   direct plot (pen-plotter)
   n   graphic vector file
   n   graphic bit map/pixel/raster file

Simulation results - type of output
   •   head/pressure/potential
       •   areal values (table, contours)
       •   temporal series  (table, x-t graphs)
   n   saturation/moisture content
       n   areal values (table, contours)
       n   temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
   n   head differential/drawdown
       n   areal values (table, contours)
       n   temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
   n   moisture content/saturation
       n   areal values (table, contours)
       n   temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
Type of output - continued
   •   internal (cross-cell) fluxes
       •  areal values (table, vector plots)
       n  temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
   •   infiltration/recharge fluxes
       •  areal values (table, vector plots)
       n  temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
   •   evapo(transpi)ration fluxes
       •  areal values (table, vector plots)
       n  temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
   •   cross boundary fluxes
       •  areal values (table, vector plots)
       n  temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
   •   velocities
       •  areal values (table, vector plots)
       n  temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
   n   stream function values
   n   streamlines/pathlines (graphics)
   n   traveltimes (tables)
   n   isochrones (graphics)
   n   position of interface (table, graphics)
   n   location of seepage faces
   •   water budget components
       •  cell-by-cell
       •  global (total model  area)
   •   calculated parameters

Computational information
   •   iteration  progress
   •   iteration  error
   •   mass balance error
   n   cpu time use
   •   memory allocation
                                                D-5

-------
                       INVERSE/PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION FOR FLOW
Parameters to be identified
   •   hydraulic conductivity
   n   trans missivity
   n   storativity/storage coefficient
   n   leakance/leakage factor
   •   areal recharge
   n   cross-boundary fluxes
   n   boundary heads
   n   pumping rates
   n   soil parameters/coefficients
   n   streambed resistance
User input
   n   prior information on parameter(s) to be
       identified
   n   constraints on parameters to be identified
   n   instability conditions
   n   non-uniqueness criteria
   n   regularity conditions
                                  Parameter identification method

                                aquifer tests (based on analytical solutions)
                                numerical inverse approach
Direct method (model parameters treated as
dependent variable)
   n   energy dissipitation method
   n   algebraic approach
   n   inductive method (direct integration
       of PDE)
   n   minimizing norm of error flow
       (flatness criterion)
   n   linear programming (single- or
       multi-objective)
   n   quadratic programming
   n   matrix inversion

   n   Marquardt
Indirect method (iterative improvement of
parameter estimates)
   n  linear least-squares
   n  non-linear least-squares
   n  quasi-linearization
   n  linear programming
   n  quadratic programming
   n  steepest descent
   n  conjugate gradient
   •  non-linear regression (Gauss-Newton)
   n  Newton-Raphson
   n  influence coefficient
   n  maximum likelihood
   n  (co-)kriging
   n  gradient search
   n  decomposition and multi-level
      optimization
   n  graphic curve matching
   •  Marquardt algorithm
                                              D-6

-------
                      SOLUTE TRANSPORT AND FATE CHARACTERIZATION
•  any constituents)
•  single constituent
n  two interacting constituents
n  multiple interacting
   constituents

n  radionuclides
n  total dissolved solids (TDS)
   Water Quality Constituents

n  inorganics - general
n  inorganics - specific
   n   heavy metals
   n   other metals
   n   nitrogen compounds
   n   phosphorus compounds
   n   sulphur compounds
   n   chlorides

 Transport and Fate Processes
n  organics - general
n  organics - specific
   n  aromatic
   n  oxygenated
   n  halogenated
n  micro-organisms
   n  bacteria, coliforms
   n  viruses
(Conservative) transport
   •   advection
       • steady-state
         • uniform-parallel to transport
            coordinate system
         • uniform-may be under an angle with
            transport coordinate system
         • non-uniform
       • transient
       • velocities generated within code
         • from internal flow simulation
         n from external flow simulation or
            measured heads
       n velocities required as input
   •   dispersion
       • longitudinal
       • transverse
       • molecular diffusion

Phase transfers
   n   solid<->gas; (vapor) sorption
   •   solid<->liquid; sorption
       • equilibrium isotherm (retardation)
         • linear
         n Langmuir
         • Freundlich
       n non-equilibrium isotherm
       n desorption (hysteresis)
   n   liquid->gas; volatilization
   n   liquid->solids; filtration

Fate - Type of reactions:
   n   ion exchange
   n   substitution/hydrolysis
   n   dissolution/precipitation
   n   reduction/oxidation
   n   acid/base reactions
   n   complexation
                 Fate - Type of reactions - (continued)
                    n  biodegradation
                       n aerobic
                       n anaerobic

                 Fate - Form of reactions:
                    •  zero order production/decay
                    •  first order production/decay
                    •  radioactive decay
                       • single mother/daughter decay
                       n chain decay
                    n  microbial production//decay
                       n Monod functions (aerobic
                          biodegradation)
                       n Michaelis-Menten function (anaerobic
                          biodegradation)

                 Parameter representation
                    dispersivity
                       • isotropic (longitudinal=transverse)
                       • 2D anisotropic - allows
                          longitudinal/transverse ratio
                       • 3D anisotropic - allows different
                          longitudinal/transverse and horizontal
                          transverse/vertical transverse ratios
                       • homogeneous (constant in space)
                       • heterogeneous (variable in space)
                       n scale-dependent
                       • internal cross terms
                    diffusion coefficient
                       • homogeneous (constant in space)
                       • heterogeneous (variable in space)
                    retardation factor
                       • homogeneous (constant in space)
                       • heterogeneous (variable in space)
                    decay factor
                       • homogeneous (constant in space)
                       • heterogeneous (variable in space)
                                               D-7

-------
                       Solute Transport and Fate Characterization - continued
         Chem. processes embedded in transport equation
         Chem. processes described by equations separate from the transport
    Boundary Conditions for Solute Transport

General boundary conditions
   •   fixed concentration (constant in time)
   n   specified time-varying concentration
   •   zero solute flux
   •   fixed boundary solute flux
   n   specified time-varying boundary solute
       flux
   n   springs with solute flux dependent on head-
       dependent flow rate and concentration in
       ground water
   n   solute flux from stream dependent on flow
       rate and concentration in stream
   n   solute flux to stream dependent on flow
       rate and concentration in ground water
Sources and sinks
   •   injection well with constant concentration
       and flow rate
   •   injection well with time-varying
       concentration and flow rate
   •   production well with solute flux dependent
       on concentration in ground water
   •   point sources (e.g., injection wells)
   •   line sources (e.g., infiltration ditches or
       canals)
   •   horizontal areal (patch) sources (e.g.,
       feedlots, landfills)
   •   vertical patch sources (e.g., infiltrated
       spill)
   •   non-point (diffuse) sources
   •   plant solute uptake
                                 Solution methods - Solute transport
         • flow and solute transport equations are uncoupled
         n flow and solute transport equations are coupled (density/viscosity)
   Analytical                                         Time-stepping scheme
   n   single solution                                    n   fully implicit
   n   superposition                                     n   fully explicit
   n   method of images                                •   Crank-Nicholson
n  Semi-analytical
   n   continuous in time, discrete in space
   n   continuous in space, discrete in time
   n   approximate analytical solution

n  Solving stochastic PDEs
   n   Monte Carlo simulations
   n   spectral methods
   n   small perturbation expansion
   n   self-consistent or renormalization
       technique

•  Numerical

Spatial approximation
   •   finite difference
       • block-centered
       n node-centered
   n   integrated finite difference
   n   particle-tracking
   n   method of characteristics
   n   random walk
   n   boundary element method
   n   finite element method
Matrix-solving technique
   n   Iterative
       n SIP
       n Gauss-Seidel (PSOR)
       n LSOR
       • SSOR
       n BSOR
       n ADI
       n Iterative ADI P (IADI)
   n   Direct
       n Gauss elimination
       n Cholesky decomposition.
       n Frontal method
       n Doolittle
       n Thomas  algorithm
       n Point Jacob!

n  Iterative methods for nonlinear equations
   n   Picard method
   n   Newton-Raphson method
   n   Chord slope method

n  Semi-iterative
   n   conjugate-gradient
                                               D-8

-------
                        Solute Transport and Fate Characterization - continued
                               Output Characteristics - Solute Transport
Echo of input (in ASCII text format)
   •   grid (nodal coordinates, cell size,
       element connectivity)
   •   initial concentrations
   •   parameter values
   •   boundary conditions
   •   stresses (source  fluxes)

Simulation results - Type of output
   •   concentration values
   n   concentration in pumping wells
   n   internal and cross-boundary solute fluxes
   •   velocities (from given heads)
       • areal values (table, vector plots)
       n temporal series (table, x-t graphs)
   •   mass balance components
       • cell-by-cell
       • global (total model area)
   n   calculated parameters
Simulation results - Form of output
   •   binary files of concentrations
   •   complete results in ASCII text format
   •   spatial distribution of concentration for
       postprocessing
   •   time series of concentration for
       postprocessing
   n   direct screen display -text
   n   direct screen display - graphics
   n   direct hardcopy  (printer)
   n   direct plot (pen-plotter)
   n   graphic vector file
   n   graphic bit map/pixel/raster file

Computational progress
   •   iteration progress
   •   iteration error
   •   mass balance error
   n   cpu time use
   •   memory allocation
                                                D-9

-------
            APPENDIX E.

CODE TESTING - FTWORK VERSION 2.8:
 EVALUATION OF DOCUMENTED TESTS

-------
                                   APPENDIX E.

                     CODE TESTING--FTWORK VERSION 2.8:
                      EVALUATION OF DOCUMENTED TESTS

      The ground-water modeling code FTWORK (version 2.8B, March 1993; Vaustetal., 1993),
developed by GeoTrans, Inc., Sterling, Virginia, has been used in  a pilot study for IGWMC's
functionality analysis, performance evaluation, and applicability assessment protocol. As part of this
study, IGWMC has rerun  and evaluated the tests documented by the authors.  The following
overview summarizes the IGWMC analysis of the performed tests. The presentation of results is
divided in three sections: 1) forwards flow simulation; 2) forwards solute transport simulation; and
3) inverse flow simulation.  For each test, an IGWMC test number is listed as well as the names of
the  author-provided data files and the IGWMC-generated output files.  Problem setup and test
objectives are presented, as well as a summary of the control parameters used and the test results.
Where possible, results have been compared with analytical solutions, programmed in MathCad 5.0
Plus for Windows (van  der Heijde, 1995).
GROUND-WATER FLOW PROBLEMS	E-l

SOLUTE TRANSPORT PROBLEMS 	E-32

INVERSE FLOW PROBLEMS  	E-53

DOCUMENTATION ERRATA	E-54

-------
                                 GROUND-WATER FLOW PROBLEMS
         IGWMC test #:  FTW-TST-1.1

        input file name:  DRAIN-WT.DAT

     IGWMC output file:  DRAIN-WT.OUT

        code reference:  manual, section 4.1.1, p. 59

            description  steady-state flow to two parallel drains in an unconfined aquifer subjected to vertical
                        recharge from precipitation.

       tested functions:  ground-water recharge and unconfined flow option

          assumptions:  horizontal flow;  isotropic, homogeneous material properties; constant, uniform rate of
                        recharge; horizontal impermeable base; fully penetrating drains

         model domain:  half strip between drains (symmetry)

                  grid:  single slice in x-direction (21 cells in x-direction, 1 cell in y-direction); single layer (1 cell
                        in z-direction); Ax=80 ft, Ay=100 ft, Az=300 ft

    boundary conditions:  constant head  at drain for x=0 ft (h0=164 ft); no flow boundary at x=1640 ft (default
                        boundary condition; edge of model); by default boundaries in y-direction and lower
                        boundary in z-direction are no-flow boundaries

       initial conditions:  164 ft at all nodes

           parameters:  hydraulic conductivity = 3.28 ft/day
                        porosity = 0.2
                        recharge rate = 0.0328 ft/day

         time-stepping:  n.a.

           benchmark:  analytical solution (Bear, J., Hydraulics of Groundwater, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1979,
                        p. 180;  Huisman,L. Ground-water Recovery, MacMillan Press, London, p. 29, 1972)

IGWMC implementation:  MATHCAD 5.0 file: drainu2.mcd

      test performed by:  problem set up for numerical code by code developers; code run and benchmark
                        comparison by IGWMC

    type of comparison:  graphic plot of heads  (see Fig.  1.1.1); tabular listing of heads (see Table 1.1.1);
                        statistical measures

             statistics:  see Table 1.1.1

    control parameters:  SSOR relaxation factor=1.63; error criterion=1 .OE-5; weighting factor=1.0;
                        tolerance for nonlinear iterations  =5.OE-5

  iteration performance:  # iterations=7; percent water balance error=-2.43991 E-10
                                                 E- 1

-------

S3
C
C
'si

si
CX
0
Q
S3

^H
<+H
^ CL>
C so
H
O C
I *"1
ctf O
-T3 >
CL> o
X is
id -e
O
c '3
"° CL>
$ <§
^ o
8 a
so §
S3
O
S3

O
O
S3
O
O
-2
H

relative res

sauared res

$
&
CD

§

£

residual

&
u

CD
r
.c
o
0)
JD
0)
ft
£=
CD
^
(/I
(D





M—

i

£

M—


•—


•^

M—

0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
CD
£

CD
£

O
00


0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
CD
00

CD
00

0
CD


0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
CD
00

CD
00

0
CN


0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
1^
0
CD

1^
0
CD

0
CN
CO


0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
o
CD
CD

0
CD
CD

0
O


0
0
0
O
O
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
00
0
o

00
0
o

0
00


0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
ro
in
o

00
in
o

0
CD
in


0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
CO
CD
o

CO
CD
o

0
CD


0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
CD
CN

CD
CN

0
CN


0
0
0
O
O
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
CN
CD

CN
CD

0
O
00


0
0
0
O
O
0
0
0
0
O
O
o
1-
CD

T-
CD

0
00
00


0
0
0
O
o
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
1^
CN

1^
CN

0
CD
CD


0
0
0
O
O
0
0
0
0
O
O
O
O
CN

0
CN

0
0


0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
o
CD
CN

0
CD
CN

0
CN


0
0
0
O
O
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
1^
CN

1^
CN

0
O
CN


0
0
0
O
O
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
1-
CD
CN

T-
CD
CN

0
00
CN


0
0
0
O
O
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
CN
0
ro

CN
0
ro

0
CD
00


0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
1-
ro

T-
ro

0


0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
CD
CO

CD
CO

0
CN
in


0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
CD
ro

CD
ro

0
o
CD


0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
1^
00
00

CN
in
CO


II
1
00

00

00

00

00

00

00


00




ii
c
"CD

5

LU
CO

LU
5

LL
5
Z

LL

LL
5


5


LL
5
























o
o
o



0
Q
*
o
0
o
0
o
c>










measure =

5



ffi
5

LU
5

5







































CL
rn
5
ll
o

II
LU





o
0)
0)
"CD
§
E
=3
b
'8
ii
LU
5






O)
=3
CD
0)
E
o
1

=3
II
0
rn
FE( relative







predict ior
1
E
ii
0.
5







P
to
mean square
H_,
O
II
1
QL





n
to
0)
o
Q
E
~i
MPE= maxim
E-2

-------
IGWMC testing of FTWORK V.2.8B
test 1-1: comparison for steady flow to parallel drains
in an unconfined aquifer subject to vertical recharge

E]

-------
     IGWMC test #:

     input file name:

 IGWMC output file:

     code reference:

         description:

    tested functions:


       assumptions:




     model domain:

               grid:
FTW-TST-1.2

DRAIN-TR.DAT

DRAIN-TR.OUT

manual, section 4.1.2, p.61

transient flow to a drain  in a semi-infinite aquifer due to a step change in head

transient response of heads to specified head b.c. different from initial head distribution
(recharge boundary)

horizontal  flow; isotropic,  homogeneous material properties, no  recharge from
precipitation;  horizontal  impermeable base;  constant  storage and  transmissive
properties (confined aquifer); instantaneous change in head in fully penetrating drain
atx=0

bounded strip replacing  semi-infinite aquifer

single slice in x-direction (31 cells in x-direction, 1 cell in y-direction); single layer (1 cell
in z-direction); varying grid block length in x-direction from 1ft near step-change head
boundary to 300 ft at opposite boundary (see table); Ay=100 ft, Az=200 ft.  (note: center
of first cell is at x=0 ft, center of second cell at x=1.25 ft, etc.)
cell spacing in x-direction (ft)
1.00
15.00
40.00
120.0
1.50
20.00
40.00
120.0
2.00
20.00
50.00
160.0
3.00
20.00
50.00
160.0
4.00
20.00
80.00
160.0
5.00
20.00
80.00
160.0
7.00
30.00
100.0
200.0
10.00
30.00
100.0

                                   1.00 ft    1.50 ft
                                                       2.00 ft
                                   cell 1
                                           cell 2
                                                       cell 3

                                                       + X
boundary conditions:  prescribed head at node 1 (x=0); all other boundaries are no-flow by default

    initial conditions:  270 ft at node 1 (at x=0); 300 ft at all other nodes.
                                               E-4

-------
                                       parameters used:
parameter
hydraulic conductivity [ft/day]
porosity or specific storage
[1/ft]
aquifer thickness [ft]
resulting transmissivity
[ft/day2]
initial head before changeT<0
[ft]
step change [ft]
head directly after change at
T=0 [ft]
benchmark
2.19
.20
300.0
657.0
300.0
30.00
270.0
numerical code
equivalent
3.28
.001
200.0 (to ensure that aquifer
does not become unconfined)
656.00
300.0
30.00
270.0
      time-stepping:  Atk= 1.4142 AtM; At, = 0.01 days; k=1....25

        benchmark:  analytical solution (Venetis, C., On the impulse response of an aquifer. IAHS Bulletin,
                    v.13, p. 136, 1968); data used as given in code manual

  test performed by:  code developers; code rerun, output checked by IGWMC using existing test data set

 type of comparison:  graphic plots (fig. 1.2.1 - 1.2.4) and tabular listings (Table 1.2.1 and 1.2.2) of heads
                    and head residuals vs. distance from head-change boundary and heads and head
                    residuals vs. time at given location.

statistics:    series 1.2a  -  MPE = 0.8; MNE = -0.2; ME = 0.176; MAE = 0.208; RMSE = 0.332;
                         PME = 0.369; NME = -0.133; MER = 2.77

            series 1.2b  -  MPE = 0.8; MNE = -0.3; ME = 0.317; MAE = 0.367; RMSE = 0.447;
                         PME = 0.372; NME = -0.3; MER = 1.24

 control parameters:  SSOR relaxation factor=1.63; error criterion=1 .OE-5; weighting factor=1.0;
                    tolerance for non-linear iterations=5.0E-5

iteration performance for selected time steps (# of iterations set at 1 per time step; w.b.=water balance):

time step #  % w.b. error  cumulative % w.b. error  time step #   % w.b. error cumulative % w.b. error
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9.687E-13
-2.479E-13
1.283E-13
1.424E-12
-7.748E-13
-9.320E-13
3.493E-12
9.687E-13
4.805E-13
3.796E-13
6.193E-13
3.276E-13
8.435E-14
7.107E-13
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
-2.636E-11
-9.936E-13
2.150E-11
3.940E-11
-5.894E-11
6.270E-11
5.071E-11
-7.030E-12
-6.063E-12
-1.677E-12
4.874E-12
-5.291 E-1 2
5.545E-12
1.272E-11
                                             E-5

-------
Table 1.2.1.  Series 1.2a: comparison of heads with distance from step change boundary
            for t=1.52 days
distance
[ft]
1.25
3.00
5.50
9.00
13.50
19.50
28.00
40.50
58.00
78.00
98.00
118.00
138.00
163.00
193.00
228.00
268.00
313.00
363.00
428.00
508.00
598.00
698.00
808.00
928.00
benchmark
[ft]
270.3
270.7
271.3
272.2
273.2
274.6
276.6
279.4
283.2
286.9
290.2
292.9
295.0
296.9
298.4
299.3
299.8
299.9
300.0
300.0
300.0
300.0
300.0
300.0
300.0
code run
[ft]
270.3
270.8
271.4
272.3
273.4
275.0
277.1
280.0
283.9
287.7
290.8
293.3
295.2
297.0
298.3
299.2
299.6
299.9
300.0
300.0
300.0
300.0
300.0
300.0
300.0
residual
[ft]
0
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.1
-0.1
-0.1
-0.2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
                                    E-6

-------
IGWMC Testing of FTWORK V.2.8B
test 1-2: comparison of head changes with d stance from
step change boundary for t=1. 52 days


CD
270.00 —
1.



. -~t
,-p— — H- "•'


\
7
/
i

j
('

(0 FTWORK

DO 10.00 100.00 1000.00
distance from head step change boundary [ft]
Figure 1.2.1.Series 1.2a: comparison of heads with distance from step change boundary for t=1.52d.
IGWMC testing of FTWORK v. 2.8B
test 1-2: comparison of head changes w th distance from
step change boundary for t=1 .52 days

en
ro
"ro
1
0)

1



• | r

0 10
i
A
/ -
/
/

0 10


\
\
\
V
10 10C

0.0
distance from head step change boundary [ft]
   Figure 1.2.2.Series 1.2a: head residuals with distance from step change boundary for t=1.52d.
                                          E-7

-------
Table 1.2.2.  Series 1.2b: comparison, over time, of heads in location x=28ft (node 8) due to a
            step change in head at t=0 days
time
[ft]
0.024
0.072
0.169
0.362
0.748
1.520
3.070
6.160
12.300
24.700
49.400
98.800
benchmark
[ft]
299.2
294
288.0
283.0
279.3
276.6
274.7
273.3
272.4
271.7
271.2
270.8
code run
[ft]
298.9
294.5
288.8
283.8
279.9
277.1
275.0
273.5
272.5
271.8
271.3
270.9
residual
[ft]
-0.3
0.5
0.8
0.8
0.6
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
                                    E-8

-------
IGWMC testing of FTWORK V.2.8B
test 1-2: comparison, overtime, of head changes
in location x=28ft (node 8) due to a step change in head at t=0 days


£
.c








'k





\





0.0


^












H






\






H —




FTWORK



-^




*





-.;,!
0.1 1.0 10.0
time since step change [daysl






100.0
Figure 1.2.3. Series 1.2b: comparison, overtime, of heads in location x=28ft (node 8)
                   due to a step change in head at t=0 days
IGWMC testing of FTWORK V.2.8B
test 1 -2: comparison, over time, of residuals between code run and benchmark
in location x=28ft (node 8) due to a step change in head at t=0 days

E
(O
lo
3
;g


/
/
/
70^
\



X
\



4 1 1
1 1 1



0.01 0.10 1.00 10.00 100.00
tirre since steo chanae fdavsl
   Figure 1.2.4. Series 1.2b: head residuals overtime in location x=28ft (node 8)
                   due to a step change in head at t=0 days
                                   E-9

-------
     IGWMC test #:

     input file name:

 IGWMC output file:

     code reference:

         description:


    tested functions:


       assumptions:



     model domain:

               grid:
FTW-TST-1.3

F3.DAT

F3.OUT

manual, section 4.1.3, p.70

unsteady flow to a well near a straight line, fully penetrating recharge boundary in a
confined aquifer

transient response to a fixed head b.c. identical to initial head distribution (recharge
boundary), and transient response to pumping a well with constant discharge

horizontal  flow; isotropic, homogeneous material properties, no recharge from
precipitation;  horizontal impermeable base; constant storage and transmissive
properties (confined aquifer); fully penetrating well

bounded area replacing semi-infinite aquifer; for dimensions see Figure  1.3.1.

rectangular single layer area of 30 cells in x-direction, 15 cells in y-direction and 1
cell in z-direction; varying grid block length in x- and y-direction ranging from 50 to
2,000 ft (see table);  Az=50ft (see Table 1.3.1.)

       Table 1.3.1.  Grid design for test FTW-TST-1.3
cell spacing in x-direction (ft)
50.00
50.00
50.00
300.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
500.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
700.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
1000.00
50.00
50.00
70.00
1500.00
50.00
50.00
100.00
2000.00
50.00
50.00
150.00

50.00
50.00
200.00

cell spacing in y-direction (ft)
50.00
200.00
50.00
300.00
50.00
500.00
50.00
700.00
50.00
1000.00
70.00
1500.00
100.00
2000.00
150.00

boundary conditions:  prescribed head at nodes where x=0 (first line of cells parallel to y-axis); all other
                     boundaries are no-flow by default

    initial conditions:  200 ft at all nodes

        parameters:  Q = 0.1 ft3/sec
                     T = 0.001 ft2/sec
                     Ss = 0.00001 ft"1

      time-stepping:  Atk = 1.4142 AtM < 864,000 sec; At, = 1,800 sec; k=1 ....20
                                              E- 10

-------
   PROFILE VIEW
      OBSERVATION WELL A
                                                          , Q=0.1 ft3/ sec
   200'
                                                                     INITIAL PIEZOMETRIC
           50'
                                CONFINED AQUIFER

                                     T=0.001 ft2/ sec

                                    Ss = 0.00001 ft"1
                                           350'-
                              750'
     PLAN VIEW
     x
  §
  LU
  §5
                      NO FLOW BOUNDARY


                     /  S S S  S S S
                                                     S
  OBSERVATION WELL A  Q

*	400'	H

*	750' -
                                                                i.251
                                                 PUMPING WEL
                                                               470'
                                                            O   •»•
                                             OBSERVATION WELITB
Figure 1.3.1.  Schematic diagram of problem geometry for test FTW-TST-1.3 (from Faust et al., 1993).
                                         E- 11

-------
           benchmark:  analytical solution (Theis, 1935; superposition); data used as given in code manual

IGWMC implementation:  MATHCAD 5.0 file: theis1-2.mcd

      test performed by:  problem setup for numerical code by code developers; code run and benchmark
                       comparison by IGWMC using IGWMC generated benchmark data set

    type of comparison:  tabular listing of head (see Table 1.3.2); statistical measures

             statistics:  MPE = 3.4; MNE = -0.2;  ME = 0.608; MAE = 0.692; RMSE = 1.158; PME = 0.975;
                       NME = -0.167: MER = 5.838

    control parameters:  SSOR relaxation factor=1.63; error criterion=1 .OE-4; weighting factor=1.0;
                       tolerance for non-linear iteration=5.0E-4; max.# SSOR lterations=30

                               iteration performance for various time steps
    step  # iterations  % w.b.error max.head change    step  # iterations % w.b.error  max.head change
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
24
25
25
25
24
24
25
25
25
25
7.421 E-4
-6.137E-4
1.309E-3
-4.231 E-4
-2.001E-3
1.889E-3
-7.506E-4
6.887E-4
-7.816E-4
1.029E-3
37.4
17.4
11.0
8.57
7.40
6.76
6.35
6.04
5.73
5.37
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

30(=max)
30(=max)
30(=max)
30(=max)
30(=max)
30(=max)
30(=max)
30(=max)
30(=max)

-1.059E-2
-0.104
-0.117
-0.100
-8.723E-2
-7.727E-2
-6.934E-2
-6.288E-2
-2.077E-2

4.94
4.45
3.22
2.35
1.80
1.43
1.17
0.98
0.71

     comments:       FTWORK documentation lists time maximum as 86,400 seconds instead of 864,000
                     seconds (p. 70 text; Fig. 4-7 and 4-8 time axis; Fig. 4-9 legend, TABLE 4.7 title)

     Table 1.3^	Comparison of head changes with distance from well ort=864,000 sec.
distance [ft]
75
125
175
225
285
370
495
670
920
1320
1920
2770
benchmark [ft]
90.6
74.4
63.8
56.0
48.7
40.8
32.2
23.9
16.1
9.0
3.9
1.2
code run [ft]
94.0
76.0
64.8
56.7
49.2
41.1
32.4
24.0
16.1
8.8
3.7
1.1
residual [ft]
3.4
1.6
1.0
0.7
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
-0.2
-0.2
-0.1
                                               E- 12

-------
         IGWMC test #:   FTW-TST-1.4

        input file name:   THEIS.DAT

     IGWMC output file:   THEIS.OUT

        code reference:   manual, section 4.1.4, p.70.

            description:   transient response of head distribution in a non-leaky confined aquifer due to a well
                        with a constant discharge rate

       tested functions:   transient response to pumping with a constant rate in a confined aquifer; serves as
                        comparison with testing of leaky-confined conditions

          assumptions:   horizontal flow; isotropic, homogeneous material properties, no recharge from
                        precipitation; horizontal  impermeable base; constant storage and transmissive
                        properties;  fully penetrating well

         model domain:   because of symmetry considerations only one quarter of the aquifer domain is
                        considered; bounded area replaces infinite aquifer

                  grid:   variably spaced grid of 15 columns by 15 rows by  1 layer with grid size increasing
                        away from well located in origin of grid; discretization in x- and y-direction identical
                        (see table  1-4a).

   boundary conditions:   all boundaries are no flow by default

       initial conditions:   0 ft

           parameters:   Q=0.4 ft3/sec; T=0.005 ft2/sec; Ss=0.0001ft"1.

         time-stepping:   geometrically: Atk = 1.4142 AtM; At, = 6 sec; k=1....12

           benchmark:   analytical solution  (Theis, 1935); data used as given in code manual.

IGWMC implementation:   MATHCAD 5.0 files: leakyl .mcd (compare with theisS.mcd) for distance vs.
                        drawdown and leaky 2.mcd (compare with theis5.mcd) for time vs. drawdown
                        (compare p. 84 of documentation).

      test performed by:   problem setup for  numerical code  by code developers; code run and benchmark
                        comparison by IGWMC using IGWMC generated benchmark.

    type of comparison:   tabular listing of heads (table 1.4.1 and 1.4.2); statistical measures

             statistics:   series 1.4a: MPE = 0.08; MNE = -3.72; ME = -0.373; MAE =0.399; RMSE = 1.081;
                                   PME = 0.053; NME = -0.772; MER = -14.560 (n=12; n+=3; n-=6)

                        series 1.4b: MPE = 0.22; MNE = -0.45; ME = -0.121; MAE = 0.184; RMSE = 0.217;
                                   PME = 0.190; MNE = -0.183; MER =-1.038 (n=12; n+=2; n-=10)

    control parameters:   SSOR relaxation factor=1.90; error criterion=1 .OE-3; weighting factor=1.0;
                        tolerance for nonlinear iteration=1 .OE-3; max. # SSOR iterations=60

  iteration performance:   most time steps needed maximum # of iterations; water balance accuracy


                                               E- 13

-------
            comparable with FTW-TST-1.3.
Table 1.4.1:  Series 1.4a: comparison of head changes with distance from well for t=217 sec.
distance
[ft]
5.0
17.5
35.0
60.0
97.5
152.5
235.0
360.0
535.0
650.0
890.0
1440.0
benchmark
[ft]
43.82
27.91
19.22
12.69
7.34
3.30
0.90
0.08
0
0
0
0
code run
[ft]
40.10
27.65
19.11
12.50
7.12
3.23
0.97
0.16
0.01
0
0
0
residual
[ft]
-3.72
-0.26
-0.11
-0.19
-0.22
-0.13
0.07
0.08
0.01
0
0
0
Table 1.4.2:  Series 1.4b: comparison of head changes with time at distance from well r=60ft.
time
[sec]
6.0
14.5
26.5
43.5
67.5
101.0
149.0
217.0
313.0
449.0
641.0
benchmark
[ft]
0.08
0.94
2.48
4.33
6.34
8.46
10.76
12.69
14.87
17.06
19.25
code run
[ft]
0.30
1.10
2.42
4.13
6.07
8.16
10.31
12.50
14.71
16.94
19.18
residual
[ft]
0.22
0.16
-0.06
-0.20
-0.26
-0.30
-0.45
-0.19
-0.16
-0.12
-0.07
                                    E- 14

-------
             ||            912.0 |             21.44 |            21.42 |             -0.021|
         IGWMC test #:  FTW-TST-1.5

        input file name:  LEAKY.DAT

     IGWMC output file:  LEAKY.OUT

        code reference:  manual, section 4.1.4, p.70

            description:  transient response of head distribution in a leaky confined aquifer due to a well with
                       a constant discharge rate

       tested functions:  transient response to pumping with a constant rate in a leaky confined aquifer

          assumptions:  horizontal flow; isotropic, homogeneous material properties, no recharge from
                       precipitation; horizontal impermeable base; constant storage, transmissive and
                       leakage properties; fully penetrating well

         model domain:  because of symmetry considerations only one quarter of the aquifer domain is
                       considered; bounded area replaces infinite aquifer

                  grid:  identical to test FTW-TST-1.4

   boundary conditions:  identical to test FTW-TST-1.4

       initial conditions:  0 ft

           parameters:  Q=0.4 ft3/sec; T=0.005 ft2/sec; Ss=0.0001ff1; KYb'=1*10-6sec-1.

         time-stepping:  identical to test FTW-TST-1.4

           benchmark:  analytical solution (Hantush and Jacob,  1955); comparison with test 1.4 (Theis)

IGWMC implementation:  MATHCAD files: leakyS.mcd for distance vs. drawdown and Ieaky4.mcd for time vs.
                       drawdown (compare p. 84 of documentation); series approximation in leakyl.mcd
                       and Ieaky2.mcd is less accurate

      test performed by:  problem setup for numerical code by code developers; code run and benchmark
                       comparison by IGWMC using IGWMC generated benchmark

    type of comparison:  tabular listing of heads (table 1.5.1 and 1.5.2); statistical measures

             statistics:  series 1.5a:  MPE = 0.06;  MNE = -3.49; ME = -.315; MAE = 0.325; RMSE = 1.008;
                                   PME = 0.060; NME =-0.640; MER = -10.667 (n=12; n+=1; n-=6)

             statistics:  series 1.5b:  MPE = 0.19;  MNE = -0.28; ME = -0.028;  MAE = 0.154; RMSE = 0.170;
                                   PME = 0.127; NME = -0.167; MER =-1.315 (n=12; n+=6;  n-=6)

    control parameters:  SSOR relaxation factor=1.80; error criterion=1 .OE-3; weighting factor=1.0;
                       tolerance for nonlinear iteration=1 .OE-3; max. # SSOR iterations=31

   # of iterations for each time step: 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 28, 27, 24, 21, 17, 10, 6,1,1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1
                                               E- 15

-------
water balance accuracy:  in range 2.0E-2 - 5.0E-3 percent
                                               E- 16

-------
Table 1.5.1.  Series 1.5a: comparison of head changes with distance from well for t=217 sec.
distance
[ft]
5.0
17.5
35.0
60.0
97.5
152.5
235.0
360.0
535.0
650.0
890.0
1440.0
benchmark
[ft]
35.02
19.50
11.64
6.46
2.98
1.03
0.21
0.02
0
0
0
0
code run
[ft]
31.53
19.43
11.70
6.41
2.88
0.97
0.20
0.02
0
0
0
0
residual
[ft]
-3.49
-0.07
0.06
-0.05
-0.10
-0.06
-0.01
0
0
0
0
0
Table 1.5.2.  Series 1.5b: comparison of head changes with time at distance from well r=60ft.
time
[sec]
6.0
14.5
26.5
43.5
67.5
101.0
149.0
217.0
313.0
449.0
641.0
912.0
benchmark
[ft]
0.08
0.85
2.10
3.41
4.57
5.47
6.10
6.46
6.62
6.68
6.69
6.69
code run
[ft]
0.27
0.95
1.98
3.16
4.29
5.24
5.94
6.41
6.67
6.79
6.84
6.85
residual
[ft]
0.19
0.10
-0.12
-0.25
-0.28
-0.23
-0.16
-0.05
0.05
0.11
0.15
0.16
                                    E- 17

-------
        IGWMC test #:   FTW-TST-1.6

        input file name:   FTWORK_F.DAT

     IGWMC output file:   FTWORK_F.OUT

        code reference:   manual, section 5.1, p.133

            description:   simulation of transient response of a regional two-aquifer flow system with constant
                        head in the upper aquifer to increased pumping (additional wells) in lower aquifer in
                        center of model domain; the real-world problem is taken from Andersen et al.
                        (1984)

       tested functions:   functionality: representation of three-dimensional flow in systems with high vertical
                        contrast in hydraulic conductivity ; applicability: effects of a pumping well screened
                        in multi model layers

        model domain:   surficial aquifer of 30 ft thickness and a bedrock aquifer of 100 ft thickness
                        separated by an aquitard of 40 ft thickness; the model area is part of a regional
                        ground-water system and has no natural boundaries

                  grid:   rectangular block grid with variable grid in horizontal plane (see figure 1.6.1) and in
                        variable layer thickness (see Figure 1.6.2); for details see FTWORK data file

   boundary conditions:   in the rectangular model area all boundaries are taken as no-flow boundaries

       initial conditions:   0 ft

           parameters:   see FTWORK data file

         time-stepping:   Atk = 1.4 Atw for k=1 ,....,8.

           benchmark:   code intercomparison (MODFLOW, McDonald & Harbaugh, 1984); IGWMC Level
                        2.

     test performed by:   problem setup for both codes by code developers; FTWORK code  run by IGWMC
                        to check output

    type of comparison:   tabular listing (see Table 1.6.1); statistical measures

             statistics:   see Table 1.6.1

    control parameters:   SSOR relaxation factor=1.60; error criterion=1 .OE-3; weighting factor=1.0;
                        tolerance for non-linear iteration=1.0; max. # SSOR iterations=50

water balance accuracy:   in range 2.5E-3 - 1.1E-5 percent

            comments:   As the authors indicated, MODFLOW and FTWORK use the same block-centered
                        finite difference formulations; the differences occuring in this test are due to the use
                        of different solvers (SOR for FTWORK and SIP for MODFLOW)
                                                E- 18

-------
  K
3 -5
_l
O
   CD



   in
                                                           K
                                      (r) sons
 Figure 1.6.1.  Horizontal discretization for test FTW-TST-1.6 (from Faust et al., 1993).
                                   E- 19

-------
SURFiCIAL AQUIFER
                        T
                        30'
          AQUITARD
                         40*
 BEDROCK AQUIFER
                        100'
J
LAYER 1
2 ;
3 ;
4 ;
5 ;
6
7
8
9
THICKNESS
22
8'
8'
8'
: 8'
: a'
; 81
: 8-
92'
        Figure 1.6.2. Vertical discretization for test FTW-TST-1.6 (from Faust et al., 1993).
                                     E-20

-------
CD
•a
CN
CO
II
CD
E
 _
CD
a.
E
o
O
CD



_CD

J2
CD

CO
CD
relative r
CO
CD
03
CT
CO
CO
E
CD
fO
CD
t
fO
CD
i

T3
'co
CD
(V

n
MODFL(
CD

-i— »
CO
CD
-i— »






£

g

g

g

g

g




§
o
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
(N
§
o
(N
§
O

ID


§
O
O
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
(N
§
o
(N
§
O
(N_
ID


§
O
O
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
CO
§
o
CO
§
o
co_
ID


§
o
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
ID
o
ID
o
^
ID


§
O
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
CO
CD
o
CO
CD
o
IO_
ID


o
o
o
o
§
o
8
o
o
§
o
8
o
8
o
£

CD

CD
"
ID


o
o
o
o
§
o
(N
§
O
o
§
o
(N
§
O
(N
§
O
OO
CO
CD
CO
"
ID


O
O
O
O
§
O
CO
§
o
o
§
o
CO
§
o
CO
§
o
CD
8

CO
8

oo
"
ID


§
O
o
o
§
o
(N
§
O
o
§
o
(N
§
O
(N
§
O
CD
en
ID

en
ID

en
m"
ID


§
o
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
o
o
o
in"
i^


§
o
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
o
o
o
CM
in"
i^


§
o
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
o
§
o
oo
o
1
o
CO
in"
i^


o
o
o
o
§
o
(N
§
O
o
§
o
(N
§
O
(N
§
O
en
3

§

in"
i^


o
o
o
o
§
o
§
o
o
§
o
§
o
§
o
CD
fc

ID

ID
in"
1^


§
o
o
§
o
o
o
o
o
§
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
§
o
CD
in"
i^


§
o
o
§
o
o
s
o
o
§
o
o
s
o
o
s
o
8
en
o
S
en
in"
i^


§
o
8
o
o
8
o
o
§
o
o
8
o
o
8
o
s
CO
CNI
o
8
oo
in"
i^


§
o
o
§
o
o
s
o
o
§
o
o
s
o
o
s
o
8
8
o
CO
8
en
in"
i^


oo
o
o
o
s
o
o
cS
o
o
§
o
o
cS
o
o
cS
o
o
oo
CD
s
s
s


II
1
CO

oo

oo

oo

oo

oo

oo

oo

oo



II
c
"CD
•s
-1— '

§
o
o
o
o
o
ID
§
o
o
§
o
ID
§
o
ID
§
o
g
ID
(N
ID


measure = |


LU
OL

CO
QL

LJJ
^

LJJ
z

LJJ
a.

LJJ

a.

m
























8
o




o
§
o
o
8
o








measure = |


LJJ
QL



QL
LJJ

LJJ
Z

LJJ
a.






































o
it
1
CD
ts
5?
c
II
LJJ
Z




olute error
E
c
CD
II
LJJ
^









O
CD
1
CD
1
M
LJJ
a.




.c
o
E
1
II
m






CD
>
CD
Tl
al/num.co
•^
2>
M
f

JS
LJJ
OL




o
ffi
CD
II
LJJ








S
cT)
CD
CD
CT
CO
CD
•5
P
II
LJJ
CO
QL



o
CD
CD
'•s
[f
E
^E
M
LJJ








a.
M
o
0)
c
LJJ
QL




o
'•s
T!
CD
O
CD
II
a.








m(RE)/N
CO
II
o
0)
L_
c
E,
(N
LJJ
QL



o
positive e
h
h
M
LJJ
a.




















                                                          E-20

-------
         IGWMC test #:  FTW-TST-1.7.1

        input file name:  USGSO.DAT

     IGWMC output file:  USGSO.OUT

        code reference:  manual, section 5.2, p.136

            description:  Steady-state flow in a system of three-aquifers separated by semi-pervious layers; flow
                        into the system comes from areal recharge; flow out of the system takes place through
                        buried drains, discharging wells, and specified head boundary cells, representing a
                        lake. Drain is represented using drain option; this case creates heads file USGSO.RST
                        for use as initial heads in test 1.7.2 and 1.7.3

       tested functions:  drain function

         model domain:  a rectangular block containing three aquifers separated by confining layers, bound at
                        one side  by a lake and at the other sides and the bottom by impermeable rock;
                        uniform areal recharge in the shallow unconfined aquifer (see fig. 1.7.1)

                  grid:  rectangular grid of square cells horizontally (15x15 cells of 5000 x 5000 ft); three
                        layers of 550 (top), 1, and 1 ft thickness, respectively; vertical flow through confining
                        layers is lumped

   boundary conditions:  no flow at three lateral boundaries  and bottom,  prescibed head  at fourth  lateral
                        boundary, and uniform  recharge with free surface at top boundary;  15 distributed
                        discharging wells,  9 (buried) drains

       initial conditions:  0 ft

           parameters:  see Fig. 1.7.1; well and drain details are on p.  143 of FTWORK documentation

         time-stepping:  steady-state (as determined by iteration error criterion)

           benchmark:  code intercomparison (MODFLOW,  McDonald  &  Harbaugh,  1984,  Appendix D);
                        IGWMC Level 2

     tests performed by:  problem setup for both codes by code developers; FTWORK code run by IGWMC to
                        check output

    type of comparison:  tabular listing of heads along a line perpendicular to drain; statistical measures

             statistics:  see Table 1.7.1

     control parameters:  SSOR relaxation factor=1.80; error criterion=1 .OE-3; weighting factor=1.0;
                        tolerance for non-linear  iteration=1 .OE-3; max. # SSOR iterations=50;
                        max. # of nonlinear iteration=30

  iteration performance:  total of 7 nonlinear iterations;
                        # SSOR iterations per nonlinear iteration: 50,  50, 38, 34, 22, 16, 1

water balance accuracy:  -1.22E-4 percent error
                                                 E-21

-------
                                                                 Recharge
                                                                 to Layer 1 = 3X10'8 ft/s
LAYER 1
UNCONFINED
LAYER 2
CONFINED
LAYER 3
CONFINED
                                                                                        13  14  15
                                      /////
                                     //////
                             //////
                        //////////
                         ///////
                Between layers 1 and 2 vertical hydraulic
                conductivity divided by thickness  =  2XlO'Vs

                Between layers 2 and 3 vertical hydraulic
                conductivity divided by thickness  -  1X10'9/S
    Figure 1.7.1.  Model discretization and setup for test FTW-TST 1.7 (from Faust et al., 1993).
                                              E-22

-------
CO
CD
•a
CD
_o

8
CO
•a
cc
CD
o
CO
'l_
cc
a.

E
o
O
_CD

.a
TO
U)
CD
relative
CD
squared
m
CO

ID
d
CD
in
CD
o
Q

T3
CD

O
L
8

0
2
distance from
In
CD
-t-«





M—

M—

£

£

£


jp

CO
T3
T3
CO
CD
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
o
o
o
o
CD
CM

O
O
CD
CM

-32500

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
^

o
o
o
^

-27500

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
CD
o

o
o
CD
o

-22500

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
LO
CM
o

o
o
LO
CM
o

-17500

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
CM
CD
O>

o
o
CM
CD
O>

-12500

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
oo
o
O>

o
o
oo
o
O>

o
o
LO

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
O>
oo

o
o
O>
oo

o
o
LO
CM

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
CO
£

o
o
CO
£

o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
CD
CD

o
o
CD
CD

o
o
LO
CM

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
CD
LO
CD

o
o
CD
LO
CD

o
o
LO

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
CO
O>
LO

o
o
CO
O>
LO

o
o
LO
CM

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
CM
CO
CD

o
o
CM
CO
CD

o
o
LO

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
O>
o
CD

o
o
O>
o
CD

o
o
LO
CM
CM

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
oo
oo
CD

o
o
oo
oo
CD

o
o
LO
CM

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
CM

o
o
o
CM

o
o
LO
CM
CO

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
oo
oo
CO

o
o
oo
oo
CO


II
1
LO

LO

LO

LO

LO

LO

LO


LO



II
"(0
-5
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
oo
LO
CM
oo

oo
LO
CM
oo


1 measure =

g

CO
1

LJJ

LJJ

LJJ

LJJ

Q-


co























o
o
o
o



Q
*
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o









1 measure =

LJJ
2



ffi
2

LJJ
2

2


























































o
CD
CO
CD
CD
1
II
LJJ
2






absolute error
|MAE= mean








0
CD
CO
CD
E
ni
^
Q
II
LJJ
Q.






benchmark
CO
CD
E
II
CO
2






CD
"(0
CD
T3
o
0
1
"co
CD
II
o
CD
CD
"co
CD
LJJ
a:






o
CD
CO
CD
E
II
LJJ
2







o
CD
ra
o
c
(0
CD
"o
o
II
LJJ
CO
ttl





o
um neqative er
lMNE= maxim
                                                   E-23

-------
     IGWMC test #:  FTW-TST-1.7.2
     input file name:

 IGWMC output file:

     code reference:

        description:
    tested functions:

     model domain:



               grid:



boundary conditions:



    initial conditions:

        parameters:

      time-stepping:

        benchmark:


 tests performed by:
USGS1.DAT

USGS1.OUT

manual, section 5.2, p.136.

transient flow in a system of three-aquifers separated by semi-pervious layers; flow into
the system comes from areal recharge; flow out of the system takes place through
buried drains, discharging wells, and specified head boundary cells, representing a
lake. Drain is represented using drain option; this case uses heads file USGSO.RST
created  by test 1.7.1 as initial heads (restart option)

drain function switch on/off during transient simulation, initial head file (restart option)

a rectangular block containing three aquifers separated by confining layers, bound at
one side by a lake and at the other sides  and the  bottom by impermeable rock;
uniform  areal recharge in the shallow unconfined aquifer (see fig. 1.7.1)

rectangular grid of square cells horizontally (15x15  cells of 5000 x 5000 ft); three
layers of 550 (top), 1, and 1  ft thickness, respectively; vertical flow through confining
layers is lumped

no  flow at three  lateral boundaries and bottom, prescibed head at  fourth  lateral
boundary, and uniform recharge with free surface at top boundary; 15 distributed
discharging wells, 9 (buried) drains

generated by test 1.7.1

see Fig. 1.7.1; well and drain details are on p. 143 of FTWORK documentation.

see output file

code  intercomparison (MODFLOW, McDonald & Harbaugh, 1984, Appendix D);
IGWMC Level 2

problem setup for both codes by code developers;  FTWORK code run by IGWMC to
check output; results are slightly different from those in table 5.4 of documentation and
are closer to those generated by the authors with MODFLOW
 type of comparison:  tabular listing of drain leakage for various times; statistical measures

          statistics:  see Table 1.7.2
 control parameters:
SSOR relaxation factor=1.80; error criterion=1 .OE-3; weighting factor=1.5;
tolerance for non-linear iteration=1 .OE-3; max. # SSOR iterations=50;
max. # of nonlinear iterations=1
iteration
performance:
(timestep,
# iterations,
% w.b. error)

1
2
3
4
5

27
29
33
33
35

1 .05E-2
5.82E-3
1 .68E-2
2.47E-2
2.76E-2

6 38
7 41
8 40
9 41
10 40

3.36E-2
3.95E-2
5.01 E-2
5.99E-2
6.49E-2

11 40
12 43
13 42
14 44
15 42

7.54E-2
9.14E-2
1.01E-1
1.05E-1
1.04E-1

16 42
17 41
18 39
19 35
20 29

9.86E-2
7.59E-2
4.88E-2
2.07E-2
7.15E-3

21 22
22 21
23 12
24 1
25 1

2.02E-3
7.69E-4
1.18E-3
3.25E-3
3.95E-3
                                              E-24

-------
•a
 O)
_o


 8

 O)
 (/5
 CO
 o
*-l
 c
 CD
'(/5
 C
 CO
 CD
 O)
 CO
^.
 CO
 CD
 2
•a
M—
 O
 CO
 a.
 E
 o
O

CNJ
_CD
r2
 CO
(/)
p
relative
en
£
sguared
ffi
JS
TO
(ri
£
§
(ri
£
8
Q

^
T3
'&>
^
0
t
g
§
o
5


E
-t-j
CM
r^
"co
0)
-t-j





en
M—
O

1f>
£

In
£

"(/)
M—
O

"(/)
fi


"(/)
M—


"(/)
>
ro
2
1 leakage
o
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
0
0
o
o
o
0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
CD
00
CO

o
CO
oo
00

0


o
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
0
0
o
o
o
0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
<3-
00
<3-
ro

o
<3-
00
<3-
00

<3-


o
0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0
o
o
0
o
o
o
0
0
0
0
o
o
o
CM
CD
oo

o
oo
CD
00

CD
00
<3-

o
0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0
o
o
0
o
9
o
o
0
0
0
o
o
o
00
<3-
1^
oo

o
CD
<3-
r^
00

1-


0
0
9
o
o
0
0
0
CM
o
o
0
CM
o
o
o
o
0
0
0
CM
o
o
o
0
0
CD
oo

o
CM
0
CD
00

in
CD
0

o
0
0
0
o
o
0
0
0

1
Q
II
LU







benchmark
c
ro
0)
II
CO
5






0)
"ro
0)
-o
o
o
E
^
"ro
^
'$
II
0
o3
0)
to
OJ
LU
QL







0
o5
c
ro
0)
II
LU
5







0
OJ
0)
ro
=3
o
(/)
£=
ro
0)
E
•5
o
RMSE =





o
m
um negative
llvlNE= maxim







0.
^
LD
5
ll
2
o5
E
£=
ro
E
§
5







prediction
c
ro
0)
ii
0.
5







Z
LL
QL
E
u.
II
L_
0>
E
£=
s
E
s
QL
5





s_
2
um positive e
|MPE= maxim
                                                                    E-25

-------
     IGWMC test #:  FTW-TST-1.7.3

     input file name:  USGS2.DAT

 IGWMC output file:  USGS2.OUT

     code reference:  manual, section 5.2, p.136

        description:  transient flow in a system of three-aquifers separated by semi-pervious layers; flow into
                    the system comes from areal recharge; flow out of the system takes place through
                    buried drains,  discharging wells, and specified head boundary cells, representing a
                    lake. Drain is represented using stream option; this case uses heads file USGSO.RST
                    created by test 1.7.1 as initial heads (restart option)

    tested functions:  stream/river boundary function, including switching between constant flux and variable
                    flux as depends on stream stage

     model domain:  a rectangular block containing three aquifers separated by confining layers, bound at
                    one side  by a lake and  at the other sides and the bottom by impermeable rock;
                    uniform areal recharge in the shallow unconfined aquifer (see fig. 1.7.1)

               grid:  rectangular grid of square cells horizontally (15x15 cells of 5000 x 5000 ft); three
                    layers of 550 (top), 1, and 1 ft thickness, respectively; vertical flow through confining
                    layers is lumped

boundary conditions:  no flow at three  lateral boundaries and bottom, prescibed head at fourth lateral
                    boundary, and uniform recharge with free  surface at top boundary; 15 distributed
                    discharging wells,  9 (buried) drains

    initial conditions:  generated by test 1.7.1

        parameters:  see Fig. 1.7.1;  well and drain details are on  p. 143 of FTWORK documentation.

      time-stepping:  see Table 1.7.3

        benchmark:  code  intercomparison (MODFLOW, McDonald  & Harbaugh, 1984, Appendix D);
                    IGWMC Level  2

 tests performed by:  problem setup  for both codes by code developers; FTWORK code run by IGWMC to
                    check output;  results are slightly different from those in Table  5.4 of documentation
                    and are closer to those generated by the authors with MODFLOW

 type of comparison:  tabular listing of stream leakage for various times; statistical measures (note: authors
                    present tabular listing of heads along a line perpendicular to drain for two different
                    times)

          statistics:  see Table 1.7.3

 control parameters:  SSOR relaxation factor=1.80; error criterion=1 .OE-3; weighting factor=1.5;
                    tolerance for nonlinear iteration=1 .OE-3; max. # SSOR iterations=50;
                    max. # of  nonlinear iteration=1
                                              E-26

-------
CO
CD


'-?

CO
^
o
CD
O)
CC
.*:
ro
_CD

E
ro
 o
M—
O
c
o
CO

ro
Q.
E
o
O


CO
_CD
J2
ro
83
relative
in
p
sguared

CD
T3
1 leakage
0
O
0
CM
o
o
o
o
m
o
o
o
o
0
o
0
m
0
0
0
in
o
0
0
in
oo
o
CD
o
in
oo
o


CD
<3-
o
0
00
CD
CD
0
o
r^
CN
CO
o
o
0
o
0
1^
CN
00
0
1^
CN
CO
0
<3-
m
CD
CD
o
r^
CN
CO
CD
<3-


CN
0
0
<3-
oo
o
o
CD
in
o
o
CD
in
p
0
0
0
0
0
CD
in
9
0
CD
CD
<3-
<3-
o
in
in
in

>
-t-J
'(/)
8
II
LJJ
CL





benchmark
c
CD
0)
E
II
m
s.






a
"CD
0)
-£>
o
o
I
~rt
'£
II
0

-------
      IGWMC test #:  FTW-TST-1.8

      input file name:  ETPROB14.DAT

   IGWMC output file:  ETPROB14.OUT

      code reference:  manual, section 5.5.2, p.172

         description:  two-dimensional transient flow in a homogeneous, isotropic unconfined aquifer with
                     depth-limited evapotranspiration and well-pumping

     tested functions:  depth-limited evapotranspiration and dewatering

      model domain:  a rectangular block containing three aquifers separated by confining layers, bound at
                     one side by a lake  and at the other sides and the bottom  by impermeable rock;
                     uniform areal recharge in the shallow unconfined aquifer (see Fig. 1.7.1)

                grid:  uniform horizontal grid with square cells (7x7 cells of 100 x 100 ft)

 boundary conditions:  no flow at lateral  boundaries and bottom, evapotranspiration along a line  of cells
                     (column 4), and free surface at top boundary  (unconfined); 1 discharging well (node
                     1,1; 2500 ft3/day)

     initial conditions:  10ft

         parameters:  bottom elevation = -50 ft; storage coefficient = 0.1; hydraulic conductivity = 10 ft/day;
                     maximum ET = 0.2 ft/day; ET extinction depth = 10 ft; ET surface elevation = 10 ft

       time-stepping:  20 time steps in 365 days  with multiplier of 1.2 with an additional refinement of 20
                     steps in the beginning of the simulation to ensure proper mass balance for FTWORK

         benchmark:  code intercomparison (MODFLOW; McDonald & Harbaugh, 1984); EPA MODFLOW
                     examples manual  by Andersen (1993), problem 14;  IGWMC Level 2

  tests performed by:  problem setup for both codes by code developers; FTWORK code run by IGWMC to
                     check output

  type of comparison:  tabular listing of heads versus time at selected nodes, and of ET rates versus time
                     stepping and number of iterations

           statistics:  not generated

  control parameters:  SSOR relaxation factor=1.80; error criterion=1 .OE-4; weighting factor=1.5;
                     tolerance for nonlinear iteration=1 .OE-4; max.  # SSOR iterations=50;
                     max. # of nonlinear iteration=1

iteration performance:  water balance error in range 13.0 - 5.OE-4 percent

         comments:  According to the authors, this problem shows significant differences between the
                     efficiency of MODFLOW SIP solver and the  FTWORK SSOR solver in cases with
                     significant  reduction of saturated  thickness  during the  simulation (p.174   of
                     documentation)
                                              E-28

-------
      IGWMC test #:  FTW-TST-1.9

      input file name:  TRESCOT.DAT

   IGWMC output file:  TRESCOT.OUT

      code reference:  manual, section 5.5.1, p.164

         description:  two-dimensional steady-state flow in an unconfined aquifer which is separated from an
                     underlying aquifer by a leaky confining bed; the shallow aquifer is subject to recharge
                     from precipitation, depth-limited evapotranspiration, pumping, and upward leakage
                     from the underlying confined aquifer

     tested functions:  steady-state evapotranspiration option

      model domain:  arbitrarily bounded single layer area representing the unconfined aquifer (see Figure
                     1.9.1)

                grid:  14 cells in x-direction, 10 cells in y-direction, and 1 cell in z-direction; grid spacings
                     range from 1850 to 450 ft in x-direction and from 1550 to 250 ft in y-direction (see
                     Figure 1.9.1)

 boundary conditions:  combination of specified flux, specified head and zero-flux boundaries; boundary
                     conditions in upper and  lower aquifer are indentical (see Figure 1.9.1)

     initial conditions:  not discussed in documentation (see  input and output files)

         parameters:  not discussed in documentation (see  input and output files)

       time-stepping:  n.a.

         benchmark:  code intercomparison using Trescott, Pinder and Larson (1976); sample problem as
                     given by Trescott, Pinder and Larson (1976)

   test performed by:  problem setup for FTWORK by code developers; code run and output checked by
                     IGWMC using data set prepared by developers

  type of comparison:  graphical display for head  comparison along a model row; tabular listing of mass
                     balance results

           statistics:  not generated

  control parameters:  SSOR relaxation  factor=1.86; error criterion=3.0E-4; weighting factor=1.0;
                     tolerance for nonlinear iteration=3.0E-4; max. # SSOR iterations=1;
                     max. # of nonlinear iteration=500

iteration performance:  244 nonlinear iterations; w.b.error=3.40E-2 percent

         comments:  According to  the authors, this problem shows significant differences  between the
                     efficiency of MODFLOW SIP solver and the FTWORK SSOR solver for ET problems
                     (p. 169 of documentation)

        factor=1.0;
                     tolerance for nonlinear iteration=3.0E-4; max. # SSOR iterations=1;

                                              E-29

-------
                     max. # of nonlinear iteration=500

iteration performance:  244 nonlinear iterations; w.b.error=3.40E-2 percent

         comments:  According to the authors, this problem shows significant differences between the
                     efficiency of MODFLOW SIP solver and the FTWORK SSOR solver for ET problems
                     (p. 169 of documentation)
                                              E-30

-------
Rows
           123456   7
                          Legend
                       Discharge  Wei
                       njection  Well
                       Constant  Head  Cell
                       Inactive Cell
Figure 1.9.1. Model discretization and setup for test FTW-TST 1.9 (from Faust etal., 1993)
                          E-31

-------
                            SOLUTE TRANSPORT PROBLEMS
     IGWMC test #:  FTW-TST-2.1

     input file name:  HI-1A.DAT, HI-1B.DAT, HI-1C.DAT, HI-1D.DAT

 IGWMC output file:  HI-1 A.OUT, HI-1 B.OUT,HI-1 C.OUT, HI-1 D.OUT

     code reference:  manual, section 4.2.1, p.81

        description:  transient one-dimensional advective-dispersive transport in an infinite porous medium
                    with a uniform flow field (steady-state one-dimensional  flow) representing flow and
                    transport from a fully-penetrating stream directly into an  aquifer

    tested functions:  numerical dispersion as function of alternate numerical approximations using different
                    combinations of spatial- and time-differencing approximations (upstream weighting,
                    time weighting, and central difference)

     model domain:  one-dimensional

               grid:  41 one-dimensional cells of 10 m length

boundary conditions:  at x=0, C=C0 for t>0 and at x=«, C=0 for t>0; dispersive flux at outer boundary is 0

    initial conditions:  zero-concentrations in aquifer

        parameters:  hydraulic conductivity=40 m/d; porosity=0.25; hydraulic  gradient=0.025; longitudinal
                    dispersivity=5 m; retardation factor=1; and concentration at the source C0=1  mg/nf

      time-stepping:  At=2.5 days

        benchmark:  analytical solution (Bear, 1979, p.269.)

  test performed by:  problem setup by code developers; code run and output checked by IGWMC using
                    data set prepared by developers

 type of comparison:  graphic representation of  concentration profiles  for two times; tabular listing of
                    numerical and benchmark results for concentration versus distance

          statistics:  not generated

 sensitivity analysis:  time weighting factor (0.5 and 1.0); central difference versus upstream weighting

                                        control parameters
case   SSOR relax,  error crit.        weighting     tolerance   max. #SSOR  max. # nonlin.  weigh-
        factor                       factor        for nonlin.   iterations      iterations      ing in
        flow  transp. flow    transp.   nonlin.  time   iterations   flow  transp.  flow  transp.  space
HI-1A
HI-1B
HI-1C
HI-1D
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.0E-5
1.0E-5
1.0E-5
1.0E-5
1
1
1
1
.OE-5
.OE-5
.OE-5
.OE-5
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
5
5
5
5
.OE-3 1 1
.OE-3 1 1
.OE-3 1 1
.OE-3 1 1
1
1
1
1
1 upstream
1 upstream
1 central
1 central
                                             E-32

-------
    iteration performance:
       case HI-1 A; water balance error (%): 8.87E-13; solute balance error
       case HI-1 B; water balance error (%): 8.87E-13; solute balance error
       case HI-1C; water balance error (%): 8.87E-13; solute balance error (%
       case HI-1 D; water balance error (%): 8.87E-13; solute balance error (%)
                                                 in range 1.6E-13- 0.00
                                                 in range 8.9E-13- 0.00
                                                 in range 5.7E-14-0.00
                                                 in range 5.7E-14-0.00
         IGWMC test #:

         input file name:

     IGWMC output file:

        code reference:

            description:




       tested functions:


         model domain:

                  grid:

    boundary conditions:




       initial conditions:

           parameters:




         time-stepping:

            benchmark:

IGWMC implementation:



      test performed by:


    type of comparison:
FTW-TST-2.2.1

RUN1A.DAT

RUN1A.OUT

manual, section 4.2.2, p.87

transient two-dimensional advective-dispersive transport of a conservative tracer from
a fully-penetrating point source with constant release rate in a uniform flow field in a
homogeneous confined aquifer of constant thickness using a  parallel grid; cross-
products included

longitudinal and transverse dispersion in two dimensions; grid orientation effects with
or without cross-products  fordispersivity (compare with test 2.2.2 and 2.2.3)

rectangular bounded area replaces infinite domain

regular grid with 39 x 19 square cells of 30 x 30m; single  layer of 33.5m

two parallel prescribed head boundaries at opposite sides of model domain and no-
flow conditions at other two parallel boundaries to ensure uniform flow with given flow
rate; zero concentration at all  boundary segments; constant solute injection rate at
location x=180m and y=270m from grid origin

concentration = 0 mg/l

same as in Wilson and Miller (1978); QC0=7.04 g/m.d (source strength); q=0.161 m/d
(specific discharge); 4>=0.35 (porosity); aT=21.3 m (transverse dispersivity); aL=4.3 m
(longitudinal dispersivity); m=33.5 m (aquifer thickness); R=1  (no retardation); A=0 d"1
(decay coefficient)

At=100 days; comparison  att=1400 days

analytical solution (Wilson & Miller, 1978)

MATHCAD 5.0 fileSOL2D-01.MCD for concentration versus distance along plume
centerline; file SOL2D-04.MCD for concentration transverse to plume centerline at
distance x=420 m from source

problem setup for numerical code by code developers; code  run and benchmark
comparison by IGWMC using IGWMC generated benchmark

tabular listing and graphical representation of numerical  results and benchmark for
concentration  versus  distance from source along centerline and  transverse  to
centerline for different grid  orientations (see Table 2.2.1-a and -b.  and Figure 2.2-a and
-b), statistical measures prepared by IGWMC
                                                 E-33

-------
              statistics:  computed by IGWMC; see Table 2.2.1-a and -b

     sensitivity analysis:  grid orientation, dispersion cross-products

     control parameters:  SSOR relaxation factor (flow) = 1.85; SSOR relaxation factor (transport) = 1.3; error
                        criterion  (flow)  =  1.0E-5; error criterion  (transport) = 1.0E-5; weighting factor for
                        nonlinear iterations = 1.0; weighting factorfortime derivative = 0.5; tolerance for non-
                        linear iteration=0.0;  max. # SSOR iterations (flow) = 75; max.  #  SSOR iterations
                        (transport) = 75; max. # of nonlinear iteration (flow) = 1; max. # of nonlinear iterations
                        (transport) = 1; central difference in space

  iteration performance:  water balance error (percent) = 3.1E-2; solute balance error (percent) in range
                        1.1E-4 - 3.0E-7; 60 flow iterations; up to 20 transport iterations per time step

            comments:  source strength listed in documentation as 704 g/m.d; in data file for numerical code
                        source strength is set at 7.04 g/m.d


         IGWMC test #:  FTW-TST-2.2.2

         input file name:  RUN2A.DAT

     IGWMC output file:  RUN2A.OUT

        code reference:  manual, section 4.2.2, p.87

            description:  transient two-dimensional advective-dispersive transport of a conservative tracer from
                        a fully-penetrating point source with constant release rate in a uniform flow field in a
                        homogeneous confined aquifer of constant thickness using  a skewed grid; cross-
                        products included

       tested functions:  longitudinal and transverse dispersion in two dimensions; grid  orientation effects with
                        or without cross-products for dispersivity (compare with test 2.2.1 and 2.2.3)

         model domain:  rectangular bounded area replaces infinite domain

                  grid:  regular grid with 39x39 square cells of 30x30m under 45° with flow direction; single
                        layer of 33.5m

    boundary conditions:  fixed head along all boundaries such that uniform flow is achieved; zero concentration
                        at all boundary segments; constant injection rate at location x=254.5m and x=0mfrom
                        grid origin

       initial conditions:  concentration = 0 mg/l

           parameters:  see test 2.2.1

         time-stepping:  100d; comparison att=1400d

           benchmark:  analytical solution (Wilson & Miller, 1978)

IGWMC implementation:  MATHCAD 5.0 file SOL2D-02.MCD for concentration versus distance along plume
                        centerline;  MATHCAD file SOL2D-03.MCD for concentration transverse to plume
                        centerline at x=424.26 m from source


                                                 E-34

-------
 O)
 S
 CO
 CO
•a
o
o
 CD
 g

~
 CD
-i—'


 §

 CD




"o.

 O)

_o

 co

 CD
 o
 to


I
 8
 to
 CD
 o

"co
 CD
 O
 o
 to

 CO
 a.


 o
O


 CO
CN1

c\i

_CD
r2
 CO
cri
relative r
$
sauared


-------
 O)
 S
 CO
 CO
•a
o
o
 1
 o
 to


I
 E
o
CN
 CD
 O
 co
 CD
 CD
 o

 CD
 CD



 CD


 C/5



I

 C/5
 CD




I

 C
 O
-—





I

O

o
 o
 C/5
'i_
 CO
 Q.

 E
 o
O
CN]

CNJ

_CD
in
0
0

•*=
J5
0
(fi
*~
"D
0
CO

0

_a
CO

0
D
0
C





0

(/]
§



	
03
!3
^
i-



0
-D
8
|
c
^
CO
p
c
f~
o
c
0
_Q


8

1
T3


_Q
i
CN
CN
to
0
-f-«










^
C
E


"3
c
1 —






^
"3
E





^
D







"3
E



^
"3
£







E








c
CN
O
O



C
O


CD
O
O



O
C
O






CO
O






CD
O
O





CN
K
CN
O


CO
S
CN
O





O












£
O
o



o
o
8
ci


83
8
ci



o
o
8
ci






O)
CN
O
O
ci





O)
CN
O
O
ci





O)
8
CN
ci


O
CO
CN
ci





CO












CN
8
9



o
o
8
ci


8
ci



8
9






o
8
o
ci





o
o
O





T^-
8

ci


s
T-
Ci





8












£5
S
9



o
o
8
ci


oo
CO
8
ci



oo
CO
8
9






o
8
o
ci





8
o
o
O





o

o
ci


oo
co
o
ci





8












£
8
9



o
o
8
ci


oo
o
8
ci



oo
o
8
9






o
8
o
ci





oo
8
o
O





^_
s
o
ci


O)
s
o
ci





o
CN












S
g
o



o
c
ci


8
ci



o
c
ci






in
S
ci





in
8
o
ci





a
CN
o
ci


CN
o
ci





o
in
T—











O)
in
o



o
o
8
ci


8
ci



o
o
8
CD






[-^
8
o
ci





8
o
ci





T^-
s
o
ci


8
o
ci





o
oo












8
o



o
o
8
ci


8
8
ci



o
o
8
ci






CO
8
o
ci





CO
8
o
ci





CO
o
o
ci


o
o
o
ci





o
CN











8
o



o
o
8
ci


CN
o
8
ci



o
o
8
ci






CN
8
o
ci





CN
8
o
ci





T^-
8
o
ci


CN
8
o
ci





o
CM











8
8
'-



o
o
8
ci


o
8
ci



o
o
8
Ci






^—
8
o
ci





8
o
ci





^_
8
o
ci


o
8
o
ci





o
CM











1
•^



CN
c
ci


g
CN
c
ci



CO
a
9






CO
CD
o
ci





1
o
ci





p^
5j

ci


s

ci













II
E
ra



o




o



o




o







o







o







o





o















II
c
!



§
oo
ci



CO
8
ci


8
ci



O)
o
8
9






CO
8
ci





8
o
ci





CN

o
ci


in
o
ci













II
01
CO
0
E



CN
LJJ
DC.



LJJ
w
DC.

LJJ

2


LJJ
——
^-






LJJ

Q_






LJJ







Q-
^




m
^

















































































oo
8
o
ci







CN
in
T-



8
9






CO
o
ci



































II
0
01
CO
0
E



LU
cc.







DC.
LJJ



LJJ
z

^






LJJ
a.































































































































a.
LU
^

II
g
0
"0
c.
CO
0
E
^_
LJJ
ce
2


















o
0


^
in
_a
CO
CO
0
II
LJJ






















^
1 1

E
F?

"
s
0
"0
c
cc
0
E
CN
LJJ
DC.
2


















^
CO

o
1
c
s
II

m
























^
0
t
0
c
CO
0
E
1
(0

c
II
LJJ
^
z






















0
c
E
II

LJJ

























1-
o
0
c
CO
0
0
• —
'VI
o
Q
II
LJJ

Q-















Q

0
0
u
D
0
c
E
1
X
CO
II
LJJ
z















a.
_^
a:
>
0
-a
g

E
—
^
~c
If.
2
II

0
cc

0
'tt
cc
J^
LL
DC.



















c

T:
Q
c
cc
0
II

a.























^
0
0

-
§!
a
a
"t
2
II
LU
w

DC.















l_
2
L
0
0
1
0
Q
E
1
'x
CO
II
LJJ
Q.
                                                                        E-36

-------
   test performed by:  problem setup for numerical code by code developers; code run and benchmark
                      comparison by IGWMC using IGWMC generated benchmark

  type of comparison:  tabular listing and graphical representation of numerical results and benchmark for
                      concentration versus  distance from  source along centerline and  transverse  to
                      centerline for different grid orientations (see Table 2.2.2-a and -b. and Figure 2.2-a and
                      -b), statistical measures prepared by IGWMC

           statistics:  computed by IGWMC;  see Table 2.2.2-a and -b

   sensitivity analysis:  see test 2.2.1

  control parameters:  SSOR relaxation factor (flow) = 1.85; SSOR relaxation factor (transport) = 1.3; error
                      criterion (flow) = 1.0E-5; error criterion (transport) = 1.0E-5; weighting factor for
                      nonlinear iterations = 1.0; weighting factorfortime derivative = 0.5; tolerance for non-
                      linear iteration=0.0;  max. # SSOR iterations  (flow) =  75; max. # SSOR iterations
                      (transport) = 75; max. # of nonlinear iteration (flow) = 1;  max. # of nonlinear iterations
                      (transport) =  1; central  difference in space

iteration performance:  water balance error (percent) = 1.2E-7; solute balance error (percent) <8.4E-6; 60 flow
                      iterations (steady-state);  up to 15 transport iterations per time step

          comments:  see test 2.2.1
      IGWMC test #:  FTW-TST-2.2.3

      input file name:  RUN4A.DAT

   IGWMC output file:  RUN4A.OUT

      code reference:  manual, section 4.2.2, p.87

          description:  transient two-dimensional advective-dispersive transport of a conservative tracer from
                      a fully-penetrating point source with constant release rate in a uniform flow field in a
                      homogeneous confined aquifer of constant thickness using a skewed grid; lumped
                      cross-products

     tested functions:  same as tests 2.2.1 and 2.2.2

      model domain:  rectangualr bounded area replaces infinite domain

                grid:  regular grid with 39x39 square cells of 30x30m under 45° with flow direction; single
                      layer of 33.5m

 boundary conditions:  fixed head along all boundaries such that uniform flow is achieved; zero concentration
                      at all boundary segments; constant injection rate at location x=254.5m and x=0mfrom
                      grid origin

     initial conditions:  concentration = 0 mg/l

         parameters:  see test 2.2.1
                                               E-37

-------

-------
 CO
•a
o
o
£
 CD
^
 CD
-i—'

 §
 CD
 E
"o.
 O)
_o
 co
 o  2
 t/>  O
 E  £
*-  o
 8
 c  o
2  Q.
•£  CO
"D  C/5
 <-  P
 CD
    CD
 CD
 O

 i
M—
 O

 O

 CO
 Q.
 E
 O
O

 CO
CNI
CNJ
c\i
_CD

 CO

relative re
$
sauared

.c
CO
(ri
0
d
0
c
0

CD
83

s
o
9
O)
o
8
o
8
o
oo
O)
8
9

oo
83
o
q
CNI
oo
CN
O
CN
CN
CO
o
5
O)

s
9
c
o
CN
c
o
o
CN
C
9

o
c
q
CN
o
CN
o
s
ffl

o
9
o
8
o
s
CN
o
o
in
in
CN
o
9

in
in
CN
o
q
CD
CN
o
CN
CD
CN
o
CN
CN

O)
00
9
CD
O
8
o
in
8
o
in
8
9

in
CN
O
q
CN
O
CN
CN
O
§
CD

CO
9
CD
O
8
o
8
CN
O
O
CO
in
CN
O
9

CO
in
CN
O
q
in
i
o
oo
8
CN
O
CN
O)

£8
CD
9
o
8
o
£8
8
o
CD
in
8
9

CD
in
CN
O
q
CD
S
o
CN
1
O
s
8

8
9
CD
O
8
o
CN
in
CN
o
o
CN
in
CN
o
9

CN
in
CN
O
q
oo
in
CN
O
o
o
0)
CO

s
9
CD
C
o
c'
o
C£
S
9

C£
C
q
CD
1
o
CN
R
o
§
CD
8

£
9
o
8
o
8
8
o
oo
o
8
9

oo
o
q
CO
o
o
o
o
CN
00
oo
fe

CO
9
CO
o
8
o
o
o
o
9

o
q
O)
o
o
o
o
o
in
CN
CN

R
s
9
CN
c
o
o
o
O)
CN
o
9

O)
CN
o
q
i
o
CD
§
O
eg
r.

%
9
o
8
o
8
o
oo
oo
8
9

oo
8
o
q
in
in
CN
o
o
CO
o
o
o
CD
g

CO
9
o
c
o
8
o
in
IT
9

in
c-
q
CD
CD
o
o
1
o
in
oo
3

8
9
o
c
o
i
o
o
CO
8
9

i
q
in
o
o
o
in
CO
o
o
in
a
1

8
8
9
o
o
8
o
CO
8
o
CO
8
9

CO
o
o
q
in
8
o
o
oo
o
o
CO
CO
8

is

CO
o
o
O)
in
oo
o
o
O)
in
oo
9
0.0000
o
O)
in
oo
q
oo

oo
in
in


1 sum =
CN
CN

CN
CN

CN
CN

CN
CN

O
CN
CN

CN
CN

CN
CN



II
C
8
9
CD
8
o
o
O)
8
o
o
O)
8
9
#DIV/0!
8
CO
o
q
in
CN
o
1
CN
O




CN
LJJ
CC

LJJ
w
cc

LJJ
2

LJJ
Z
LJJ
0.

LU

0.

m





















CO

-------
CO
•a

o
o
£

CD
I

E
CD
CM

II
X
   ,  ,

CO C/5
CD
   CD
CD
   8J/5

   "S
II
to O




! '§>

co -a
"S -52-
> ^
-—


I
o
o
o
to

CO
Q.

E
o
o
CNl

CNJ




_CD



CO

If.
l_
0

J5
cS
T3
0
K
1

ra
cc

i:
cc

cc
d
0
c




.
cc

1




	
cc
;E
cc
*-



0
T3
C
O
|
C
^
cc
SI
c
c
0
_Q


n
c
a:

1


i
CN
CN
"ft
CC
-t-J












5
c
E


"c
_E






^
"3
E





"c
£






^
"^
E



"c
E





c
£








oo
o




o
8
ci


in
in
8
ci



in
in
8
9





o
8
o
ci





in
in
CN
O
o




CD

CN
ci



S
CN
ci



O












O)
CN
O
rH
i


O
O
8
ci


CO
8
ci



CO
8
9





o
8
o
ci





o
o
9




CO
CD
Q)
T—
O



CD
8
CN
ci



"
CN











O)
oo

.-:



CO
o
8
ci


i
o
ci



o
o
8
ci





CN
CD
O
O





CN
CD
O
O




00
1

O



CD
S
o
ci



cS
S











0)
CN
.-:



O
8
ci


oo
8
ci



o
o
8
ci





oo
o
ci





oo
o
o




in
in
CO
o
ci



CN
O
ci



oo
CN
CN
T-










8
8




o
o
8
ci


O)
CN
8
ci



O)
CN
8
9





o
8
o
ci





O)
CN
O
O
o




O)
CN
O
O
ci



oo
§
o
ci



£
1













0


Q
o
o
8
ci


O)
o
8
ci



O)
o
8
9





o
8
o
ci





O)
8
o
o




o
8
o
ci



O)
8
o
ci



CO
CN
CN












0


Q
o
o
8
ci


8
8
ci



o
o
8
ci





o
8
o
ci





o
8
o
o




o
8
o
ci



o
8
o
ci



£8
S
CN












0


Q
o
o
8
ci


8
8
ci



o
o
8
ci





o
8
o
ci





o
8
o
o




o
8
o
ci



o
8
o
ci



O3
CD
O3
CN












o


Q
o
8
ci


CD
S
ci



CD
CO
g
9





o
c
ci





cc
c
o




^_
g
IT.
Q



g
in
ci











II
E
ra



in





oo



oo





oo






oo







oo






oo






oo













II
c
I





ci
^

Q
CN
o
ci


CN
8
ci



CN
S
o
9





o
8
o
ci





CN
o
o
o




in

o
ci



CO
o
ci











II
01
CO
0
E




CN
LJJ
DC.


LJJ
w
DC.



LJJ

2


LJJ
^






LJJ

Q-





LU








Q_
^



m
2















































































in
CD
q

1






8
o
T-



CN
o
9





CN
CD
o
ci

































II
£
01
CO
0
E




^~
LU

^






DC.
LJJ



LJJ
z







LJJ
a.




























































































































a.
^
LU
^
II
g

0

c
0
^_
LJJ
DC.
2















^
o
t
0

^
in
_a
CO
CO
0
II
LJJ
1






















^
LL
1

E
F?
II
o
l_
0
"0
c
cc
CN
LJJ
DC.
2

















SX*
CO
SI
o
1
c
S
II

m

























^
0
0
c
CO
0
E
1
CO
c
II
LJJ
^
z





















0
c
E
II

LJJ


























1-
o
0
c
CO
0
E
0
•43
•
o
Q
II
LJJ

Q-














g
0
0

u
D
0
c
E
1
X
CO
II
LJJ
z

















cc
_^
$
0
T3
g
1
^
—
^
1
2
II

0
cc

cc
"cc
J^
LL
DC.


















c

"c
Q
c
cc
0
II

a.























>_
£1
0
0
n
$

a
a
0
S
II
LU
w

DC.














0
b
0
0

0
Q
E
1
'x
CO
II
LJJ
a.
                                                      E-39

-------
         time-stepping:  100d; comparison att=1400d

            benchmark:  analytical solution (Wilson & Miller, 1978)

IGWMC implementation:  same as test 2.2.2
      test performed by:
problem setup for numerical code by code developers; code run  and benchmark
comparison by IGWMC using IGWMC generated benchmark
    type of comparison:  tabular listing and graphical representation of numerical results and benchmark for
                        concentration  versus distance from source  along centerline and  transverse to
                        centerline for different grid orientations (see Table 2.2.3-a and -b. and Figure 2.2-a and
                        -b), statistical measures prepared by IGWMC

              statistics:  computed by IGWMC; see Table 2.2.3-a and -b

    control parameters:  SSOR relaxation factor (flow) = 1.85; SSOR relaxation factor (transport) = 1.3; error
                        criterion  (flow)  =  1.0E-5; error criterion (transport) =  1.0E-5; weighting factor for
                        nonlinear iterations = 1.0; weighting factorfortime derivative = 0.5; tolerance for non-
                        linear iteration=0.0; max. # SSOR iterations  (flow) = 75; max. # SSOR iterations
                        (transport) = 75; max. # of nonlinear iteration (flow) = 1; max. # of nonlinear iterations
                        (transport) = 1; central difference in space

  iteration  performance:  water balance error (percent) = 1.2E-7; solute balance error (percent) <4.7E-6; 60 flow
                        iterations (steady-state); up to 15 transport iterations per time step

            comments:  As mentioned in the code documentation, the results suggest that when the grid is
                        oriented parallel to the flow direction, the code  produces accurate results. When the
                        grid is oriented at a maximum angle with the flow direction, the distribution of the solute
                        in both the flow direction and transverse to the flow direction is poorly simulated. This
                        is of special concern  when the  plume front or edges  are of interest (i.e., low
                        concentration areas); the relative error or residuals reach the same order of magnitude
                        as the actual concentrations.  This  problem is even exacerbated when the cross-
                        products for the dispersion coefficient are lumped
                                                  E-40

-------
 CO
•a
o
o
£
 CD

^
 CD
-i—'


 §
 CD
 E

"o.

 O)

_o
 co
 CD
 £
 ^
 o
 to

 E

 E

 CO
    -a
 to  -c
 CD  O)
    CD
 CD
 O
 o
 to
'l_
 CO
 a.

 E
 o

O


 CO

CO

CNJ

CN

_CD

.Q
 CO

0
0
>
••e
cc
CO

CD












R
oo
a
9




a
§
ci



!^
in
ci


in

9











S
q




in
In
ci


c\
c\
CO
ci



5
O)
8












in
CD
O)
9




O)
O)
o
ci



o
"*
ci


o

9











o
ci




^_
s*
ci


K
CN
ci



s
8












CD
in
O)
9




CO
CD
O
ci



oo
CN
ci


oo
CN

9











oo
£
ci




CO
s
ci


CN
CD
CN
ci



8
CN












CN
in
O)
9




CO
CO
o
ci



CN
in

ci


CN
in

9











CN
in
ci




o
CN
ci


CN
8
CN
ci



§
CD












9.
CD
O)
9




CD
O
O
ci



S
C
ci


oc
CN
C

9











oc
CN
C
ci




o
8
ci


oc
CN
ci



CN
O)
8












CN
O
i




CN
00
8
ci



8
0
ci


CD
O
0

9











CD
8
o
ci




CD
O)
oo
Q
ci


CN
§

ci



s
ffi












s
oc
c
i




CN
CC
ci



g

ci


in
oo

9











in
1
ci




in
CN
^
ci


o
•*-
ci



0)
CO
8












S3

1




8
ci



CD
C
ci


CD
C

9











1
O




^_
8
ci


c\
R

ci



§
CD
S












CD
CN
i




O)
CN
8
ci



CO
0
ci


CD
CO
0

9











CD
CO
in
o
ci




in
Q
ci


8
o
ci



CN
00
oo
fe












CN
CO
CN
i




8
ci



1^
§
ci


g

9











|
ci




CO
^
ci


o
K
O
ci



in
CN
CN












8
in
in





O)
o
8
ci



8
0
ci


oo
o
0

9











oo
S
o
ci




oo
O)
Q
ci


CD
S
O
ci



cS
CO












cc
in
CD
i




in
c
ci



^
CN
f— •
ci


CN
f— •

9











CN
ci




a
CN
Q
ci


CO
s
o
ci



o
CD
g












s
c\
1




c\
c
ci



o
^
ci


o
^

9











o
ci




^_
^
ci


c^
c
ci



s
oo
s












iS
in
1




c
ci



cc
8
ci


CD
oc

9











cc
ci




O)
s
ci


in
CO
o
ci



in
a
1












In
oo
i




o
o
8
ci



s
8
ci


o
in
8

9











o
8
o
q




oo
CN
O
Q
ci


oo
&
o
ci



8
CO
§












£
in
CN




CN
CO
S
ci



oo
in
00
CN


oo
in
00

c\i



o
8
o
ci






oo
In
oo
CN




O
[-^
CN


oo
£
in
in










ii

E
i?



CN
CN






CN
CN




CN
CN




CN
CN





O







CN
CN





CN
CN



CN
CN












II

C
1



s
s





CO
oo
CD
ci



O)
O3
CN
ci


O)
O3
CN

9




O
5
Q
*



O3
O3
CN
ci




in

ci


-*
S
CN
ci


















CN
LL
CC

^


LL
W
^
DC.



LL




LL
2



LL

Q.





LL






Q.
S



m
s














































































o
o












q
>
Q
tt
1

9



o
o
8
ci







































LL
CC

^








CC
LL



LL
z




LL
Q.



















































































































































































































































































































Q_
LU
^
II


Q
0
"0
c
CO
0
^—
LU
CC
^













o
t
0
3
3
S
(/j
(0
^
CO
0
II
LU

^






















Z
LL
CC
E
^
t/3
ii


g
0
"0
c
CO
0
CN
LU
CC
^














_*
CO
E
o
^
0
.a
c
cE
M

m
S
























^
0
t
0
C
cc
0
E
1
5
C
"
LL
^
Z



















0
c
E

LL
S

























i-
O
0

C
CO
0
E
0
o
Q
II
LU

a












g
0
0
>
•f
CO
S
c
E
^
E
X
CO
II
LU
Z
S



















0
_^
5
0
E
c
(C

•5
'(/)
CO
II

0
0
0
>
'tt
0

LL
CC















C
c

T:
£
Q
C
CC
0
II

Q.
s























g
0
0
cc

c
tr.
cc
0
g
ii
LU
W
5
CC












0
0
0
>
'ra
0
Q
E

1
'x
cc
II
LL
Q.
S
                                                                     E-41

-------
CO
•a
o
o
1
o
C/5


I

E
CD
CN|
CN
CD
O
     .
^  C/5

CD "G
    C/5
CD  C/5
o  2

CD  O
    CD
CD  . .
c/5 ;g

   '
C/5 "O


ii
*- CD
co -*:
CD CO
^
§
c
O
-—





I

O
o
o
C/5
'i_
CD
Q.

E
o
O


.Q

CO

CN

CN

_CD
If)
0
0

J5
cS
T3
0
re
1


8
ci


CO
s
ci



o
o
8
ci





o
ci





3
o
o




CM
¥t
o
ci



oo
§
o
ci



£
1












1
o


o
8
ci


O)
o
ci



o
o
8
ci





O)
o
ci





O)
o
o




oo
CN
o
ci



O)
8
o
ci



CO
CN
CN











8
8
'-


o
o
8
ci


s
8
ci



o
o
8
ci





§
o
ci





§
o
o




T^-
§
o
ci



o
8
o
ci



£8
s
CM











8
8
'-


o
o
8
ci


CNJ
8
ci



o
o
8
ci





o
8
o
ci





o
8
o
o




o
8
o
ci



o
8
o
ci



O3
CD
O3
CM











1
o
CO


CD
CN
c
ci


in
CN
CO
ci



CO
CN
cX
9





CO
CN
ci





CN
o
o




in
o
in
Q



g
in
ci











II
E
ra




oo



oo



oo





oo






oo






oo






oo






oo













II
c
I




£
ci


in
§
ci


o
s
ci



CO
in
8
9





in
o
ci





O)
8
o
O




oo
s
o
ci



CO
o
ci











II
§
01
CO
0
E




CN
LJJ
ce


LJJ
w
DC.



LJJ

2


LJJ
-_





LJJ

Q-





LU








Q_
^



m
2














































































1
O






CO
CD
T-



CN
9





CD
oo
s
ci

































II
£
01
CO
0
E




LU
DC.







DC.
LJJ



LJJ
z






LJJ
a.

























































































































Q.
LU
^
II
g

0
"0
c
re
0
^_
LJJ
DC.
2















^
o
t
0

s
OJ
ra
c
(0
0
II

LJJ





















^
LL
a
E
F?
II
o
l_
0
"0
c
re
0
CN
LU
DC.
2

















V
CO
^
G

1
c
CO
0
II


m






















^
0
0
c
CO
0
E
1
re
c
II
LJJ
^
z





















0
c
s
II


LJJ























1-
o
0
c
CO
0
E
0
•43
•55
o
Q
II
LJJ

Q-














g
0
0

u
s
c

E
3
X
re
II

LJJ
z















a.
_^
5
0
T3
g
1
cc

1
2
II

0
cc

cc
"cc
J^
LL
DC.


















c


Q
c
re
0
II


a.





















^
0
0
n
5

a
a
0
s
II
LU
w

DC.














0
b
0
0
0
Q

E
3
'x
re
II

LJJ
a.
                                                            E-42

-------
0.50 -^
n nn
"ro
1 -0.50 -
0)
J5
^)
g -1.00 —
;o
-

-1.50

-
2nn
0.


* x x x - — -~~ "" x x x
~- "
X -- X v x
x / x x x -x





	 residual test 2.2.1 ^_
— X — residual test 2.2.2
	 residual test 2.2.3
•'.' rel. residual test 2.2.1
X rel. residual test 2.2.2 D F]
rel. residual test 2.2.3
III
DO 200.00 400.00 600.00 800.00 1000.00
distance from source [m]
Figure 2.2-a: Combination plot of residuals and relative residuals along plume centerline
     (relative residuals are obtained by dividing residuals by the numerical results).
                                      E-43

-------
1.00 — |





0.50
"ro
;o _
<£
0)
to
2 nnn -$
^. u.uu t
"S)

1 — •
"CD
^ 	
S


-0.50







1 nn
- I .UU
0.

f _--'
„. - - ^ "* s
t'"' '
x *
..' /
/ 1
/ 1
^ ^S*
/
£ /
* --"""*"""" *\ fr*"*"

** ! \ ^^
>~ -^-^^^A-» * ' ^^^— ! *v- /c~ — ~~ J v-^J^— LJC * r~/\r — — — ^- 	 A ,
^^i^^f-^ 	 -* \
^-— ~~~~~~^^ ' i
' i
/
/ \
/ i — O — residual test 2.2.1
/ \ 	 	 residual test 2.2.2
/ \
/ \ 	 residual test 2.2.3
/ i
/' \ O rel. residual test 2.2.1
/ \ 	 rel. residual test 2.2.2
/ 1
/ i rel. residual test 2.2.3
/ ^
/ \

$ .-
"
DO 100.00 200.00 300.00
distance from centerline [m]
Figure 2.2-b: Combination plot of residuals and relative residuals transverse to plume centerline
        (relative residuals are obtained by dividing residuals by the numerical results).
                                         E-44

-------
         IGWMC test #:  FTW-TST-2.3
        input file name:

     IGWMC output file:

        code reference:

            description:




       tested functions:

         model domain:

                  grid:

    boundary conditions:




       initial conditions:

           parameters:




         time-stepping:

            benchmark:

IGWMC implementation:
HI3.DAT, HI3_RADN.DAT

HI3.OUT, HI3_RADN.OUT

manual, section 4.2.3, p.105

transient two-dimensional advective-dispersive transport of a nonconservative tracer
from a fully-penetrating point source with constant release rate in a uniform flow field
in a  homogeneous confined aquifer of constant thickness using a parallel grid; the
tracer is subjected to retardation and first-order (radio-active) decay

retardation and decay

rectangular bounded area replaces infinite domain

regular grid with 39 x 19 square cells of 30 x 30m; single layer of 33.5m

two parallel prescribed head boundaries at opposite sides of model domain and no-
flow conditions at other two  parallel boundaries to ensure uniform flow with given flow
rate; zero concentration at all boundary segments; constant solute injection rate at
location x=180m and y=270m from grid origin

concentration = 0 mg/l

same as in Wilson and Miller (1978); QC0=7.04 g/m.d (source strength); q=0.161 m/d
(specific discharge);  4)=0.35  (porosity); aT=21.3 m (transverse dispersivity); aL=4.3 m
(longitudinal dispersivity); m=33.5 m (aquifer thickness); R=2 (retardation coefficient);
A=0.0019d"1 (decay coefficient).

At=100 days; comparison att=1400 days

analytical solution (Wilson & Miller, 1978); intracomparison with FTW-TST-2.2.1

MATHCAD 5.0 fileSOL2D-06.MCD for concentration versus distance along plume
centerline; file SOL2D-07.MCD for concentration transverse to plume centerline at
distance x=420 m from source
      test performed by:  authors; visually checked by IGWMC
    type of comparison:
tabular listing and graphical representation of numerical results and benchmark (with
and without decay) for concentration versus distance from source along centerline and
transverse to centerline, and for point at centerline for various times
              statistics:  not generated
     control parameters:
SSOR relaxation factor (flow) = 1.85; SSOR relaxation factor (transport) = 1.3; error
criterion  (flow)  =  1.0E-5; error  criterion  (transport) = 1.0E-7; weighting factor for
nonlinear iterations = 1.0; weighting factor for time derivative = 0.5;        tolerance
for  non-linear iteration=0.0;  max. # SSOR iterations (flow)  = 75;  max. # SSOR
iterations (transport) = 75; max. # of nonlinear iteration (flow) = 1; max. # of nonlinear
iterations (transport) = 1; central difference in space
                                                 E-45

-------
iteration performance:  HIS:         water balance error (percent) = 3.1 E-2; solute balance error (percent)
                                  < 4.9E-8; 65 flow iterations (steady-state); up to 20 transport iterations
                                  per time step

                      HI3_RADN:  water balance error (percent) = 3.1 E-2; solute balance error (percent)
                                  < 4.5E-8; 65 flow iterations (steady-state); up to 20 transport iterations
                                  per time step

          comments:  FTWORK overpredicts slightly along centerline and in time, especially in the steep part
                      of the curve; the code underpredicts slightly in transverse direction


      IGWMC test #:  FTW-TST-2.4.1

      input file name:  FR-6A.DAT, FR-6B.DAT, FR-6C.DAT

   IGWMC output file:  FR-6A.OUT, FR-6B.OUT, FR-6C.OUT

      code reference:  manual, section 4.2.4, p.105

          description:  transient one-dimensional advective-dispersive transport of a non-conservative tracer
                      in a uniform flow field with nonlinear adsorption  as defined by  Freundlich isotherms

     tested functions:  Freundlich-type of adsorption

      model domain:  16cm long one-dimensional domain

                grid:  Ax=0.02, 0.04,  0.08, 0.17, 0.30 cm, followed by 39x0.40 cm

 boundary conditions:  constant concentration at upgradient  boundary (0.05 mg/l) and zero solute-flux at the
                      downgradient boundary

     initial conditions:  concentration = 0 mg/l

         parameters:  q=0.037 cm/s (Darcy velocity or specific discharge); 4)=0.37 (porosity); aL=1.0 cm
                      (longitudinal dispersivity); Qc0=0.00185 mg cm2 sec1 (contaminant mass flux); n=0.7,
                      1.0, 0.3 (Freundlich adsorption exponent); 0,2=0.3 cnf/g (Freundlich adsorption
                      coefficient); A=0.0019 d"1 (decay coefficient); pa=2.519 g/cm3 (aquifer bulk density)

       time-stepping:  At=1 sec; comparison at t=160 sec

         benchmark:  code intercomparison using BIO1D (Srinivasan  and Mercer, 1987)

   test performed by:  authors; FTWORK code run by  IGWMC to check output

  type of comparison:  tabular listing  and graphical  representation of numerical results of FTWORK and
                      BIO1D  (intercomparison) for concentration versus distance

           statistics:  not generated

   sensitivity analysis:  Freundlich isotherms exponents of n=0.7, 1.0, and 0.3

  control parameters:  SSOR  relaxation factor (flow) = 1.6; SSOR relaxation factor (transport) = 1.6; error
                      criterion (flow) = 1.0E-5; error criterion (transport)  =  1.0E-5; weighting factor for


                                               E-46

-------
                     nonlinear iterations = 1.0; weighting factor for time derivative = 0.5;        tolerance
                     for non-linear iteration=5.0E-3; max. # SSOR iterations (flow) = 1; max. # SSOR
                     iterations (transport) = 1;  max. # of nonlinear iterations (flow) = 1; max. # of nonlinear
                     iterations (transport) = 15; central difference in space

iteration performance:  FR-6A:     water balance error (percent) = 2.7E-10; solute balance error (percent)
                                 gradually increasing from  < 1 .OE-10 in the early time steps to 3.4E-2 in
                                 the final time step (160 time steps)

                     FR-6B:     water balance error (percent) = 2.7E-10; solute balance error (percent)
                                 varies between  6.1E-2 and 1.6E-4 (160 time steps)

                     FR-6C:     water balance error (percent) = 2.7E-10; solute balance error (percent)
                                 varies between 83.8 and 9.7E-3 with most values > 20.0 (160 time steps)

          comments:  Documentation cautions for use of small values  for n; may cause  convergence
                     problems; tests show poor mass balance for n=0.3


      IGWMC test #:  FTW-TST-2.4.2

      input file name:  FR-6D.DAT

   IGWMC output file:  FR-6D.OUT

      code reference:  manual, section 4.2.4, p.105

          description:  transient one-dimensional advective transport of a non-conservative tracer in a uniform
                     flow field with nonlinear adsorption as defined by Freundlich isotherms and molecular
                     diffusion

     tested functions:  molecular diffusion

      model domain:  same as 2.4.1

                grid:  same as 2.4.1

 boundary conditions:  same as 2.4.1

     initial conditions:  same as 2.4.1

         parameters:  same as 2.4.1, except longitudinal dispersivity=0.0 cm, molecular diffusion coefficient
                     is 0.1 cm2/s, and n=0.3 (Freundlich exponent)

       time-stepping:  same as 2.4.1

         benchmark:  code intercomparison using BIO1D (Srinivasan and Mercer,  1987)

   test performed by:  authors; FTWORK code run by IGWMC to check output

  type of comparison:  tabular listing  and graphical representation of numerical results of FTWORK and
                     BIO1D (intercomparison) for  concentration versus distance; intracomparison

           statistics:  not generated


                                              E-47

-------
  control parameters:  SSOR relaxation factor (flow) = 1.6; SSOR relaxation factor (transport) = 1.6; error
                      criterion (flow) =  1.0E-5; error criterion (transport) = 1.0E-5; weighting  factor for
                      nonlinear iterations = 1.0; weighting factor for time derivative = 0.5; tolerance for non-
                      linear iteration=5.0E-3; max. # SSOR iterations (flow) = 1; max. # SSOR iterations
                      (transport) = 1; max. # of nonlinear iterations (flow) = 1; max. # of nonlinear iterations
                      (transport) = 15; central difference in space

iteration performance:  water balance error (percent) = 2.7E-10; solute balance error (percent) varies between
                      61.8 and 1.3E-3 (160 time steps)

           comment:  The mass balance error is comparable with the one occuring in test 2.4.1. due to the
                      low Freundlich exponent value


      IGWMC test #:  FTW-TST-2.5

      input file name:  BATU.DAT

  IGWMC output file:  BATU.OUT

      code reference:  manual, section 4.2.5, p.114

          description:  transient two-dimensional advective-dispersive transport of a non-conservative tracer
                      from a constant flux-type source (third type or Cauchy condition at the inlet boundary);
                      uniform flow field in a homogeneous porous medium; vertical plane source from top
                      to bottom of aquifer, perpendicular to the flow direction

     tested functions:  constant 3rd type boundary condition, longitudinal and horizontal transverse dispersion,
                      retardation.

      model domain:  rectangular bounded domain with source asymmetrically placed at inlet boundary (see
                      Fig. 2.5.1)

                grid:  rectangular grid with 19 x39 varying size cells (see Fig. 2.5.1)

 boundary conditions:  two parallel no flow boundaries and two parallel constant head boundaries for flow
                      creating uniform flow perpendicular to source boundary (see  Fig. 2.5.1); source
                      width=5 m, source strength=0.0375 g/m/d

     initial conditions:  concentration = 0  mg/l

         parameters:  specific discharged.15 m/d;  porosity  =  0.25; longitudinal dispersivity = 21.3 m;
                      transverse dispersivity = 4.3  m; aquifer length = 185 m; aquifer width = 53 m; hydraulic
                      conductivity = 13.875 m/d (both horizontal directions); retardation coeff. = 1.0

       time-stepping:  180 steps of 1 day

         benchmark:  analytical solution  (Batu, 1992)

   test performed by:  authors; FTWORK code run by IGWMC to check output

  type of comparison:  tabular listing and graphical representation of numerical results  of FTWORK and
                      benchmark  for concentration versus distance from source  in flow direction  and
                      perpendicular to flow direction,  and  versus time for a specific location


                                                E-48

-------
           statistics:  not generated

  control parameters:  SSOR relaxation factor (flow) = 1.85; SSOR relaxation factor (transport) = 1.3; error
                      criterion (flow) = 1.0E-5;  error criterion (transport)  = 1.0E-5; weighting factor for
                      nonlinear iterations = 1.0; weighting factor for time derivative = 0.5; tolerance for non-
                      linear iteration=0.0;  max.  # SSOR iterations  (flow)  = 75; max. # SSOR iterations
                      (transport) = 75; max. # of  nonlinear iterations (flow) = 1; max. # of nonlinear iterations
                      (transport) = 1; central  difference in space

iteration performance:  water balance error (percent) = 2.8E-2 in 70 iterations; solute balance error (percent)
                      decreases from about 5.0E-3 to about 1.5E-5 with time (180 time steps)

          comments:  slight differences with  benchmark contributed by authors to spatial and temporal
                      discretization
      IGWMC test #:  FTW-TST-2.6

  input data file name:  NEW3.DAT

   IGWMC output file:  NEW3.OUT

      code reference:  manual, section 5.4, p.156

          description:  simulation of three-dimensional steady-state flow and transient transport in a three-
                      aquifer system with variable thickness; the aquifers are separated by aquitaids; model
                      includes  streams,  seeplines,  seepage basins, ground-water divides,  and  near-
                      impermeable confining layers at part of the boundary

     tested functions:  applicability to support conceptualization, determining effects of preferential flow paths
                      on plume migration, and studying effects of source removal  options (closure and
                      capping of seepage basins) on downgradient concentration distribution

      model domain:  irregular shaped bounded model domain simulated in quasi-three-dimensional mode

                grid:  44 by 43 variably size cells (see Fig. 2.6.1) and three layers of varying thickness
                      representing the aquifers

 boundary conditions:  combination of various 1st, 2nd and 3rd type boundary conditions

         benchmark:  no benchmark, no comparison; applicability demonstration

   test performed by:  authors; FTWORK code run by IGWMC to check output

   type of evaluation:  normalized concentration  contours  for  each aquifer,  at beginning  of  closure;
                      concentration versus time graph for downgradient node

           statistics:  n.a.
                                               E-49

-------
                      2(B«lu)
ft- 11.5m
(eontttM h««d
boundary)
            28 • 5m
            D. • «5m
                                        NO FLOW
                                         J(SUCE)
                        j J » 4  i • 1 % 9 Ml MIX (I M ** U *» I
                                                                NO FLOW
                                                  185m
                                               NOT TO SCALE
                     SOURCE BLOCK
                                                                                     PLAN VIEW
h * 11 Dm
 (constant
 hud
 boundary)
                                                                                              X (8 atu)
       Figure 2.5.1.  Model discretization and setup for test FTW-TST2.5 (from Faust etal., 1993).
                                                E-50

-------
  control parameters:
iteration performance:
          comments:
SSOR relaxation factor (flow) = 1.80; SSOR relaxation factor (transport) = 1.3; error
criterion  (flow) =  1.0E-3; error criterion (transport)  = 1.0E-5; weighting  factor for
nonlinear iterations = 0.75; weighting factor for time derivative = 0.5; tolerance for
nonlinear iteration=1 .OE-3; max. # SSOR iterations (flow) = 30; max. # SSOR iterations
(transport)  = 35;  max.  # of nonlinear iterations (flow) = 10;  max. # of nonlinear
iterations (transport) = 1; upstream weighting in space

7 nonlinear iterations for flow with diminishing  number  of SSOR iterations; water
balance error (percent) = 1.3E-2; solute balance error (percent) jumps between 1.3E-2
and about 1 .OE-7 from step to step (44 time steps)

documentation cautions for use  of quasi-three-dimensional approach in case of
significant vertical fluxes through the aquitards
      IGWMC test #:

      input file name:

   IGWMC output file:

      code reference:

          description:



     tested functions:


      model domain:



                grid:

 boundary conditions:




     initial conditions:

         parameters:



       time-stepping:


         benchmark:

  tests performed by:
FTW-TST-2.7.1

ETTRANO.DAT, ETTRAN7.DAT, ETTRAN14.DAT

ETTRANO.OUT, ETTRAN7.OUT, ETTRAN14.OUT

manual, section 5.5.3, p.174

two-dimensional transient flow and transport in a homogeneous, isotropic unconfined
aquifer with depth-limited evapotranspiration or drain-discharge, and well-pumping; an
injection well creates solute mass in the model

evapotranspiration  as  a  transport  boundary  including  the  evapotranspiration
concentration multiplier (ETC) to reflect varying levels of solute uptake by plants

a rectangular block containing three aquifers separated by confining layers, bound at
one side by a lake  and at the other sides  and the  bottom  by  impermeable rock;
uniform areal recharge in the shallow unconfined aquifer (see Fig. 1.7.1)

uniform horizontal grid with square cells (7x7 cells of 100 x 100 ft)

no flow at  lateral  boundaries and bottom, evapotranspiration along a line of cells
(column4),  and free  surface at top boundary (unconfined); 1 discharging well (node
1,1; 2500 ft3/day);  zero solute flux at all boundaries and 1 injection well (node 7,7) at
100 ft3/day and 100 ppm; solute outflux through evapotranspiration or internal drains

10 ft head,  zero concentration

bottom elevation = -50 ft; storage coefficient = 0.1; hydraulic conductivity = 10 ft/day;
maximum ET = 0.2 ft/day;  ET extinction depth = 10 ft; ET surface elevation = 10 ft;
ETC=1.0, 0.5, and 0.0; drain leakance rate = 0.02 day1, drain elevation = 0.0 ft

20 time steps in 365 days  with multiplier of  1.2 with an additional refinement of 20
steps in the beginning of the simulation to ensure proper mass balance for FTWORK

intracomparison with drain  function (see test FTW-TST-2.7.2)

problem setup for both codes by code developers; FTWORK code run by IGWMC to
check output
                                              E-51

-------
  type of comparison:  tabular listing and graphic representation of concentration versus time at selected node
                     for both  evapotranspiration and drains, and table of concentration versus time for
                     different  ETC values

           statistics:  not generated

  control parameters:  SSOR relaxation factor (flow) = 1.80; SSOR relaxation factor (transport) = 1.2; error
                     criterion  (flow) = 1.0E-4; error  criterion  (transport) = 1.0E-6; weighting factor for
                     nonlinear iterations = 1.5; weighting factorfortime derivative = 0.5; tolerance for non-
                     linear iteration=1 .OE-4; max. # SSOR iterations (flow) = 50; max. # SSOR iterations
                     (transport) = 30; max. # of nonlinear iterations (flow) = 1; max. # of nonlinear iterations
                     (transport) =  1; upstream weighting in space

iteration performance:  water balance error (percent) varies between 7.6E-1 and 5.0E-3; solute balance error
                     (percent) increases from 1.5E-14 at the start to about 1 .OE-5 at the end (320 time
                     steps)


      IGWMC test #:  FTW-TST-2.7.2

      input file name:  DRTRAN14.DAT

  IGWMC output file:  DRTRAN14.OUT

      code reference:  manual, section 5.5.3, p.174

          description:  drain transport problem to test the  evapotranspiration transport function  using
                     ETC=1.0; problem set up identical to 2.7.2 with evapotranspiration nodes replaced by
                     drain nodes

     tested functions:  see FTW-TST-2.7.1

      model domain:  see FTW-TST-2.7.1

                grid:  see FTW-TST-2.7.1

 boundary conditions:  see FTW-TST-2.7.1

     initial conditions:  see FTW-TST-2.7.1

         parameters:  see FTW-TST-2.7.1

       time-stepping:  see FTW-TST-2.7.1

         benchmark:  see FTW-TST-2.7.1

   test performed by:  see FTW-TST-2.7.1

  type of comparison:  see FTW-TST-2.7.1

           statistics:  not performed

  control parameters:  SSOR relaxation factor (flow) = 1.80; SSOR relaxation factor (transport) = 1.2; error
                     criterion  (flow) = 1.0E-4; error  criterion  (transport) = 1.0E-6; weighting factor for


                                               E-52

-------
                      nonlinear iterations = 1.5; weighting factor for time derivative = 0.5; tolerance for non-
                      linear iteration=1 .OE-4; max. # SSOR iterations (flow) = 50; max. # SSOR iterations
                      (transport) = 30; max. # of nonlinear iterations (flow) = 1; max. # of nonlinear iterations
                      (transport) = 1; upstream weighting in space

iteration performance:  water balance error (percent) varies between  1.0 and 5.OE-4; solute balance  error
                      (percent) increases from 1 .OE-14 to about 1 .OE-6 in early part and then varies between
                      1 .OE-5 and 1 .OE-7 (320 time steps)
                                               E-53

-------
                                  INVERSE FLOW PROBLEMS
     IGWMC test #:  FTW-TST-3.1

     input file name:  PARA.DAT

 IGWMC output file:  PARA.OUT

    code reference:  manual, section 5.3, p.148

        description:  simulation of steady-state  three-dimensional  flow in  a four-aquifer/three-aquitard
                    system  subject to  pumping and uniform areal recharge; hydraulic conductivity is
                    homogeneous within each layer but transmissivity varies with layer thickness

    tested functions:  automatic parameter estimation for horizontal and vertical hydraulic conductivity and
                    recharge

     model domain:  irregularly bounded domain

              grid:  30 x 30 uniformly spaced grid with cells of 4000 x 4000 ft; six variable-thickness nodal
                    layers (only two aquitards separately modeled)

boundary conditions:  various  1st, 2nd, and 3rd type boundary conditions

    initial conditions:  n.a.

        parameters:  see input and output files

      time-stepping:  n.a.

        benchmark:  manual calibration;  applicability demonstration

 tests performed by:  problem setup for both codes by code developers; FTWORK code run by IGWMC to
                    check output

 type of comparison:  tabular listing of estimates and head residuals for each iteration

          statistics:  not generated

        comments:  actual  calibration  of the  model  took more  than 60  runs;  example shown  in
                    documentation is one of these runs
                                             E-54

-------
                                  DOCUMENTATION ERRATA
          Program:  FTWORK
           Version:  2.8B
      Release Date:  3/1993
         Custodian:  GeoTrans, Inc., Sterling, Virginia
       Prepared by:  Paul K.M. van der Heijde,  IGWMC
             Date:  May 5, 1995
The following are errors in the documentation and test data sets encountered by IGWMC test running of
FTWORK.  It should be noted that this list is not complete. Send E-mail or fax if other discrepancies in
documentation, coding or test files are encounterd.

Test 4.1.1:    typo in column 1 of table 4.1 (page 63, line 4): distance x=360 ft should read x=320 ft

Test 4.1.2:    typo in column 1 of table 4.3 (page 69, line 11): distance x=28.00 ft should read x=98.00 ft

Test 4.1.3:    documentation lists time maximum as 86,400 seconds instead of 864,000 seconds as used in
             data file F3.DAT (p. 70, line 21; fig. 4-7 and 4-8 time axis should display from 104 -107 seconds
             for the same curve; legend of fig. 4-9 legend should read time=864,000 seconds; caption of
             table 4.7 should read time=864,000 seconds)

Test 4.1.4:    Ss in figure 4.10 should have as units ft"1

Test 4.2.2:    source strength listed in table 4.12 as 704 g/m/d is in actuality in the data files (RUN1A.DAT,
             RUN2A.DAT, and RUN4A.DAT) set at 7.04 g/m/d; this is calculated as:

                  QCo/b     =      0.2 nf/d * 1.1792 kg/m3 /33.5m
                                    0.00704 kg/m/d or 7.04 g/m/d.
                  Q C0      =      0.23584 kg/d

             The concentration values in tables 4-13,4-14, and 4-15 are given in kg/m3 (if multiplyer 1E-03
             listed in table headings is used).

Test 4.2.3:    Although the documentation lists the same source strength and saturated thickness in Table
             4.17 as  given  in Table 4.12  for test case  4.2.2, in actuality the  data files (HIS.DAT and
             HI3_RADN.DAT) contain a different value for the concentration: C0=0.11792  kg/m3.  This
             results in calculated concentrations which are a factor 10 lower than listed in Tables 4-18,4-19
             and 4-20, assuming that the concentrations listed in these tables should be multiplied by a
             factor 1 E-03 as is the case in the tables for Problem 4.2.3.  Furthermore, table headings of
             Table 4-18, 4-19, and  4-20 should include the concentration  multiplication factor 1E-03

             The data sets HIS.DAT and HI3_RADN.DAT have ITIME in card 8A set as 1 (=seconds); this
             should be 4 (days); this does not affect numerical results, only time unit display
                                             E-55

-------
                              REFERENCES FOR APPENDIX E

Andersen. P.P.  1993.  A Manual of Instructional problems for the U.S.G.S. MODFLOW Model.  EPA/600/R-
        93/010, Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.

Andersen, P.P., C.R. Faust, and J.W. Mercer. 1984. Analysis of Conceptual Designs for Remedial Measures at
        Lapper Landfill, New York.  Ground Water, Vol. 22(2), pp. 176-190.

Babu, V.  1992. A Generalized Two-Dimensional Analytical Solute Transport Modeling Bounded Media for Flux-
        Type Finite Multiple Sources. Water Resources Res., Vol.25(6), pp. 1125-1132.

Bear, J. 1979.  Hydraulics of Groundwater. McGraw-Hill Comp., New York.

Faust,  C.R.,  P.N. Sims, C.P. Spalding,  P.P. Andersen, B.H. Lester, M.G. Shupe, and A. Harrover.   1993.
        FTWORK: Groundwater Flow and Solute Transport in Three Dimensions; Documentation Version 2.8.
        GeoTrans, Inc., Sterling, Virginia.

Hantush, M.S. and C.E.  Jacob. 1955.  Non-Steady Radial Flow in an Infinite Leaky Aquifer.  Trans. Am. Geoph.
        Un., Vol. 36(1), pp. 95-100.

McDonald, M.G., and A.W. Harbaugh. 1984. A Modular Three-Dimensional Finite Difference Ground-Water Flow
        Model. U.S. Geological Survey Open File report 83-875, Reston, Virginia.

Srinivasen, P. and J.W.  Mercer.  1987. BIO1D - One-Dimensional Model for Comparison of Biodegradation and
        Adsorption Processes in Contaminant Transport - Documentation, GeoTrans,Inc., Sterling, Virginia.

Theis,  C.V.  1935.  The Relation Between Lowering of the Piezometric Surface and the Rate and Duration of
        Discharge of a Well Using Ground Water Storage. Trans. A. Geophys. Un., 16th Annual Meeting, Pt.2,
        pp. 519-524.

Trescott, P.C.,  G.F.  Finder, and S.P. Larson.  1976.  Finite-Difference Model for aquifer simulation in Two
        Dimesnions  with Numerical Experiments.   U.S. Geological Survey Techniques of Water  Resources
        Investigations, Book 7, Chapter Cl., Reston, Virginia.

Wilson, J.L., and P.J. Miller.  1978.   Two-Dimensional Plume in Uniform Ground-Water Flow.  Journ. Hydraulic
        Div., ASCE, Vol. 104(HY):  503-514.
                                               E-56

-------
                  APPENDIX F
      SELECTED ANALYTICAL SOLUTIONS
PROGRAMMED WITH MATHCAD® FOR WINDOWS
                  Version 5.0 Plus
    MathCad is a trademark of MathSoft, Inc., Cambridge, Massachusetts

-------
Figure F-1.   Definition sketch for mounding due to recharge in a rectangular area.
                                       F- 1

-------
MND-EPA1      Analytical solution for transient mounding in a confined aquifer or an
                unconfined aquifer with constant thickness resulting from recharge in a
                rectangular area (regular spacing).

DESCRIPTION:

This model is based on the linearized Boussinesq equation for two-dimensional
horizontal flow in a homogeneous, isotropic unconfined aquifer using the Glover (1960)
solution for mounding resulting from a continuous recharge from a rectangular surface
basin.  It uses the Hantush (1967) method of linearizing transmissivity to include the
effects of mounding on the average saturated thickness at the point of interest. The
governing equation is formulated in an orthogonal coordinate system with its origin in
the center of the recharge area. The aquifer is infinite in areal extent.  Before
recharge starts, the aquifer is at rest at h=h,.  Once recharge is initiated, the aquifer is
under the  influence of an uniform recharge rate Wm applied to the rectangular
recharge basin at the surface.  The base of the aquifer is taken as the reference level
for hydraulic head.


DEFINITION OF VARIABLES:

    K f, = 10       hydraulic conductivity [ft/d]

    h j = 200       initial hydraulic head [ft]

    W m := 1       recharge  rate [ft/d]

    S v =  .2       storage coefficient

    L x :=  500      width of recharge area in X-direction [ft]

    L v =  500      width of recharge area in Y-direction [ft]


   COMPUTATIONAL DATA:

      calculation time:  T c  =  121  days               tolerance:    TOL =  I'lO
      calculation distance from center of mound [ft]

      X-direction:

           Jtotal = 41      number of calculation points on X-axis   j  = 0.. Jtotal   1

           stepx := 125     startx  =0                                    Jtotal   1
                                                                            2

           X  = startx -+- g-stepx-2        x = startx,startx + stepx.. startx -+- (Jtotal   l)-stepx
            y

      Y-direction:

           Ktotal = 1       number of calculation points on Y-axis   k = 0.. Ktotal   1

           stepy =10          starty = 0

           Yk = starty -+- k-stepy          y = starty,starty H- stepy.. starty -+- (Ktotal   l)-stepy
                                             F-2

-------
 OPERATIONAL EXPRESSIONS AND EQUATIONS:

     Mounding solution for rectangular basin according to Glover (1960) and Hantush
     (1967) including saturated thickness correction as discussed by Warner et al. (1989):
     a =
         Kh"i
wm"i
 2-S..
     z(x,y)
1 c


/

1
/Lx \
1 Y

V4-a-T/



/Lx \
«• „

V4-a-T/
|^





/


/Ly

\V4-a-T/



/Ly \
y \i
2 V
\V4-a-T//
                                                     dr
Mounding above initial water table [ft]:    h m(x,y) :=-h j-i-Jh j
      Final position of water table [ft]:    h^(x,y) =hj^hm(x,y)
 RESULTS:
                      250
                                      Mounding for 121 days
                      200
                              500     1000    1500    2000    2500    3000    3500
                                     distance from center of mound [ft]
                                          F-3

-------
    For Tc = 121
days     distance from center
         of recharge area [ft]
                                 250
                                 500
                                 750
                                 1000
                                 1250
                                 1500
                                 1750
                                 2000
                                 2250
                                 2500
                                 2750
                                 3000
                                 3250
                                 3500
                                 3750
                                 4000
                                 4250
                                 4500
                                 4750
                                 5000
                                                mounding [ft]
                                                     m
                                                         g
                                                   40.774
                                 33.955
                                 22.928
                                 16.195
                                 11.624
                                 8.360
                                 5.979
                                 4.234
                                 2.961
                                 2.041
                                 1.384
                                 0.923
                                 0.604
                                 0.388
                                 0.245
                                 0.151
                                 0.091
                                 0.054
                                 0.031
                                 0.018
                                 0.010
water table
elevation [ft]
                                               ht(Xg,o)
                                                240.774
  233.955
  222.928
  216.195
  211.624
  208.360
  205.979
  204.234
  202.961
  202.041
  201.384
  200.923
  200.604
  200.388
  200.245
  200.151
  200.091
  200.054
  200.031
  200.018
  200.010
References:

Glover, R.E. 1960.  Mathematical Derivations as Pertain to Groundwater Recharge. Agric.
Res. Service, USDA, Ft. Collins, Colorado.

Hantush, M.S. 1967. Growth and Decay of Groundwater Mounds in Response to Uniform
Percolation. Water Resources Research, Vol. 3, No.1, pp. 227-234.

Warner, J.W., D. Molden, M. Chehata, and D.K. Sunada. 1989. Mathematical Analysis of
Artificial Recharge from Basins. Water Resources Bulletin, Vol. 25(2), pp. 4-11.
                                          F-4

-------
MND-EPA2:     Analytical solution for transient mounding in a confined aquifer or an
               unconfined aquifer with constant thickness resulting from recharge in a
               rectangular area (irregular spacing).
DESCRIPTION:
This model is based on the linearized Boussinesq equation for two-dimensional horizontal
flow in a homogeneous, isotropic unconfined aquifer using the Glover (1960) solution for
mounding resulting from a continuous recharge from a rectangular surface basin.  It uses
Hantush (1967) method of linearizing transmissivity to include the effects of mounding on
the average saturated thickness at the point of interest.  The governing equation is
formulated in an orthogonal coordinate system with its origin in the center of the recharge
area. The aquifer is infinite in areal extent. Before recharge starts, the aquifer is at rest at
h=hj. Once recharge is initiated, the aquifer is under the influence of an uniform recharge
rate Wm applied to the rectangular recharge area at the surface. The base of the aquifer is
taken as the reference level for hydraulic head.

DEFINITION OF VARIABLES (unconfined aquifer):
           K n = 10       hydraulic conductivity [ft/d]
           h j = 200       initial hydraulic head [ft]
           W m := 1        recharge rate [ft/d]
           S v =  .2        storage coefficient
           L x :=  500       width of recharge area in X-direction [ft]
           L v =  500       width of recharge area in Y-direction [ft]

  COMPUTATIONAL DATA:
     calculation time:   T c = 121  days               tolerance: TOL = I'lO

     calculation distance from center of mound [ft]:
     X-direction:
       number of calculation points on X-axis:  Xtotl  = 31   Xtot2 = 35  Xtot  = Xtotl  -+- Xtot2
       define regular spaced points along x-axis:
            stepx := 125    startx  = 0    J1  = 0.. Xtotl   1
            X1J1  = startx ^ j1-stepx-2

        read-in additional irregular spaced  points from file:
            J2 :=  0.. Xtot2   1          X2J2 = READ(MND_EPA2)     based on one-eighth sector of
                                                                 regular finite difference grid
        Y-direction:
            Ktotal  = 1     number of calculation points on Y-axis    k  = 0.. Ktotal  1
            stepy =10     starty  = 0
            Yk = starty -+- k-stepy   y  = starty,starty H- stepy.. starty -+- (Ktotal  l)-stepy
                                              F-5

-------
OPERATION EXPRESSIONS AND EQUATIONS:

          Mounding solution for rectangular basin according to Hantush (1967) including
          saturated thickness correction as discussed by Warner et al. (1989):
          a  =
               Kh"
                     p  =
wm"
 2 Sw
z(x,y) =p-
1 c


j
prf

/Lx \
2
1 j 	



/L \
x x
2
1 j 	
\





j
prf

/Ly ^

1 	

_i_ prf

/L \\
y v
2 y

                                                                              dr
                                                                     V4-a-T//
     Mounding above initial water table [ft]:   h m(x,y) :=-h j-i-Jh j  ^

         Final position of water table [ft]:    ht(x,y) =hj^hm(x,y)
RESULTS (combination of regular and irregular spaced points):
                                         Mounding for 121 days
         g XXX

         «  ht(X2j2'°)
zou
250
240
230
220
210
200
190


X







<
)







D'






<° * ,






^ * 1






fa cxnn






0 irXn )






Om >G D :













(in n^ QE

i

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
                                                X1jrX2j2
                                           distance from center [ft]
                                          F-6

-------
ForTc = 121  days
distance from center               water table   distance from center               water table
of recharge area [ft]  mounding [ft]  elevation [ft]  of recharge area [ft]  mounding [ft]  elevation [ft]
    250
    500
    750
    1000
    1250
    1500
    1750
    2000
    2250
    2500
    2750
    3000
    3250
    3500
    3750
    4000
    4250
    4500
    4750
    5000
    5250
    5500
    5750
    6000
    6250
    6500
    6750
    7000
    7250
    7500
 _mj
40.77
33.96
22.93
16.19
11.62
 8.36
 5.98
 4.23
 2.96
 2.04
 1.38
 0.92
 0.6
 0.39
 0.24
 0.15
 0.09
 0.05
 0.03
 0.02
 0.01
 0.01
'ji'
 tjA
240.77
233.96
222.93
216.19
211.62
208.36
205.98
204.23
202.96
202.04
201.38
200.92
200.6
200.39
200.24
200.15
200.09
200.05
200.03
200.02
200.01
200.01
 200
 200
 200
 200
 200
 200
 200
 200
 200
X2J2
 707
 1118
 1414
 1581
 1803
 2062
 2121
 2236
 2500
 2550
 2693
 2828
 2915
 3041
 3162
 3202
 3354
 3536
 3606
 3640
 3808
 3905
 4031
 4123
 4243
 4272
 4301
 4472
 4528
 4610
 4717
 4743
 4924
 4950
 5000
                                                                       m
   (X2J2,0)
17.16
 9.95
 6.72
 5.35
 3.93
 2.7
 2.48
 2.08
 1.38
 1.28
 1.01
 0.81
 0.7
 0.56
 0.45
 0.42
 0.32
 0.23
 0.2
 0.19
 0.13
 0.11
 0.09
 0.07
 0.05
 0.05
 0.05
 0.03
 0.03
 0.02
 0.02
 0.02
 0.01
 0.01
 0.01
ht(X2
217.16
209.95
206.72
205.35
203.93
 202.7
202.48
202.08
201.38
201.28
201.01
200.81
 200.7
200.56
200.45
200.42
200.32
200.23
 200.2
200.19
200.13
200.11
200.09
200.07
200.05
200.05
200.05
200.03
200.03
200.02
200.02
200.02
200.01
200.01
200.01
                                               F-7

-------
References:

Glover, R.E. 1960. Mathematical Derivations as Pertain to Groundwater Recharge. Agric.
Res. Service, USDA, Ft. Collins, Colorado.

Hantush, M.S. 1967. Growth and Decay of Groundwater Mounds in Response to Uniform
Percolation. Water Resources Research, Vol. 3, No.1, pp. 227-234.

Warner, J.W., D. Molden, M. Chehata, and O.K. Sunada.  1989. Mathematical Analysis of
Artificial Recharge from Basins. Water Resources Bulletin, Vol. 25(2), pp. 4-11.
                                          F-8

-------
MND-EPA3:     Analytical solution for transient mounding  in a confined aquifer or an
               unconfined aquifer with constant thickness resulting from recharge in a
               rectangular area (irregular spacing).


DESCRIPTION:

This model is based on the linearized Boussinesq equation  for two-dimensional horizontal
flow in a homogeneous, isotropic unconfined aquifer using  the Glover (1960) solution for
mounding resulting from a continuous recharge from a rectangular surface basin.  It also
uses the Hantush (1967) method of linearizing transmissivity (as modified by Warner et al.
1989) to include the effects of mounding on the average saturated thickness at the point of
interest. The governing equation is formulated  in an orthogonal coordinate system with its
origin in the center of the recharge area. The aquifer is infinite in areal extent. Before
recharge starts, the aquifer is at rest at h=h,.  Once recharge is initiated, the aquifer is
under the influence of an uniform recharge rate Wm applied  to the rectangular recharge
area at the surface. The base of the aquifer is taken as the reference level for hydraulic
head.

DEFINITION OF VARIABLES (confined aquifer):

           K n = 10        hydraulic conductivity [ft/d]

           h j =200        initial hydraulic head [ft]

           W m  = 1        recharge rate [ft/d]

           S y := .001     storage coefficient

           L x = 500      width of recharge area in X-direction [ft]

           L y := 500      width of recharge area in Y-direction [ft]
   COMPUTATIONAL DATA:

         calculation time:  T c = 21   days              tolerance:     TOL = 1-10 5
         calculation distance from center of mound [ft]:

         X-direction:

             Jtotal = 25    number of calculation points on X-axis  j = 0.. Jtotal  1

             Xj := READ(MND_EPA3)


         Y-direction:

             Ktotal  = 1     number of calculation points on Y-axis  k  = 0.. Ktotal   1

             stepy =10     starty  = 0

             Yk  = starty -+- k-stepy   y = starty,starty H- stepy.. starty -+- (Ktotal   l)-stepy
                                              F-9

-------
OPERATION EXPRESSIONS AND EQUATIONS:

Mounding solution for rectangular basin according to Glover (1960):
    Kh"i
W
                                 y:=
                                       m
                                     4-S
Mounding above initial water table [ft]:

h «(x v) -Y-




1 c




~
erf


+
~




Lx
2

4-a-(Tc-i)

erf


"



2

^•(TC-T)










erf


+

V
1 	
J4-a

erf


,
Ly
2

(Tc-^)
Ly
yy

~



2

/4-a-(Tc-T)




                                                                        dr
Final position of water table [ft]:      Hg(x,y)=hj^hg(x,y)

Mounding solution for rectangular basin according to Hantush (1967) including
saturated thickness correction as discused by Warner et al. (1989):
Zw(x,y) :=p-


A

prf

Lx
2 ' X
A/4-a-T/



Lx
2
A/4-a-T/
\

/








\ A/4-a-T/



Ly
V
\ A/4-a-T/
                                      dr
Mounding above initial water table [ft]:  h w(x,y)  =  h j -+-, h j  +Zw(x,y)
Final position of water table [ft]:       Hw(x,y)  =hj^hw(x,y)
Deviation between solutions:          dh(x,y)  = h g(x,y)   h w(x,y)
                                          F-10

-------
RESULTS:
   I hw(xj.°)  60
   « hg(xj'°)
   -Q —B—
                     Warner

                     Glover
        dh(xrO)
                                          Mounding for 21 days
                                            distance from center [ft]
                                     Deviation in solutions for 21 days
                                                                            1.2*10
                                                                                      1.4*10
                                             distance from center [ft]
                      Warner
                                               F-11

-------
ForT c = 21   days
tounding [ft]
Warner et al.)
hw(xj,o)
68.43
67.49
64.55
57.54
50.67
43.72
37.39
31.76
27.5
24.1
21.27
18.86
16.77
14.96
13.36
11.94
10.67
9.02
7.19
5.71
4.51
3.55
2.77
2.14
1.65

                mounding [ft]
                  (Glover)
                  80.13
                  78.87
                  74.96
                  65.82
                  57.09
                   48.5
                  40.88
                  34.28
                  29.39
                  25.55
                   22.4
                  19.75
                  17.47
                  15.52
                  13.81
                   12.3
                  10.96
                   9.22
                   7.32
                   5.79
                   4.56
                   3.58
                   2.79
                   2.15
                   1.65
distance from center
of recharge area [ft]
      100
      200
      350
      550
      850
      1250
      1750
      2250
      2750
      3250
      3750
      4250
      4750
      5250
      5750
      6250
      7000
      8000
      9000
      10000
      11000
      12000
      13000
      14000
water table
elevation [ft]
(Warner et al.)
                                                         HW(XJ>
                         268.43
   267.49
   264.55
   257.54
   250.67
   243.72
   237.39
   231.76
   227.5
   224.1
   221.27
   218.86
   216.77
   214.96
   213.36
   211.94
   210.67
   209.02
   207.19
   205.71
   204.51
   203.55
   202.77
   202.14
   201.65
water table
elevation [ft]
  (Glover)
                                          H
                                             vV
                    280.13
   278.87
   274.96
   265.82
   257.09
   248.5
   240.88
   234.28
   229.39
   225.55
   222.4
   219.75
   217.47
   215.52
   213.81
   212.3
   210.96
   209.22
   207.32
   205.79
   204.56
   203.58
   202.79
   202.15
   201.65
References:

Glover, R.E. 1960.  Mathematical Derivations as Pertain to Groundwater Recharge. Agric.
Res. Service, USDA, Ft. Collins, Colorado.

Hantush, M.S. 1967. Growth and Decay of Groundwater Mounds in Response to Uniform
Percolation. Water Resources Research, Vol. 3, No.1, pp. 227-234.

Warner, J.W., D. Molden, M. Chehata, and D.K. Sunada.  1989.  Mathematical Analysis of
Artificial Recharge from Basins. Water Resources Bulletin, Vol. 25(2), pp. 4-11.
                                           F-12

-------